• SAFETY PRECAUTIONS •

(Always read these instructions before using this equipment.)

Before using this product, please read this manual and the relevant manuals introduced in this manual
carefully and pay full attention to safety to handle the product correctly.
The instructions given in this manual are concerned with this product. For the safety instructions of the
programmable controller system, please read the CPU module user's manual.
In this manual, the safety instructions are ranked as "DANGER" and "CAUTION".

Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions,

! DANGER resulting in death or severe injury.

Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions,

! CAUTION resulting in medium or slight personal injury or physical damage.

Note that the ! CAUTION level may lead to a serious consequence according to the circumstances.
Always follow the instructions of both levels because they are important to personal safety.

Please save this manual to make it accessible when required and always forward it to the end user.

[Design Precautions]
! DANGER
• When there are communication errors with the data link, the communication error station will
enter the following condition.
Build an interlock circuit into the sequence program to operate system safely by using the
communication state information.
An accident may occur by a false output or a malfunction.
(1) Turn off all input from Remote I/O station.
(2) Turn off all output from Remote I/O station.
• The output may be left ON or OFF due to trouble in the remote I/O module.
Configure a circuit to monitor output signals which may lead to a serious accident.

! CAUTION
• Use the module in an environment that meets the general specifications contained in this manual.
Using this module in an environment outside the range of the general specifications could result
in electric shock, fire, malfunction, and damage to or deterioration of the product.
• Do not bunch the control wires or communication cables with the main circuit or power wires, or
install them close to each other. (AJ65SBTW -16 only.)
They should be installed 100 mm (3.9 in.) or more from each other.
Not doing so could result in noise that would cause malfunction.

A-1 A-1
[Installation Precautions]
! CAUTION
• Do not directly touch the module's conductive parts.
Doing so could cause malfunction or failure in the module.
• Make sure to fix the module with DIN rail or installation screws and tighten the installation
screws with the specified torque.
• Make sure to connect the connector of each connecting cable to the attachment part.
Defective contact could cause malfunction.

[Wiring Precautions]
! DANGER
• Completely turn off the externally supplied power used in the system when installing or placing
wiring. Not completely turning off all power could result in electric shock or damage to the
product.

! CAUTION
• The FG terminals should always be grounding using the class-D (class-3) or higher grounding
designed specially for the programmable controller.
• Be sure to tighten any unused terminal screws within a tightening torque range (42 to 50N.cm).
Failure to do so may cause a short circuit due to contact with a solderless terminal.
• Use applicable solderless terminals and tighten them with the specified torque. If any solderless
spade terminal is used, it may be disconnected when the terminal screw comes loose, resulting
in failure.
• When wiring the module, check the rated voltage and terminal layout and make sure the wiring
is done correctly.
Connecting a power supply that differs from the rated voltage or wiring it incorrectly may cause
fire or failure.
• Tighten the terminal screws within the range of specified torque.
If the terminal screws are loose, it may result in fire or malfunction.
Tightening the screws too far may cause damage to the screws, resulting in short circuit or
malfunction.
• When securing the CC-Link cable or power cable using the through pipe of the waterproof
remote I/O module, securely tighten the nuts using a wrench or the like. Loose nuts may result
in malfunction due to water intrusion. (AJ65SBTW -16 only.)
• Carry out tightening of the waterproof cap and communications adapter installation screws
within the specified tightening torque range. (AJ65FBTA -16 only.)
If the screws are loose, it could cause fire or malfunction.
If the screws are overtightened, they could be damaged, and this could cause a short circuit or
malfunction.
• The IP67 is satisfactory only when all the waterproof plugs, waterproof caps and
communications adapters are installed (AJ65FBTA -16 only.)

A-2 A-2
[Wiring Precautions]
! CAUTION
• Since the I/O connector, communications connector and power supply connector are the same
shape, do not connect the communications cable to the I/O connector.
Doing so could cause the module to break down or malfunction. (AJ65FBTA -16 only.)
• Make sure that there are no foreign substances such as sawdust or wiring debris inside the module.
Such debris could cause fire, failure or malfunction.
• Be sure to fix the wires or cables by ducts or clamps when connecting them to the module.
Failure to do so may cause damage of the module or the cables due to accidental pull or
unintentional shifting of the cables, or malfunctions due to poor contact of the cable.
• Do not install the control lines together with the communication cables, or bring them close to
each other. Failure to do so may cause malfunctions due to noise.
• Do not pull the cable part by hand when removing a communication cable and power supply
cable from a module. For a cable with connector, remove it while holding the connector by hand.
For a cable with no connector, loosen the screw securing the cable to the module and then
remove it. Pulling a cable with connected to the module may damage the module or cable, or
result in malfunction due to cable poor connection.

[Starting and Maintenance Precautions]

! DANGER
• Do not touch the terminals or connector while the power is on.
Doing so may cause shock or erroneous operation.
• Switch off all phases of the externally supplied power used in the system when cleaning the
module or retightening the terminal or module mounting screws. Not doing so could result in
electric shock.
• Set the sink/source selector switch after shutting off the power supply at all phases.
Failure to do so may result in failures or malfunctions in the opponent device.

! CAUTION
• Do not disassemble or modify the module.
Doing so could cause failure, malfunction, injury or fire.
• Do not drop or apply any strong impact to the module. Doing so may damage the module.
• Completely turn off the externally supplied power used in the system before mounting or
removing the module to/from the panel. Not doing so could result in damage to the product.
• Do not install/remove the terminal block more than 50 times after the first use of the product.
(IEC 61131-2 compliant)
• Always make sure to touch the grounded metal to discharge the electricity charged in the
electricity charged in the body, etc., before touching the module.
Failure to do say cause a failure or malfunctions of the module.

A-3 A-3
[Disposal Precautions]
! CAUTION
• When disposing of this product, treat it as industrial waste.

A-4 A-4
REVISIONS
* The manual number is given on the bottom left of the back cover.
Print Date * Manual Number Revision
June 1998 SH(NA)-4007-A First printing
Nov. 1998 SH(NA)-4007-B Additional model
AJ65SBTB1-8D, AJ65SBTC4-16D, AJ65SBTW4-16D, AJ65SBTB1-8T,
AJ65SBTC4-16DT, AJ65SBTW4-16DT
Addition
Section 7.3, 7.4
Correction
Section 1.1, 1.2, 1.4, Chapter 2, 4, 5, 6, Section 7.1, Appendix 1
Apr. 1999 SH(NA)-4007-C Addition
Contents, Section 8.2.2
June 1999 SH(NA)-4007-D Additional model
AJ65SBTB1-32T1, AJ65SBTCF1-32D, AJ65SBTCF1-32T,
AJ65SBTCF1-32DT
Nov. 1999 SH(NA)-4007-E Addition
Section 1.4, 4.1.6, 4.1.7, 4.4, 5.1.8, 5.1.9, 5.1.10, 5.1.11, 5.3, 6.1, 6.4, 7.4,
Appendix 1.6, 1.7, 1.8
Correction
Section 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 1.6, Chapter 2, Chapter 3, Section 4.2.1, 4.3.1,
6.2.1, 6.3.1, Section 7.1, 7.4, 8.2.1, Appendix 1
Additional model
AJ65SBTB1-32DT, AJ65SBTCF1-32D, AJ65SBTCF1-32T,
AJ65SBTCF1-32DT, AJ65SBTB2-8A, AJ65SBTB2-16A, AJ65SBTB2-8R,
AJ65SBTB2-16R, AJ65SBTB2-8S, AJ65SBTB2-16S
Dec. 1999 SH(NA)-4007-F Addition
Section 1.2, 4.1.6, 4.1.7, 5.1.8, 5.1.9, 5.1.10, 5.1.11
Mar. 2000 SH(NA)-4007-G Additional model
AJ65SBTB2N-8A, AJ65SBTB2N-16A, AJ65SBTB3-8D, AJ65SBTB3-16D,
AJ65SBTB2-8T, AJ65SBTB2-16T, AJ65SBTB2N-8R, AJ65SBTB-16R,
AJ65SBTB2N-8S, AJ65SBTB2N-16S, AJ65SBTB32-8DT,
AJ65SBTB32-16DT, AJ65SBTB1-16DT, AJ65SBTB1-16DT1,
AJ65SBTB1-32DT1
Addition
Section 4.1.8, 4.1.9, 4.1.10, 4.1.11, Section 5.1.12, 5.1.13, 5.1.14, 5.1.15,
5.1.16, 5.1.17, Section 6.1.1, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.1.5, 6.1.6, Appendix 1.9, 1.10
Oct. 2000 SH(NA)-4007-H Additional model
AJ65VBTCU3-8D1, AJ65VBTCU3-16D1, AJ65VBTCU2-8T,
AJ65VBTCU2-16T, AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1
Addition
Section 4.5, 5.4, 6.5, 7.2.3, 7.2.4, Appendix 1.13
Correction
Section 1.1, 1.4, 1.5, Chapter 2, Section 4.3.1, 7.1
Deletion
AJ65SBTB2-8A, AJ65SBTB2-16A, AJ65SBTB2-8R, AJ65SBTB2-16R,
AJ65SBTB2-8S, AJ65SBTB2-16S
Japanese Manual Version SH-3307-X
This manual confers no industrial property rights or any rights of any other kind, nor does it confer any patent
licenses. Mitsubishi Electric Corporation cannot be held responsible for any problems involving industrial property
rights which may occur as a result of using the contents noted in this manual.
© 1998 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION

A-5 A-5
Print Date * Manual Number Revision
Jan. 2001 SH(NA)-4007-I Additional model
AJ65FBTA4-16D, AJ65FBTA4-16DE, AJ65FBTA42-16DT,
AJ65FBTA42-16DTE
Addition
Section 1.6, 7.4, Appendix 1.14
Correction
Section 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, Chapter 2,3, Section 4.5.2, 5.3.1, 5.4.1, 5.4.2, 6.5.1,
7.1, Appendix 1.13
Jul. 2001 SH(NA)-4007-J Additional model
AJ65FBTA2-16T, AJ65FBTA2-16TE
Correction
Section 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 4.1.6, 4.1.7, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.3.1, 6.2.1, 6.2.2, 6.3.1,
6.5.1, 6.6.1, 6.6.2, 7.2.3, Appendix 1.14
Sep. 2001 SH(NA)-4007-K Additional model
AJ65SBTB1-16DT2, AJ65SBTB1-32DT2
Correction
Section 1.4, 6.1.1, 8.2.1, Appendix 1.13
Jan. 2002 SH(NA)-4007-L Additional model
AJ65SBTB1-8T1, AJ65SBTB2-8T1, AJ65SBTB2-16T1, AJ65SBTC1-32T1,
AJ65SBTB1-16DT3, AJ65SBTB1-32DT3, AJ65SBTB32-8DT2,
AJ65SBTB32-16DT2, AJ65SBTC4-16DT2, AJ65SBTC1-32DT2,
AJ65SBTC1-32DT3
Correction
Section 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 5.5.2, 6.1.1, 7.7, 8.2.1, Appendix 1.13
Changed item numbers
Section 5.1.4 to Section 5.1.9 Section 5.1.5 to Section 5.1.10
Section 5.1.10 to Section 5.1.13 Section 5.1.13 to Section 5.1.16
Section 6.1.5 to Section 6.1.6 Section 6.1.9 to Section 6.1.10
Section 6.2.2 to Section 6.2.3 Section 6.2.3 to Section 6.2.4
Dec. 2002 SH(NA)-4007-M Correction
Section 2, Section 4 to Section 6, Section 8.2.1
May 2003 SH(NA)-4007-N Correction
Section 1.3, 1.6
Jun. 2004 SH(NA)-4007-O Additional model
AJ65VBTS3-16D, AJ65VBTS3-32D, AJ65VBTS2-16T, AJ65VBTS2-32T,
AJ65VBTS32-16DT, AJ65VBTS32-32DT, AJ65VBTCE3-8D,
AJ65VBTCE3-16D, AJ65VBTCE2-8T, AJ65VBTCE2-16T,
AJ65VBTCE32-16DT
Addition
Section 1.6.1 to 1.6.3, 4.5.3 to 4.5.5, 5.4.3 to 5.4.5, 6.5.2 to 6.5.4, 7.8, 7.9
Appendix 1.15, 1.16
Correction
Chapter 1, 2, Section 4.4.1, 4.5, 5.1, 5.4, 6.1, 6.5, 6.2.2, 6.4.1, 6.5.1, 7.2 to
7.4
Oct. 2004 SH(NA)-4007-P Correction
Section 1.1, 1.3 to 1.5, Chapter 2, 3, 4 to 6, Section 7.1, 7.4.2, 7.6, 7.7,
7.9.2, APPENDIX

A-6 A-6
Print Date * Manual Number Revision
May 2005 SH(NA)-4007-Q Additional model
AJ65VBTCE3-32D, AJ65SBTC4-16DN, AJ65SBTC4-16DE,
AJ65VBTCE32-32DT
Addition
Section 4.3.3, 4.4.3, 4.4.4, 6.3.2
Correction
SAFETY PRECAUTION, About Manuals, Compliance with the EMC and
Low Voltage Directives, Section 1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, Chapter 2,
Chapter 4 to 6, Section 7.1, 7.5, 7.7, 7.8.2, 7.9.2, Appendix 1.1, 1.2, 1.4,
1.5 to 1.10, 1.14
Changed item numbers
The order of section numbers has been changed in Chapters 4 through 6
Sep. 2005 SH(NA)-4007-R Correction
Chapter 4, through 6 have been changed for the external connection
diagrams
Sep. 2006 SH(NA)-4007-S Additional model
AJ65SBTB1B-16TE1, AJ65SBTB1-32TE1, AJ65SBTB1-32DTE1
Addition
Section 5.1.13, 5.1.14, 6.1.13
Correction
SAFETY PRECAUTION, Section 1.2, 1.4, Chapter 2, Section 7.1, 8.2.1,
8.2.2, Appendix 1.8
F.G symbol is generally revised.
Changed item numbers
Section 5.1.13 → Section 5.1.15
Section 5.1.14 → Section 5.1.16
Section 5.1.15 → Section 5.1.17
Section 5.1.16 → Section 5.1.18
Jan. 2007 SH(NA)-4007-T Additional model
AJ65SBTB3-16D5, AJ65SBTB1-32D5
Addition
Section 4.1.8, 4.1.11
Correction
Section 1.2, 1.4, Chapter 2, Section 5.1.17, 5.1.18, 8.2.2
Chapter 4 to 6 have been changed for specifications and external
connection diagrams.
Changed item numbers
Section 4.1.8 → Section 4.1.9
Section 4.1.9 → Section 4.1.10

A-7 A-7
Print Date * Manual Number Revision
Mar. 2007 SH(NA)-4007-U Additional model
AJ65DBTB1-32D, AJ65DBTB1-32T1, AJ65DBTB1-32R, AJ65DBTB1-
32DT1, AJ65DBTB1-32DR
Addition
Section 4.1.12, 5.1.19, 5.1.20, 6.1.14, 6.1.15, 7.10, 7.10.1, 7.10.2, 7.10.3,
7.10.4, 7.11, Appendix 1.15
Correction
Section 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, Chapter 2, Section 4.3.1, 5.1.17, 5.1.18, 6.4.1,
6.4.2, 6.6.1, 6.6.2, 7.1
Sep. 2007 SH(NA)-4007-V Additional model
AJ65SBTB32-16DR, AJ65SBTB3-16KD, AJ65SBTB1-32KD,
AJ65SBTB32-16KDT2, AJ65SBTB32-16KDT8, AJ65SBTB1-32KDT2,
AJ65SBTB1-32KDT8
Addition
Section 4.1.8, 4.1.11, 6.1.9, 6.1.10, 6.1.11, 6.1.15, 6.1.17, Appendix 1.16
Correction
Section 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, Chapter 2, Section 6.6.3, 7.1
Changed item numbers
Section 4.1.8 → Section 4.1.9
Section 4.1.9 → Section 4.1.10
Section 4.1.10 → Section 4.1.12
Section 4.1.11 → Section 4.1.13
Section 4.1.12 → Section 4.1.14
Section 6.1.9 → Section 6.1.12
Section 6.1.10 → Section 6.1.13
Section 6.1.11 → Section 6.1.14
Section 6.1.12 → Section 6.1.16
Section 6.1.13 → Section 6.1.18
Section 6.1.14 → Section 6.1.19
Section 6.1.15 → Section 6.1.20
Oct. 2007 SH(NA)-4007-W Additional model
AJ65SBTB32-16KDR
Addition
Section 6.1.12
Correction
Section 1.2, 1.4, Chapter 2
Changed item numbers
Section 6.1.12 → Section 6.1.13
Section 6.1.13 → Section 6.1.14
Section 6.1.14 → Section 6.1.15
Section 6.1.15 → Section 6.1.16
Section 6.1.16 → Section 6.1.17
Section 6.1.17 → Section 6.1.18
Section 6.1.19 → Section 6.1.20
Section 6.1.20 → Section 6.1.21

A-8 A-8
 INTRODUCTION

Thank you for purchasing the MELSEC-A series programmable controller.

Before using the equipment, please read this manual carefully to develop full familiarity with the functions
and performance of the A-series programmable controller you have purchased, so as to ensure correct use.
Please forward a copy of this manual to the end user.

CONTENTS
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS..............................................................................................................................A- 1
REVISIONS ....................................................................................................................................................A- 5
INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................................A- 9
CONTENTS....................................................................................................................................................A- 9
About Manuals ...............................................................................................................................................A-14
Compliance with the EMC and Low Voltage Directives................................................................................A-14

1 OVERVIEW 1- 1 to 1-27
1.1 Features .................................................................................................................................................. 1- 1
1.2 Identifying the Compact Remote I/O Module Type................................................................................ 1- 4
1.3 Cautionary Notes when Selecting a Remote I/O Module ...................................................................... 1- 5
1.4 Specification List ..................................................................................................................................... 1-14
1.5 Parts Sold Separately ............................................................................................................................. 1-22
1.6 Recommended Connection Device List................................................................................................. 1-24
1.6.1 Recommended connection devices for low profile waterproof remote I/O module ....................... 1-24
1.6.2 Recommended connection devices for low profile sensor connector (e-CON)
remote I/O module............................................................................................................. 1-25
1.7 About the Generic, Abbreviated and Technical Terms Used in This Manual....................................... 1-26

2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART 2- 1 to 2-26

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3- 1 to 3- 2

4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES 4- 1 to 4-65

4.1 Terminal Block Type Input Module.......................................................................................................... 4- 1
4.1.1 AJ65SBTB2N-8A 100 V AC input module ....................................................................................... 4- 1
4.1.2 AJ65SBTB2N-16A 100 V AC input module ..................................................................................... 4- 3
4.1.3 AJ65SBTB1-8D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4- 5
4.1.4 AJ65SBTB3-8D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4- 6
4.1.5 AJ65SBTB1-16D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4- 7
4.1.6 AJ65SBTB1-16D1 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4- 8
4.1.7 AJ65SBTB3-16D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4- 9
4.1.8 AJ65SBTB3-16KD 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4-11

A-9 A-9
 4.1.9 AJ65SBTB3-16D5 5 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4-13
4.1.10 AJ65SBTB1-32D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ...................................... 4- 15
4.1.11 AJ65SBTB1-32KD 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ...................................... 4- 17
4.1.12 AJ65SBTB1-32D1 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4-19
4.1.13 AJ65SBTB1-32D5 5 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4-21
4.1.14 AJ65DBTB1-32D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ...................................... 4-23
4.2 Spring Clamp Terminal Block Type Input Module .................................................................................. 4-25
4.2.1 AJ65VBTS3-16D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type))........................................ 4-25
4.2.2 AJ65VBTS3-32D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type))........................................ 4-28
4.3 Sensor Connector (e-CON) Type Input Module ..................................................................................... 4-31
4.3.1 AJ65VBTCE3-8D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type)) ....................................... 4-31
4.3.2 AJ65VBTCE3-16D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type)) ..................................... 4-34
4.3.3 AJ65VBTCE3-32D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type)) ..................................... 4-37
4.4 One-Touch Connector Type Input Module.............................................................................................. 4-40
4.4.1 AJ65VBTCU3-8D1 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type)) ..................................... 4-40
4.4.2 AJ65SBTC4-16D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4-43
4.4.3 AJ65SBTC4-16DN 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type)) ..................................... 4-46
4.4.4 AJ65SBTC4-16DE 24 V DC input module (Negative common (sink type)..................................... 4-48
4.4.5 AJ65VBTCU3-16D1 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type))................................... 4-50
4.4.6 AJ65SBTC1-32D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4-53
4.4.7 AJ65SBTC1-32D1 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4-55
4.5 FCN Connector Type Input Module......................................................................................................... 4-57
4.5.1 AJ65SBTCF1-32D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4-57
4.6 Waterproof Type Input Module ................................................................................................................ 4-59
4.6.1 AJ65FBTA4-16D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type)) ........................................ 4-59
4.6.2 AJ65FBTA4-16DE 24 V DC input module (Negative common (souce type)) ................................ 4-61
4.6.3 AJ65SBTW4-16D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................... 4-63

5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES 5- 1 to 5-68

5.1 Terminal Block Type Output Module ....................................................................................................... 5- 1
5.1.1 AJ65SBTB1-8T transistor output module (Sink type) ...................................................................... 5- 1
5.1.2 AJ65SBTB1-8T1 transistor output module (Sink type) .................................................................... 5- 3
5.1.3 AJ65SBTB2-8T transistor output module (Sink type) ...................................................................... 5- 5
5.1.4 AJ65SBTB2-8T1 transistor output module (Sink type) .................................................................... 5- 7
5.1.5 AJ65SBTB1-16T transistor output module (Sink type) .................................................................... 5- 9
5.1.6 AJ65SBTB1-16T1 transistor output module (Sink type).................................................................. 5-11
5.1.7 AJ65SBTB2-16T transistor output module (Sink type) .................................................................... 5-13

A - 10 A - 10
 5.1.8 AJ65SBTB2-16T1 transistor output module (Sink type).................................................................. 5-15
5.1.9 AJ65SBTB1-32T transistor output module (Sink type) .................................................................... 5-17
5.1.10 AJ65SBTB1-32T1 transistor output module (Sink type)................................................................ 5-19
5.1.11 AJ65SBTB1-8TE transistor output module (Source type)............................................................. 5-21
5.1.12 AJ65SBTB1-16TE transistor output module (Source type)........................................................... 5-23
5.1.13 AJ65SBTB1B-16TE1 transistor output module (Source type) ...................................................... 5-25
5.1.14 AJ65SBTB1-32TE1 transistor output module (Source type)......................................................... 5-27
5.1.15 AJ65SBTB2N-16R relay output module......................................................................................... 5-29
5.1.16 AJ65SBTB2N-16R relay output module......................................................................................... 5-31
5.1.17 AJ65SBTB2N-8S triac output module............................................................................................ 5-33
5.1.18 AJ65SBTB2N-16S triac output module.......................................................................................... 5-35
5.1.19 AJ65DBTB1-32T1 transistor output module (Sink type) .............................................................. 5-37
5.1.20 AJ65DBTB1-32R relay output module ........................................................................................... 5-39
5.2 Spring Clamp Terminal Block Type Output Module .............................................................................. 5-41
5.2.1 AJ65VBTS2-16T transistor output module (Sink type)................................................................... 5-41
5.2.2 AJ65VBTS2-32T transistor output module (Sink type)................................................................... 5-44
5.3 Sensor Connector (e-CON) Type Output module ................................................................................. 5-47
5.3.1 AJ65VBTCE2-8T transistor output module (Sink type) .................................................................. 5-47
5.3.2 AJ65VBTCE2-16T transistor output module (Sink type) ................................................................ 5-50
5.4 One-Touch Connector Type Output Module.......................................................................................... 5-53
5.4.1 AJ65VBTCU2-8T transistor output module (Sink type) ................................................................... 5-53
5.4.2 AJ65VBTCU2-16T transistor output module (Sink type) ................................................................. 5-56
5.4.3 AJ65SBTC1-32T transistor output module (Sink type).................................................................... 5-59
5.4.4 AJ65SBTC1-32T1 transistor output module (Sink type).................................................................. 5-61
5.5 FCN Connector Type Output Module..................................................................................................... 5-63
5.5.1 AJ65SBTCF1-32T transistor output module (Sink type) ................................................................. 5-63
5.6 Waterproof Type Output Module ............................................................................................................ 5-65
5.6.1 AJ65FBTA2-16T transistor output module (Sink type) .................................................................... 5-65
5.6.2 AJ65FBTA2-16TE transistor output module (Source type) ............................................................. 5-67

6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES 6- 1 to 6-78

6.1 Terminal Block Type Combined Module ................................................................................................. 6- 1
6.1.1 AJ65SBTB32-8DT combined module .............................................................................................. 6- 1
6.1.2 AJ65SBTB32-8DT2 combined module ............................................................................................ 6- 3
6.1.3 AJ65SBTB1-16DT combined module .............................................................................................. 6- 5
6.1.4 AJ65SBTB1-16DT1 combined module ............................................................................................ 6- 7
6.1.5 AJ65SBTB1-16DT2 combined module ............................................................................................ 6- 9
6.1.6 AJ65SBTB1-16DT3 combined module ............................................................................................ 6-11
6.1.7 AJ65SBTB32-16DT combined module ............................................................................................ 6-13
6.1.8 AJ65SBTB32-16DT2 combined module .......................................................................................... 6-15
6.1.9 AJ65SBTB32-16KDT2 combined module........................................................................................ 6-17
6.1.10 AJ65SBTB32-16KDT8 combined module...................................................................................... 6-19
6.1.11 AJ65SBTB32-16DR combined module.......................................................................................... 6-21
6.1.12 AJ65SBTB32-16KDR combined module ....................................................................................... 6-23
6.1.13 AJ65SBTB1-32DT combined module ............................................................................................ 6-25
6.1.14 AJ65SBTB1-32DT1 combined module .......................................................................................... 6-27
6.1.15 AJ65SBTB1-32DT2 combined module .......................................................................................... 6-29
6.1.16 AJ65SBTB1-32KDT2 combined module........................................................................................ 6-31
6.1.17 AJ65SBTB1-32DT3 combined module .......................................................................................... 6-33

A - 11 A - 11
 6.1.18 AJ65SBTB1-32KDT8 combined module........................................................................................ 6-35
6.1.19 AJ65SBTB1-32DTE1 combined module........................................................................................ 6-37
6.1.20 AJ65DBTB1-32DT1 combined module .......................................................................................... 6-39
6.1.21 AJ65DBTB1-32DR combined module............................................................................................ 6-41
6.2 Spring Clamp Terminal Block Type Combined Module......................................................................... 6-43
6.2.1 AJ65VBTS32-16DT combined module ............................................................................................ 6-43
6.2.2 AJ65VBTS32-32DT combined module ............................................................................................ 6-46
6.3 Sensor Connector (e-CON) Type Combined Module............................................................................ 6-49
6.3.1 AJ65VBTCE32-16DT combined module.......................................................................................... 6-49
6.3.2 AJ65VBTCE32-32DT combined module.......................................................................................... 6-52
6.4 One-Touch Connector Type Combined Module.................................................................................... 6-55
6.4.1 AJ65SBTC4-16DT combined module .............................................................................................. 6-55
6.4.2 AJ65SBTC4-16DT2 combined module ............................................................................................ 6-57
6.4.3 AJ65SBTC1-32DT combined module .............................................................................................. 6-59
6.4.4 AJ65SBTC1-32DT1 combined module ............................................................................................ 6-61
6.4.5 AJ65SBTC1-32DT2 combined module ............................................................................................ 6-63
6.4.6 AJ65SBTC1-32DT3 combined module ............................................................................................ 6-65
6.5 FCN Connector Type Combined Module............................................................................................... 6-67
6.5.1 AJ65SBTCF1-32DT combined module............................................................................................ 6-67
6.5.2 AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1 combined module.......................................................................................... 6-69
6.6 Waterproof Type Combined Module ...................................................................................................... 6-72
6.6.1 AJ65FBTA42-16DT combined module ............................................................................................ 6-72
6.6.2 AJ65FBTA42-16DTE combined module .......................................................................................... 6-74
6.6.3 AJ65SBTW4-16DT combined module ............................................................................................. 6-76

7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES 7- 1 to 7-37

7.1 Precautionary Notes for Handling and Installation................................................................................. 7- 1
7.2 Wiring Procedures for One-touch Connector Plugs .............................................................................. 7- 7
7.2.1 List of one-touch connector plug types............................................................................................ 7- 7
7.2.2 Wiring procedures for the one-touch connector.............................................................................. 7- 8
7.2.3 Wiring procedures for the one-touch connector for communication .............................................. 7-10
7.2.4 Wiring procedures for the one-touch connector for power supply and FG .................................... 7-12
7.3 Handling of the Waterproof-type Remote I/O Module ........................................................................... 7-14
7.3.1 List of dust-proof and waterproof cap models ................................................................................. 7-14
7.3.2 Waterproof plug attachment procedure........................................................................................... 7-14
7.3.3 Wiring procedure for the terminal block........................................................................................... 7-15
7.4 Handling of the Low Profile Waterproof Type Remote I/O Module ....................................................... 7-16
7.4.1 List of model names of waterproof caps.......................................................................................... 7-16
7.4.2 Waterproof cap installation method ................................................................................................. 7-16
7.5 Connectors and Tools Used for Connecting the FCN Connector Cables ............................................ 7-17
7.6 Attaching and Removing the Protective Cover for the Compact Remote I/O Module ......................... 7-18
7.7 Connection Method of CC-Link Dedicated Cable.................................................................................. 7-21
7.8 Handling of Spring Clamp Terminal Block Type Remote I/O Module................................................... 7-25
7.8.1 Installation and removal of the spring clamp terminal block ........................................................... 7-25
7.8.2 Procedure for wiring the spring clamp terminal block ..................................................................... 7-26
7.9 Installing Holding Fixtures for Screw Installation ................................................................................... 7-28
7.9.1 Installation procedure for holding fixtures for screw installation ..................................................... 7-28
7.9.2 Precautions for installing holding fixtures for screw installation...................................................... 7-29
7.10 Installing a DIN Adapter ......................................................................................................................... 7-31

A - 12 A - 12
 7.10.1 Specifications .................................................................................................................................. 7-31
7.10.2 Handling precautions ...................................................................................................................... 7-31
7.10.3 Installing the DIN adapter to the module ........................................................................................ 7-31
7.10.4 Installation to the DIN rail ................................................................................................................ 7-32
7.11 Common Terminal Block ....................................................................................................................... 7-34

8 TROUBLESHOOTING 8- 1 to 8-10
8.1 Verifying Errors from LED Status ........................................................................................................... 8- 1
8.2 Examples of Errors for Compact Remote I/O Modules ......................................................................... 8- 3
8.2.1 Errors occurring in the input circuit and corrective actions ............................................................. 8- 3
8.2.2 Errors occurring in the output circuit and corrective action............................................................. 8- 5

APPENDIX App- 1 to App-26

Appendix 1 External Dimensions...............................................................................................................App-1
Appendix 1.1 AJ65SBTB1-8 remote I/O module...............................................................................App-1
Appendix 1.2 AJ65SBTB1-16 remote I/O module.............................................................................App-2
Appendix 1.3 AJ65SBTW4-16 remote I/O module............................................................................App-4
Appendix 1.4 AJ65SBTB1-32 remote I/O module.............................................................................App-5
Appendix 1.5 AJ65SBTC1-32 , and AJ65SBTC4-16 remote I/O module......................................App-7
Appendix 1.6 AJ65SBTCF1-32 remote I/O module ..........................................................................App-9
Appendix 1.7 AJ65SBTB2-8 , AJ65SBTB3-8 , and AJ65SBTB32-8 remote I/O module.........App-10
Appendix 1.8 AJ65SBTB1B-16 ,AJ65SBTB2-16 , AJ65SBTB3-16 , and AJ65SBTB32-16
remote I/O module.........................................................................................................App-11
Appendix 1.9 AJ65SBTB2N-8 remote I/O module ..........................................................................App-12
Appendix 1.10 AJ65SBTB2N-16 remote I/O module........................................................................App-13
Appendix 1.11 AJ65VBTCU -8 , AJ65VBTCU -16 , and AJ65VBTCF1-32 remote I/O module
........................................................................................................................................App-14
Appendix 1.12 AJ65FBTA -16 remote I/O module .........................................................................App-17
Appendix 1.13 AJ65VBTS -16 , and AJ65VBTS -32 remote I/O module ................................App-18
Appendix 1.14 AJ65VBTCE -8 , AJ65VBTCE -16 , and AJ65VBTCE -32 remote I/O module
........................................................................................................................................App-20
Appendix 1.15 AJ65DBTB1-32 remote I/O module ........................................................................App-25
Appendix 1.16 AJ65SBTB1-32K , AJ65SBTB3-16KD, and AJ65SBTB32-16K remote I/O module
........................................................................................................................................App-26

A - 13 A - 13
About Manuals

The following manuals are also related to this product.

In necessary, order them by quoting the details in the tables below.

Related Manuals

Manual Number
Manual Name
(Model Code)
CC-Link System Master/Local Module type AJ61BT11/A1SJ61BT11 User's Manual
IB-66721
This manual describes the system configuration, performance specification, function, handling, wiring
(13J872)
and troubleshooting for AJ61BT11 and A1SJ61BT11. (Sold separately)

CC-Link System Master/Local Module type AJ61QBT11/A1SJ61QBT11 User's Manual

IB-66722
This manual describes the system configuration, performance specification, function, handling, wiring
(13J873)
and troubleshooting for AJ61QBT11 and A1SJ61QBT11. (Sold separately)

CC-Link System Master/Local Module type QJ61BT11N User's Manual

SH-080394
This manual describes the system configuration, performance specification, function, handling, wiring
(13JR64)
and troubleshooting for QJ61BT11N (Sold separately)

Compliance with the EMC and Low Voltage Directives

When incorporating the Mitsubishi programmable controller into other machinery or equipment and keeping
compliance with the EMC and low voltage directives, refer to Chapter 3, "EMC Directives and Low Voltage
Directives" of the User's Manual (Hardware) included with the CPU module or base unit used.
The CE logo is printed on the rating plate of the programmable controller, indicating compliance with the
EMC and low voltage directives.
To conform this product to the EMC Directive and Low Voltage Directive, refer to the Section of "CC-Link
Modules" in Chapter 3 "EMC Directive and Low Voltage Directive" of the User’s Manual (Hardware) of the
CPU module used.

A - 14 A - 14
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

1 OVERVIEW

This manual describes the specifications of the compact remote I/O module
1
(hereinafter referred to as the "compact remote I/O module") used as the remote I/O
station of the CC-Link system.

1.1 Features

The following are the features of the compact remote I/O module:
(1) The remote I/O module is reduced in size yet retains all the
functions of the conventional module
The conventional remote I/O module has furthermore been reduced in size.
[External dimension (comparative example)]
Compact remote I/O module Conventional remote I/O module
AJ65SBTB1-16
AJ65SBTB2-8
AJ65SBTB1-32
Module AJ65SBTB2N-8
AJ65SBTB2-16
model AJ65SBTC1-32
AJ65SBTB1-8 AJ65SBTB2N-16 AJ65BTB1-16 AJ65BTB2-16 AJ65BTC1-32
name AJ65SBTC4-16
AJ65SBTB3-16
AJ65SBTCF1-32
AJ65SBTB32-16
AJ65SBTB3-8
AJ65SBTB32-8
Height 50 (1.97) 65 (2.56)
Width 87.3 (3.44) 118 (4.65) 179 (7.04) 151.9 (5.98) 197.5 (7.78) 165.0 (6.5)
Depth 40 (1.57) 46 (1.81)

Unit : mm (in.)
(2) More models in the compact remote I/O module lineup
The compact remote I/O modules for the CC-Link system is divided into six types
including terminal block type, one-touch connector type, waterproof-type, FCN
connector type, spring clamp terminal block type, and sensor connector (e-CON)
type.
In addition, the number of I/O points is divided into three types (8 points, 16
points, and 32 points), allowing the user to select a module that is most
appropriate for the environment and objective.

(3) 4-wire compact remote I/O module featuring easy connection of a

4-wire sensor
A 4-wire sensor can be easily connected via the common pin provided on each
plug without installing a relay terminal block.
For a 4-wire compact remote I/O module, one sensor is connected to each plug.
Therefore, sensors can be exchanged by plug, reducing work steps.

(4) Terminal block connection provides easy connection of 2-wire and

3-wire sensors or loads
Since the terminal block connection allows connection of 2-wire and 3-wire
sensors or loads, common connections are not needed and it makes connection
easier.

1-1 1-1
 1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

(5) Wiring work can be minimized

(a) Terminal-block module
1 The number of wiring steps can be dramatically reduced by adopting the use
of self-tightening screws on the terminal block.
(b) One-touch connector module, connector module
The number of wiring steps can be dramatically reduced by adopting use of
the pressure-displacement wire-connection method (soldering, peeling of
shield and screwing not necessary).
(c) FCN connector module
The number of wiring steps can be dramatically reduced by adopting 40-pin
connector for I/O part.
(d) Spring clamp terminal block module
The number of wiring steps can be dramatically reduced by adopting spring
clamps (screwing not necessary).

<Terminal-block module> <One-touch connector module, connector module>

Self-tightening
screw is used

Connector
Round solderless terminal
The round solderless terminal can
be connected simply by loosening
the screw on the terminal block.
Soldering, peeling of the shield
and screwing are unnecessary.

Each of the individual wires

Push in can be securely connected
simply by pressing the side
surface of the connector plug
after the wires are inserted
into the connector.

<FCN connector module>> <Spring clamp terminal block type >

FCN connector
Square shaped hole
Circular shaped hole

Tool

(6) Waterproof remote I/O modules with improved resistance against

water and oil
The waterproof remote I/O module, low profile waterproof remote I/O module
adopts a protection structure compatible with IP67, providing even safer usage in
areas in which water and oil are present.
1-2 1-2
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

(7) Up to a maximum of 64 remote I/O modules can be connected

In the CC-Link system, a maximum of 64 remote I/O modules can be connected
per master station.
Since each remote I/O module occupies 32 points, a maximum of 2048 link
points can be set.

(8) Modules can be exchanged without stopping the CC-Link system

With the adoption of a two-piece terminal block for the CC-Link cable connection,
modules may be exchanged without stopping the CC-Link system.

(9) Direct installation to the machine is feasible

The terminal-block remote I/O module may be installed directly to the machine,
since the charged area is protected by a finger protector in the upper area of the
terminal block.

(10) The module can be installed in six orientations

The compact remote I/O module can be installed in six different orientations.
(Restrictions may apply to some installation orientations.)
The module can also be installed using the DIN rail.

Ceiling installation

DIN rail Finger protector

Front installation

Horizontal installation

(11) Transistor output module with improved protection functions

The transistor output module is designed to achieve an even greater degree of
module protection by adopting overload protection, overheat protection and
overvoltage protection as standard. As a result, the programmable controller
system's reliability is further improved.

1-3 1-3
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

1.2 Identifying the Compact Remote I/O Module Type

The following shows how to identify the type of a compact remote I/O module:

AJ65 BT -
I/O specifications A: 100 V AC input
D,DN: 24 V DC input
(Positive/negative common shared type, or positive common input)
D5: 5 V DC input (Positive/negative common shared type)
R: Relay output
S: Triac output
T : Transistor output
DE : 24 V DC input (Negative common input)
DTE : 24 V DC input (Negative common input), transistor output
(source output) combined
TE,TE1: Transistor output (Source output)
DT : 24 V DC input (Positive common input), transistor output
(sink output) combined
DR : 24 V DC input (Positive/negative common shared type),
relay output combined
KD : With response speed switching function, 24V DC input
(Positive/negative common shared type)
KDT2 : With response speed switching function, 24V DC input
(Positive common input), transistor output (sink output)
combined
KDT8: With response speed switching function, 12V DC input
(Positive common input), transistor output (sink output)
combined
KDR: With response speed switching function, 24V DC input
(Positive/negative common shared type), relay output
combined
Number of I/O points 8: 8 points
16 : 16 points
32 : 32 points
External load A2 : With 8 M12 waterproof connector, Output, 2-wire type.
connection method A4 : With 8 M12 waterproof connector, Input, 2 to 4-wire type.
A42 : With 8 M12 waterproof connector, Input, 2 to 4-wire type/
Output, 2-wire type.
B1 : 1-wire terminal block, 1-common type
B1B: 1-wire terminal block, 2-common type
B2,B2N:2-wire terminal block
B32 : Terminal Block, Input, 3-wire type/Output, 2-wire type.
C1 : 1-wire one-touch connector
C4 : 4-wire one-touch connector
CF1: 1-wire FCN connector
CU2: 2-wire one-touch connector
CU3: 3-wire one-touch connector
W4: 4-wire waterproof connector
S2: 2-wire spring clamp terminal block
S3: 3-wire spring clamp terminal block
S32: Spring clamp terminal block, Input, 3-wire type/Output, 2-wire type.
CE2: 2-wire sensor connector(e-CON)
CE3: 3-wire sensor connector(e-CON)
CE32: Sensor connector(e-CON), Input, 3-wire type/Output, 2-wire type.

Cable specification T: Twisted cable(CC-Link dedicated cable)

Module type F: Low profile waterproof

S: Compact type
V: Connector type compact
D: A2C form

1-4 1-4
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

1.3 Cautionary Notes when Selecting a Remote I/O Module

The following explains the cautionary notes and specifications that apply when
selecting a remote I/O module for use in the CC-Link system:
(1) This is a remote I/O module designed specifically for the CC-Link system.
Do not connect the module to other data-link systems, such as the
MELSECNET/MINI.
(2) 32 points are assigned per station for a compact remote I/O module.
For 16-point modules the 16 points in the second half and for 8-points module the
24 points in the second half remain empty but are not usable.
(3) For the maximum switching frequency when driving a load in the output module,
set to one second or more each for ON and OFF.
(4) When using a counter, a timer or the like that uses a DC/DC converter as the load
for a transistor output module having a maximum load current of 0.1A, a rush
current flows when the module is turned on and at fixed intervals during operation.
For this reason, malfunctions may occur if the average current is set. When the
above load is used, connect resistance or inductance in parallel to the load, or use
an output module having a large maximum load current in order to minimize the
effects of the rush current.
Resistance Load Inductance Load
Output Output
module module

(5) Connecting the transistor output modules in parallel may result in failure of the
output elements.
If connecting the transistor output modules in parallel, use diodes for the circuit as
shown below.
Load Load
OUT1 OUT1
Load Load
OUT2 OUT2

COM COM

OUT1 OUT1

OUT2 OUT2

COM COM

Sink type Sourse type

1-5 1-5
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

(6) Since the output modules of the AJ65SBTB1-16T1, AJ65BTB1-32T1,

AJ65SBTB1-8T1, AJ65SBTB2-8T1, AJ65SBTB2-16T1, AJ65SBTC1-32T1,
AJ65SBTB1B-16TE1, AJ65SBTB1-32TE1, AJ65SBTB1-16DT2,
AJ65SBTB1-32DT2, AJ65SBTB1-16DT3, AJ65SBTB1-32DT3,
AJ65SBTB32-8DT2, AJ65SBTB32-16DT2, AJ65SBTB1-32DTE1,
AJ65SBTC4-16DT2, AJ65SBTC1-32DT2 and AJ65SBTC1-32DT3 are not
equipped with a short protection function, install an external short protection
circuit.
(7) The overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and overheat
protection function of the following modules are described below.
• Modules with overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and
overheat protection function
AJ65SBTB1-8T, AJ65SBTB1-16T, AJ65SBTB1-32T, AJ65SBTB2-8T, AJ65SBTB2-16T,
Output module AJ65SBTC1-32T, AJ65SBTCF1-32T, AJ65VBTCU2-8T, AJ65VBTCU2-16T, AJ65VBTCE2-8T,
AJ65VBTCE2-16T
AJ65SBTB1-16DT, AJ65SBTB1-32DT, AJ65SBTB1-16DT1, AJ65SBTB1-32DT1,
AJ65SBTB32-8DT, AJ65SBTB32-16DT, AJ65SBTC4-16DT, AJ65SBTC1-32DT,
Combined module
AJ65SBTC1-32DT1, AJ65SBTW4-16DT, AJ65SBTCF1-32DT, AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1,
AJ65VBTCE32-16DT, AJ65VBTCE32-32DT
• Modules with overload protection function and overheat protection function
Output module AJ65SBTB1-8TE, AJ65SBTB1-16TE

Function Description
Common to overload protection 1. When overcurrent due to an overload continues to exist, this generates heat and
function, overvoltage protection the overheat protection function is activated.
function and overheat protection 2. These functions are for protecting the modules' internal elements but not for
function external devices.
Overload protection function 1. The overload protection function is activated in a load condition of 1 A to 3 A per
point.
2. The overload protection function automatically returns to normal operation when the
load drops to the rated value.
Overvoltage protection function 1. This function protects elements from an abrupt surge caused when a coil load is
used.
Overheat protection function 1. The overheat protection function works in two-point units.
(The points are paired as Y0/Y1, Y2/Y3, etc., and the overheat protector is
activated for two points in a pair simultaneously. If the overheat condition is
prolonged, the heat spreads and other overheat protectors may also be activated.)
2. The actual output voltage oscillates in the range of 0 V to the load voltage only if the
output is ON when the overheat protection function was activated. In this case, the
average voltage during oscillation with the load voltage of 24 V is approximately 7
V. (No oscillation occurs when the output is OFF.)
To ensure that output turns OFF when the overheat protection function is activated,
use an external load that turns OFF at 7 V or more.
3. The overheat protection function automatically returns to normal operation when
the heat drops.

1-6 1-6
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

(8) The input module may take noise for inputs due to the signal pulse width.
The pulse width of the AJ65SBTB1-32KD ,AJ65SBTB3-16KD ,or
AJ65SBTB32-16KD is as shown in the following table depending on the
response speed set by the input response speed switching switch. In case of
setting the response speed, fully consider the operating environment.
Response speed setting Minimum value of pulse width that can take noise for inputs
value (ms) (ms)
0.2 0.006
1.5 0.8
5 3
10 6
When setting “0.2ms” as the response speed under an environment with noise, an
input signal line (including a common line) should be 3m or less.

(9) When using the AJ65SBTC1-32D or AJ65SBTC1-32D1 input module, the

maximum number of simultaneous input points listed in the specifications will
change, depending on the ambient temperature.
The maximum number of simultaneous input points is shown in the diagram
below:

Derating curve for the AJ65SBTC1-32D or AJ65SBTC1-32D1

[%]

100
Maximum number of simultaneous input points [%]

80

50

0
0 10 20 30 40 55 [°C]

Ambient temperature [°C]

1-7 1-7
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

(10) When using the AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1, the maximum number of simultaneous

input points described in the specifications will change, depending on the
installation orientation.
1) Regarding maximum number of simultaneous input points unrestricted
installation orientations.
In the installation orientations shown below, there is no restriction on the
maximum number of simultaneous input points.

Front installation
2) Regarding maximum number of simultaneous input points restricted
installation orientations.
In the installation orientations shown below, The maximum number of
simultaneous input points will be 60%, when the circumambient temperature
is 55°C.
(Refer to the Derating curve)

Front installation

Horizontal installation Ceiling installation

Maximum number of simultaneous input points

Derating curve

100

60
50

0 10 20 30 40 45 55
Ambient temperature

1-8 1-8
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

(11) When using the AJ65VBTS3-16D, the maximum number of simultaneous input
points described in the specifications will change, depending on the installation
orientation.
1) Regarding maximum number of simultaneous input points unrestricted
installation orientations.
In the installation orientation shown below, there is no restriction on the
maximum number of simultaneous input points.

5 VB
J6

A
TS3
-1
6D

C
D

Front installation (Basic orientation)

2) Regarding maximum number of simultaneous input points restricted
installation orientations.
In the installation orientations shown below, the maximum number of
simultaneous input points will be 75% when the circumambient temperature
is 55°C.
(Refer to the Derating curve)

5V
J6
3-
BTS J6
5
16
D BTS
V
-1 6
3 D

Front installation (Upside-down orientation) Front installation (Vertical basic orientation)

J6
5VBT
-1 6
S3 D

Horizontal installation

[ ]
Front installation (Vertical upside-down orientation) 100
simultaneous input points
Maximum number of

75

50

0 10 20 30 40 50 55 [ ]
Ambient temperature [ ]
Ceiling installation Derating curve

1-9 1-9
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

(12) When using the AJ65VBTS3-32D or AJ65VBTS32-32DT, the maximum number

of simultaneous input points described in the specifications will change,
depending on the installation orientation.
1) Regarding maximum number of simultaneous input points unrestricted
installation orientations.
In the installation orientation shown below, there is no restriction on the
maximum number of simultaneous input points.

J6
5VBT
-1 6 D
S3

Front installation (Basic orientation)

2) In the installation orientation shown below, the maximum number of
simultaneous input points for the AJ65VBTS3-32D will be 69% (11 points/
common) when the operating ambient temperature is 55 . (Refer to the
Derating curve (1).)
And that for the AJ65VBTS32-32DT will be 75%. (Refer to the Derating
curve (2).)

5V
J6 B 5V
J6 B
TS3
-1 3 -1
TS
D
6 D
6

Front installation Front installation Front installation

(Upside-down orientation) (Vertical basic orientation) (Vertical upside-down orientation)

5V
J6 BT
-1 6
S3
D

Ceiling installation Horizontal installation

[ ] [ ]
100 100
simultaneous input points

simultaneous input points

Maximum number of

Maximum number of

75 75
69
(11 points)
50 50

0 10 20 30 40 50 55 [ ] 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 [ ]
Ambient temperature [ ] Ambient temperature [ ]
Derating curve (1) Derating curve (2)

1 - 10 1 - 10
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

(13) When using the AJ65VBTCE3-32D, the maximum number of simultaneous input
points described in the specifications will change, depending on the installation
orientation.
1) Regarding maximum number of simultaneous input points unrestricted
installation orientations.
In the installation orientation shown below, there is no restriction on the
maximum number of simultaneous input points.

J
6 B
V
5 T S
3 -1 D
6

2) Regarding maximum number of simultaneous input points restricted

installation orientations.
In the installation orientations shown below, the maximum number of
simultaneous input points will be 62.5% when the circumambient temperature
is 55°C.
(Refer to the Derating curve)

J
BT
65V
3 -1 6
S
D

Front installation (Upside-down orientation) Front installation (Vertical basic orientation)

Horizontal installation
[ ]
100
simultaneous input points

Front installation (Vertical upside-down orientation) 75

Maximum number of

62.5
50

0 10 20 30 40 50 55 [ ]
Ambient temperature [ ]
Ceiling installation Derating curve

1 - 11 1 - 11
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

(14) When using the AJ65SBTB1-32KD or AJ65SBTB1-32KDT2, the maximum

number of simultaneous input points varies depending on the conditions of the
input voltage or ambient temperature described in the specifications.
If the input voltage is higher than 26.4V, the maximum number of simultaneous
input points is as shown in the following figures.
(If the input voltage is 26.4V or lower, derating is not required.)

[ ] [ ]
100 100

simultaneous input points

simultaneous input points

Maximum number of
Maximum number of

75

50 50

0 10 20 30 40 50 55 [ ] 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 [ ]

Ambient temperature [ ] Ambient temperature [ ]

AJ65SBTB1-32KD derating curve AJ65SBTB1-32KDT2 derating curve

(15) The following chart shows the service life of the relay output module.
Applicable module: AJ65SBTB2N-8R, AJ65SBTB2N-16R, AJ65DBTB1-32R,
AJ65DBTB1-32DR

200

100

70

50
10000 times)

30

20
Service life (

100VDC to 120VDC
=7ms to 40ms
10
120VAC COS =1
7
240VAC COS =1
120VAC COS =0.4
5
240VAC COS =0.4
120VAC COS =0.3

30VDC =7ms
3
240VAC COS =0.3
(L/R) : Time constant
cos : Power factor 120VAC COS =0.2
2
240VAC COS =0.2

30VDC =40ms
1
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 1 2 3 5

Switching current (A)

1 - 12 1 - 12
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

POINT
(1) When using the module for the application in which the relay contact is
frequently switched, the relay life span should be considered. Therefore, it is
recommended to use a triac output module.
(2) The relay life curve shows the value based on actual use, which is not
guaranteed. Therefore, make sure to allow for a margin of error.
The relay life span differs according to the specifications as follows:
Rated switching voltage, current load 100 thousand operations
200V AC 1.5A, 240V AC 1A (COS =0.7) 100 thousand operations
200V AC 1A, 240V AC 0.5A (COS =0.35) 100 thousand operations
24V DC 1A, 100V DC 0.1A (L/R=7ms) 100 thousand operations
(3) Relay life is substantially affected by the load type and inrush current
characteristics.
The inrush current may cause the contact welding. Therefore, consideration
should be given to it as well as constant current.
(a) Inductive load
When the inductive load such as electromagnetic contactor or solenoid is
shut off, high counter-electromotive force is generated between the
contacting materials to produce an arc discharge. Consideration should be
made especially when the power factor is low, as it may decrease the life
period.
In addition, make sure to consider the contact melting, as the inrush current
equivalent to 5 to 15 times of constant current flows when the module is
powered on.
(b) Lamp load
Make sure to consider the contact melting, as the inrush current equivalent to
10 to 15 times of constant current flows in the lamp circuit.
(c) Capacitive load
Make sure to consider the contact melting when a device such as condenser
is used in a load circuit, as the inrush current equivalent to 20 to 40 times of
constant current may flow in the circuit.
Also, pay full attention to the wire capacity if long length of wire is routed.

1 - 13 1 - 13
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

1.4 Specification List

Specification list for each compact remote I/O module is shown below.

(1) Input module

Operation Input response
No. of points

consumption
Input display
Rated input
per module

Input current

dimensions

Reference
Insulation

External
method
voltage time

voltage

Internal
current
Input External Common
Model
format connection connection
ON OFF OFF → ON →
voltage voltage ON OFF
8 points
AJ65SBTB1-8D 8 points Approx. 14 V or 6 V or 30 mA 1 4.1.3
1.5 ms or less 1 common
7 mA more less
AJ65SBTB1-16D 35 mA 4.1.5
16 points Approx. 15 V or 3 V or 2
AJ65SBTB1-16D1 0.2 ms or less 16 points 40 mA 4.1.6
5 mA more less
1 common
Approx. 15 V or 5 V or
AJ65DBTB1-32D 10 ms or less 1-wire 45 mA 3 4.1.14
5 mA more less
14 V or 6 V or terminal
AJ65SBTB1-32D DC input 1.5 ms or less block 45 mA 4.1.10
Approx. more less
(Positive/ 7 mA 14 V or 5.5 V or
AJ65SBTB1-32KD 14 75 mA 4.1.11
Negative more less
3
common) Approx. 15 V or 3 V or
AJ65SBTB1-32D1 32 points 0.2 ms or less 50 mA 4.1.12
5 mA more less 32 points
Approx. 3.5 V or 1.5 V or 1 common
AJ65SBTB1-32D5 35 mA 4.1.13
4 mA more less
1.5 ms or less
14 V or 6 V or 1-wire
AJ65SBTC1-32D 4.4.6
more less
one-touch 45 mA
15 V or 3 V or
AJ65SBTC1-32D1 0.2 ms or less connector 4.4.7
more less
Photocoupler insulation

AJ65SBTC4-16D 4.4.2
DC input 24 V 2
AJ65SBTC4-16DN (Positive 4-wire 4.4.3
LED display

DC
common) Approx. one-touch 35 mA
DC input 16 points connector 16 points
5 mA
AJ65SBTC4-16DE (Negative 14 V or 6 V or 1 common 4.4.4
common)
more less
4-wire
1.5 ms or less 120
AJ65SBTW4-16D waterproof 4 4.6.3
connector mA
1-wire 32 points
DC input
AJ65SBTCF1-32D 32 points FCN 45 mA 2 4.5.1
(Positive/ connector 1 common
negative 8 points
AJ65SBTB3-8D common) 8 points Approx. 14 V or 6 V or 40 mA 2 4.1.4
1 common
7 mA more less
AJ65SBTB3-16D 3-wire 45 mA 4.1.7
Approx. 14 V or 5.5 V or terminal
AJ65SBTB3-16KD 14 16 points 50 mA 4.1.8
16 points 7 mA more less block 3
1 common
Approx. 3.5 V or 1.5 V or
AJ65SBTB3-16D5 1.5 ms or less 30 mA 4.1.9
4 mA more less
3-wire 8 points
AJ65VBTCU3-8D1 DC input 8 points 35 mA 5 4.4.1
Approx. 15 V or 3 V or 1 common
(Positive 0.2 ms or less one-touch
5 mA more less 16 points
AJ65VBTCU3-16D1 common) 16 points connector 40 mA 6 4.4.5
1 common
8 points
AJ65SBTB2N-8A 8 points 100 to 2-wire 35 mA 2 4.1.1
Approx. 80 V or 30 V or 1 common
AC input 120 V AC 20 ms or less terminal
7 mA more less 16 points
AJ65SBTB2N-16A 16 points 50/60 Hz block 40 mA 3 4.1.2
1 common

1 : 87.3 (3.44) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 8 : 137 (5.39) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 51.5 (2.03) (D) mm (in.)
2 : 118 (4.65) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 9 : 222 (8.74) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 51.5 (2.03) (D) mm (in.)
3 : 179 (7.05) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 10 : 100 (3.94) (W) × 40 (1.57) (H) × 43.5 (1.71) (D) mm (in.)
4 : 184.7 (7.27) (W) × 57.9 (2.28) (H) × 86 (3.39) (D) mm (in.) 11 : 100 (3.94) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 45.5 (1.79) (D) mm (in.)
5 : 41 (1.61) (W) × 115 (4.53) (H) × 62 (2.44) (D) mm (in.) 12 : 155 (6.10) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 45.5 (1.79) (D) mm (in.)
6 : 60 (2.36) (W) × 115 (4.53) (H) × 62 (2.44) (D) mm (in.) 13 : 64 (2.52) (W) × 170 (6.70) (H) × 80 (3.15) (D) mm (in.)
7 : 60 (2.36) (W) × 200 (7.87) (H) × 48 (1.89) (D) mm (in.) 14 : 0.2ms or less/1.5ms or less/5ms or less/10ms or less
(Depending on the input response speed setting value)

1 - 14 1 - 14
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

Operation Input response

No. of points

consumption
Input display
Rated input
per module

Input current

dimensions

Reference
Insulation

External
voltage time

method

voltage

Internal
current
Input External Common
Model
format connection connection
ON OFF OFF → ON →
voltage voltage ON OFF
DC input
AJ65FBTA4-16D (Positive 2 to 4-wire 4.6.1
common) Approx.
waterproof 40 mA 7
DC input 16 points 7 mA
connector
AJ65FBTA4-16DE (Negative 4.6.2
common) 16 points
Photocoupler insulation 1 common
AJ65VBTS3-16D Spring 35 mA 8 4.2.1
clamp

LED display
terminal
AJ65VBTS3-32D 32 points 24 V 14 V or 6 V or block 40 mA 9 4.2.2
DC 1.5 ms or less
more less 3-wire type
DC input
Approx. 8 points
AJ65VBTCE3-8D (Positive 8 points 30 mA 10 4.3.1
5 mA 1 common
common) Sensor
connector 16 points
AJ65VBTCE3-16D 16 points (e-CON) 35 mA 11 4.3.2
1 common
3-wire type
32 points
AJ65VBTCE3-32D 32 points 40 mA 12 4.3.3
1 common

1 : 87.3 (3.44) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 8 : 137 (5.39) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 51.5 (2.03) (D) mm (in.)
2 : 118 (4.65) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 9 : 222 (8.74) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 51.5 (2.03) (D) mm (in.)
3 : 179 (7.05) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 10 : 100 (3.94) (W) × 40 (1.57) (H) × 43.5 (1.71) (D) mm (in.)
4 : 184.7 (7.27) (W) × 57.9 (2.28) (H) × 86 (3.39) (D) mm (in.) 11 : 100 (3.94) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 45.5 (1.79) (D) mm (in.)
5 : 41 (1.61) (W) × 115 (4.53) (H) × 62 (2.44) (D) mm (in.) 12 : 155 (6.10) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 45.5 (1.79) (D) mm (in.)
6 : 60 (2.36) (W) × 115 (4.53) (H) × 62 (2.44) (D) mm (in.) 13 : 64 (2.52) (W) × 170 (6.70) (H) × 80 (3.15) (D) mm (in.)
7 : 60 (2.36) (W) × 200 (7.87) (H) × 48 (1.89) (D) mm (in.) 14 : 0.2ms or less/1.5ms or less/5ms or less/10ms or less
(Depending on the input response speed setting value)

1 - 15 1 - 15
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

(2) Output module

No. of points

consumption
Maximum load Output response

dimensions
per module

suppressor

Reference
Insulation

External
method

voltage

Internal
display

current
Output
Rated

Surge
Output current time External Common

input
Model
format OFF → ON → connection connection
1 point 1 common
ON OFF
8 points
AJ65SBTB1-8T 8 points 2.4 A 35 mA 1 5.1.1
1-wire 1 common
0.5 A terminal 16 points
AJ65SBTB1-16T Transistor 16 points 3.6 A 50 mA 2 5.1.5
block 1 common
output 14
AJ65SBTB1-32T 4.8 A 65 mA 3 5.1.9
(sink type)
1-wire 32 points
32 points
AJ65SBTC1-32T 0.1 A 3.2 A one-touch 1 common 60 mA 2 5.4.3
connector
8 points
AJ65SBTB1-8T1 8 points 2.4 A 35 mA 1 5.1.2
1 common
1-wire
16 points
AJ65SBTB1-16T1 16 points 0.5 A 3.6 A terminal 50 mA 2 5.1.6
Transistor 1 common
block
AJ65DBTB1-32T1 output 13 8A 65 mA 12 5.1.19
Photocoupler insulation

AJ65SBTB1-32T1 (sink type) 4.8 A 65 mA 3 5.1.10

32 points
32 points 1-wire
1 common
AJ65SBTC1-32T1 12/24 0.1 A 3.2 A 0.5 ms 1.5 ms Zener one-touch 60 mA 2 5.4.4
V DC or less or less diode connector
8 points
AJ65SBTB1-8TE 8 points 0.8 A 35 mA 1 5.1.11
1 common
0.1 A
16 points
AJ65SBTB1-16TE Transistor 16 points 1.6 A 1-wire 50 mA 2 5.1.12
1 common
output 13 terminal 8 points
AJ65SBTB1B- LED display
16TE1 (source type) 16 points 4A block 1 common
50 mA 3 5.1.13
0.5 A
AJ65SBTB1- 32 points
32 points 4.8A 65 mA 3 5.1.14
32TE1 1 common
8 points
AJ65SBTB2-8T Transistor 8 points 2.4 A 45 mA 2 5.1.3
1 common
output 14 0.5 A
16 points
AJ65SBTB2-16T (sink type) 16 points 3.6 A 55 mA 3 5.1.7
1 common
8 points
AJ65SBTB2-8T1 Transistor 8 points 2.4 A 45 mA 2 5.1.4
1 common
output 12 0.5 A 2-wire
16 points
AJ65SBTB2-16T1 (sink type) 16 points 3.6 A terminal 55 mA 3 5.1.8
1 common
block
Relay insulation

8 points
AJ65SBTB2N-8R 8 points 4A 85 mA 2 5.1.15
1 common

24 V DC 10 ms 12 ms 16 points
AJ65SBTB2N-16R Relay output 16 points 2A 8A None 120 mA 3 5.1.16
240 V AC or less or less 1 common

1-wire
Photocoupler insulation

AJ65DBTB1-32R 32 points 4A terminal 80 mA 12 5.1.20

block 8 points
1 common
AJ65SBTB2N-8S 8 points 2.4 A 1 ms + 55 mA 2 5.1.17
100 to 2-wire
Triac output 1 ms 0.5 CR
240 V AC 0.6 A terminal
15 or less cycle or Absorber
50/60 Hz block 32 points
AJ65SBTB2N-16S 16 points 4.8 A less 85 mA 3 5.1.18
1 common

1 : 87.3 (3.44) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 9: 222 (8.74) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 51.5 (2.03) (D) mm (in.)
2 : 118 (4.65) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 10 : 100 (3.94) (W) × 40 (1.57) (H) × 43.5 (1.71)(D) mm (in.)
3 : 179 (7.05) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 11 : 100 (3.94) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 45.5 (1.79) (D) mm (in.)
4 : 184.7 (7.27) (W) × 57.9 (2.28) (H) × 86 (3.39) (D) mm (in.) 12 : 64 (2.52) (W) × 170 (6.70) (H) × 80 (3.15) (D) mm (in.)
5 : 41 (1.61) (W) × 115 (4.53) (H) × 62 (2.44) (D) mm (in.) 13 : Leakage current when the transistor output is OFF (0.1 mA or less)
6 : 60 (2.36) (W) × 115 (4.53) (H) × 62 (2.44) (D) mm (in.) 14 : Leakage current when the transistor output is OFF (0.25 mA or less)
7 : 60 (2.36) (W) × 200 (7.87) (H) × 48 (1.89) (D) mm (in.) 15 : Leakage current when the triac output is OFF 1.5 mA rms or less
8: 137 (5.39) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 51.5 (2.03) (D) mm (in.) (100 V AC rms 60 Hz), 3 mA rms or less (200 V AC rms 60 Hz)

1 - 16 1 - 16
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

No. of points

consumption
Maximum load Output response

dimensions
per module

suppressor

Reference
Insulation

External
method

voltage

Internal
display

current
Output
Rated

Surge
Output current time External Common

input
Model
format OFF → ON → connection connection
1 point 1 common
ON OFF
0.5 ms 1.5 ms 1-wire FCN 32 points
AJ65SBTCF1-32T 32 points 3.2 A 60 mA 2 5.5.1
Transistor or less or less connector 1 common
output 13 0.1 A 2-wire 8 points
AJ65VBTCU2-8T 8 points 0.8 A 1 ms 1 ms 35 mA 5 5.4.1
(sink type) one-touch 1 common
or less or less
AJ65VBTCU2-16T 1.6 A connector 40 mA 6 5.4.2
Transistor
AJ65FBTA2-16T output (sink
Photocoupler insulation

0.5 A 50 mA 7 5.6.1
2-wire
type) 0.5 ms 1.5 ms
16 points waterproof

LED display
Transistor or less or less
output 12/24 Zener connector 16 points 50 mA
AJ65FBTA2-16TE 1.0 A 7 5.6.2
(source type) V DC 4.0 A diode 1 common
AJ65VBTS2-16T Spring 45 mA 8 5.2.1
clamp
0.5 A terminal
AJ65VBTS2-32T 32 points block 60 mA 9 5.2.2
Transistor
1 ms 1 ms 2-wire type
output 12
or less or less 8 points
(sink type) 8 points Sensor
AJ65VBTCE2-8T 0.8 A 35 mA 5.3.1
connector 1 common 10
0.1 A
(e-CON) 16 points
AJ65VBTCE2-16T 16 points 1.6 A 2-wire type 1 common 45 mA 5.3.2
11

1 : 87.3 (3.44) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 9: 222 (8.74) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 51.5 (2.03) (D) mm (in.)
2 : 118 (4.65) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 10 : 100 (3.94) (W) × 40 (1.57) (H) × 43.5 (1.71)(D) mm (in.)
3 : 179 (7.05) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 11 : 100 (3.94) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 45.5 (1.79) (D) mm (in.)
4 : 184.7 (7.27) (W) × 57.9 (2.28) (H) × 86 (3.39) (D) mm (in.) 12 : 64 (2.52) (W) × 170 (6.70) (H) × 80 (3.15) (D) mm (in.)
5 : 41 (1.61) (W) × 115 (4.53) (H) × 62 (2.44) (D) mm (in.) 13 : Leakage current when the transistor output is OFF (0.1 mA or less)
6 : 60 (2.36) (W) × 115 (4.53) (H) × 62 (2.44) (D) mm (in.) 14 : Leakage current when the transistor output is OFF (0.25 mA or less)
7 : 60 (2.36) (W) × 200 (7.87) (H) × 48 (1.89) (D) mm (in.) 15 : Leakage current when the triac output is OFF 1.5 mA rms or less
8: 137 (5.39) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 51.5 (2.03) (D) mm (in.) (100 V AC rms 60 Hz), 3 mA rms or less (200 V AC rms 60 Hz)

1 - 17 1 - 17
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

(3) Combined I/O module

In the combined I/O module, the input side and the output side are structure as a pair.
(a) Input side

No. of points

Input current

consumption
Operation Input response

Input display
Rated input
per module

dimensions

Reference
Insulation

External
Division

voltage time

method

voltage

Internal
current
Input External Common
Model
format connection connection
ON OFF OFF → ON →
voltage voltage ON OFF

AJ65SBTC1-32DT 14 V or 6 V or 1.5 ms or less

more less 6.4.3

AJ65SBTC1-32DT1 15 V or 3 V or 0.2 ms or less 32 points

more less 1-wire 6.4.4
16 1 common
one-touch 50 mA
points 14 V or 6 V or (shared with
AJ65SBTC1-32DT2 1.5 ms or less connector output)
more less 1 6.4.5
AJ65SBTC1-32DT3 15 V or 3 V or 0.2 ms or less
Approx. more less 6.4.6
5 mA
AJ65SBTC4-16DT 4-wire 6.4.1
one-touch 16 points 40 mA
AJ65SBTC4-16DT2 8 connector 1 common 6.4.2
points 4-wire (shared with
AJ65SBTW4-16DT DC input waterproof output) 90 mA 3 6.6.3
(Positive 14 V or 6 V or 1.5 ms or less connector
common) more less 16 points
8
AJ65SBTB1-16DT 1 common (shared 50 mA 1 6.1.3
points
Approx. with output)
7 mA 32 points
16
AJ65SBTB1-32DT 1 common (shared 32 mA 2 6.1.13
points with output)
24
8 V DC 16 points
AJ65SBTB1-16DT1 1 common (shared 55 mA 1 6.1.4
points with output)
3 V or
0.2 ms or less
Approx. 15 V or less 32 points
AJ65SBTB1-32DT1 5 mA more 1 common (shared 60 mA 2 6.1.14
Photocoupler insulation

with output)
16 5 V or 16 points
AJ65DBTB1-32DT1 10 ms or less 55 mA 5 6.1.20
LED display

points less 1 common

Input side

1-wire
DC input terminal 32 points
AJ65SBTB1-32DTE1 (Negative 1 common (shared 50 mA 2 6.1.19
common) block with output)
6 V or 1.5 ms or less 16 points
8 Approx. 14 V or less
AJ65SBTB1-16DT2 1 common (shared 50 mA 1 6.1.5
points 7 mA more with output)
AJ65SBTB1-32DT2 32 points 60 mA 6.1.15
16
5.5 V 1 common (shared 2
AJ65SBTB1-32KDT2 points 11 65 mA
or less with output) 6.1.16

8 16 points
AJ65SBTB1-16DT3 Approx. 15 V or 3 V or 1 common (shared 55 mA 1 6.1.6
points 0.2 ms or less
5 mA more less with output)
AJ65SBTB1-32DT3 32 points 60 mA 6.1.17
16
12 Approx. 5.6 V 2.4 V 1 common (shared 2
AJ65SBTB1-32KDT8 points 11 65 mA
V DC 11 mA or more or less with output) 6.1.18
DC input
(Positive 8 points
4
AJ65SBTB32-8DT common) points 1 common (shared 45 mA 1 6.1.1
with output)
8 16 points
AJ65SBTB32-16DT 6 V or 1 common (shared 50 mA 2 6.1.7
points 1.5 ms or less Input 3-wire with output)
24 Approx. 14 V or less
Output 8 points
4 V DC 7 mA more
AJ65SBTB32-8DT2 2-wire 1 common (shared 45 mA 1 6.1.2
points terminal with output)
AJ65SBTB32-16DT2 block 50 mA 6.1.8
8 5.5 V 16 points
AJ65SBTB32-16KDT2 or less 11 1 common (shared 55 mA 2 6.1.9
points
12 Approx. 5.6 V 2.4 V with output)
AJ65SBTB32-16KDT8 11 55 mA 6.1.10
V DC 11 mA or more or less

1 : 118 (4.65) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 7 : 137 (5.39) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 51.5 (2.03) (D) mm (in.)
2 : 179 (7.05) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 8 : 222 (8.74) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 51.5 (2.03) (D) mm (in.)
3 : 184.7 (7.27) (W) × 57.9 (2.28) (H) × 86 (3.39) (D) mm (in.) 9 : 100 (3.94) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 41.5 (1.63) (D) mm (in.)
4 : 41 (1.61) (W) × 115 (4.53) (H) × 67 (2.64) (D) mm (in.) 10 : 155 (6.10) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 45.5 (1.79) (D) mm (in.)
5 : 64 (2.52) (W) × 170 (6.70) (H) × 80 (3.15) (D) mm (in.) 11 : 0.2ms or less/1.5ms or less/5ms or less/10ms or less
6 : 60 (2.36) (W) × 200 (7.87) (H) × 48 (1.89) (D) mm (in.) (Depending on the input response speed setting value)

1 - 18 1 - 18
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

No. of points

Input current

consumption
Operation Input response

Input display
Rated input
per module

dimensions

Reference
Insulation

External
Division

voltage time

method

voltage

Internal
current
External Common
Model Input format
connection connection
ON OFF OFF → ON →
voltage voltage ON OFF
6 V or Input
AJ65SBTB32-16DR 1.5 ms or less 3-wire 85 mA 6.1.11
less
8 Approx. 14 V or Output 8 points
2
AJ65SBTB32- points 7 mA more 5.5 V 2-wire 1 common
11 terminal 100mA 6.1.12
16KDR or less
DC input block
(Positive/ 1-wire
negative 15 V or 5 V or
AJ65DBTB1-32DR 10 ms or less terminal 60 mA 5 6.1.21
common) more less
block
16 Approx. 14 V or 6 V or 16 points
AJ65SBTCF1-32DT points 5 mA more 1.5 ms or less 1-wire 1 common 1 6.5.1
less
one-touch
Photocoupler insulation

AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1 15 V or 3 V or 0.2 ms or less connector 4 6.5.2

more less 50 mA

LED display
DC input
Input side

AJ65FBTA42-16DT (Positive 24 6.6.1

common) V DC Approx. 2 to 4-wire 8 points
waterproof 1 common (Shared 6
DC input 7 mA
8 connector with output)
AJ65FBTA42-16DTE (Negative points 45 mA 6.6.2
common)
Spring 16 points
AJ65VBTS32-16DT clamp 1 common (shared 40 mA 7 6.2.1
14 V or 6 V or with output)
1.5 ms or less terminal
more less block
16 16 points
AJ65VBTS32-32DT 3-wire type 50 mA 8 6.2.2
points 1 common
DC input Approx.
(sink type) 8 5 mA 16 points
AJ65VBTCE32-16DT Sensor 1 common (shared 40 mA 9 6.3.1
points
connector with output)
(e-CON) 32 points
16 3-wire type 1 common (shared
AJ65VBTCE32-32DT points 45 mA 10 6.3.2
with output)

1 : 118 (4.65) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 7 : 137 (5.39) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 51.5 (2.03) (D) mm (in.)
2 : 179 (7.05) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 8 : 222 (8.74) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 51.5 (2.03) (D) mm (in.)
3 : 184.7 (7.27) (W) × 57.9 (2.28) (H) × 86 (3.39) (D) mm (in.) 9 : 100 (3.94) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 41.5 (1.63) (D) mm (in.)
4 : 41 (1.61) (W) × 115 (4.53) (H) × 67 (2.64) (D) mm (in.) 10 : 155 (6.10) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 45.5 (1.79) (D) mm (in.)
5 : 64 (2.52) (W) × 170 (6.70) (H) × 80 (3.15) (D) mm (in.) 11 : 0.2ms or less/1.5ms or less/5ms or less/10ms or less
6 : 60 (2.36) (W) × 200 (7.87) (H) × 48 (1.89) (D) mm (in.) (Depending on the input response speed setting value)

1 - 19 1 - 19
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

(b) Output side

Internal current
Output display
Maximum load Output

No. of points

consumption

dimensions
per module

suppressor

Reference
Insulation

External
current response time
Division

method

voltage
Rated

Surge
Output External Common

input
Model
format connection connection
OFF → ON →
1 point 1 common
ON OFF

AJ65SBTC1-32DT Transistor
output 13
AJ65SBTC1-32DT1 (sink type) 1-wire 32 points
16
0.1 A 1.6 A one-touch 1 common
Transistor points
AJ65SBTC1-32DT2 connector (shared with input)
output 12
AJ65SBTC1-32DT3 (sink type)
Transistor
AJ65SBTC4-16DT output 13
(sink type) 4-wire
one-touch
Transistor connector 16 points
8
AJ65SBTC4-16DT2 output 12 points 1 common
(shared with input)
(sink type) 24 2.4 A
V DC 4-wire
AJ65SBTW4-16DT waterproof
connector
16 points
8
AJ65SBTB1-16DT 1 common (shared
points
with input)
Transistor 32 points
16
AJ65SBTB1-32DT output 13 points 3.6 A 1 common (shared
(sink type) with input)
16 points
8
AJ65SBTB1-16DT1 2.4 A 1 common
points
(shared with input)
32 points
AJ65SBTB1-32DT1 3.6 A 1 common
(shared with input)
Photocoupler insulation

Transistor
12/24 16 points
AJ65DBTB1-32DT1 output 12 16 4A
V DC 1 common
LED display

(sink type) points

Output side

1-wire
Transistor 0.5 ms 1.5 ms Zener terminal
32 points See input side
or less or less diode block
AJ65SBTB1-32DTE1 output 12 3.6 A 1 common
(source (shared with input)
type)
0.5 A 16 points
8
AJ65SBTB1-16DT2 2.4 A 1 common
points
24 (shared with input)
AJ65SBTB1-32DT2 V DC 32 points
16
3.6 A 1 common
AJ65SBTB1-32KDT2 Transistor points (shared with input)
output 12 16 points
(sink type) 8
AJ65SBTB1-16DT3 2.4 A 1 common
points
(shared with input)
AJ65SBTB1-32DT3 32 points
16
12 3.6 A 1 common
AJ65SBTB1-32KDT8 points
V DC (shared with input)
8 points
4
AJ65SBTB32-8DT Transistor points 1.2 A 1 common
(shared with input)
output 13
16 points
(sink type) 8
AJ65SBTB32-16DT 2.4 A 1 common
points
(shared with input)
24 Input 3-wire 8 points
4
AJ65SBTB32-8DT2 V DC 1.2 A Output 1 common
points
2-wire (shared with input)
terminal
AJ65SBTB32-16DT2 Transistor block
output 12
16 points
8
AJ65SBTB32-16KDT2 (sink type) points 2.4 A 1 common
(shared with input)
12
AJ65SBTB32-16KDT8
V DC

12 : Leakage current when the transistor output is OFF (0.1 mA or less)

13 : Leakage current when the transistor output is OFF (0.25 mA or less)

1 - 20 1 - 20
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

Internal current
Output display
Maximum load Output

No. of points

consumption

dimensions
per module

suppressor

Reference
Insulation

External
current response time
Division

method

voltage
Rated

Surge
External Common

input
Model Output format
connection connection
OFF → ON →
1 point 1 common
ON OFF
Input 3-wire
AJ65SBTB32-16DR

insulation
8 Output 4 points

Relay
24 2-wire
points 1 common
AJ65SBTB32-16KDR V DC 10 ms 12 ms terminal
Relay output 2A 4A None
240 or less or less block
V AC 1-wire 8 points
16
AJ65DBTB1-32DR terminal
points 1 common
block
AJ65SBTCF1-32DT Transistor 0.5 ms 1.5 ms
or less or less 1-wire
16 12/24 16 points
output 12 points 0.1 A 1.6 A FCN
V DC 1 ms 1 ms 1 common
AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1 (sink type) connector
or less or less
Transistor

LED display
Output side

Photocoupler insulation

AJ65FBTA42-16DT output 0.5 A 2.4 A

(sink type) 2-wire 8 points
0.5 ms 1.5 ms See input side
waterproof 1 common
Transistor or less or less
8 24 connector (shared with input)
AJ65FBTA42-16DTE output points V DC 1.0 A
(source type) Zener
4.0 A diode Spring 16 points
AJ65VBTS32-16DT clamp 1 common
0.5 A terminal (shared with input)
16 12/24 block 16 points
AJ65VBTS32-32DT Transistor 2-wire type
points V DC 1 common
1 ms 1 ms
output 11 or less or less 16 points
8
AJ65VBTCE32-16DT (sink type) 0.8 A Sensor 1 common
points
24 connector (shared with input)
0.1 A
V DC (e-CON) 32 points
16 2-wire type
AJ65VBTCE32-32DT 1.6 A 1 common
points
(shared with input)

12 : Leakage current when the transistor output is OFF (0.1 mA or less)

13 : Leakage current when the transistor output is OFF (0.25 mA or less)

1 - 21 1 - 21
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

1.5 Parts Sold Separately

The plugs for one-touch connector module are sold separately.

Please purchase them as necessary.
Mitsubishi model Part model name Color of
Specifications
name (manufacturer) the cover
Applicable cable Maximum
Applicable cable core size
outer diameter rated
(mm2)
(mm) current (A)
33104-6000FL
A6CON-P214 φ 1.0 to 1.4 Transparent
Plug for (3M) 0.14 to 0.2
2
one-touch connector 33104-6100FL (26 to 24 AWG)
A6CON-P220 φ 1.4 to 2.0 Yellow
1 (3M)
33104-6200FL
A6CON-P514 φ 1.0 to 1.4 Red
(3M) 0.3 to 0.5
3
33104-6300FL (22 to 20 AWG)
A6CON-P520 φ 1.4 to 2.0 Blue
(3M)
communication 0.5
One-touch φ 2.2 to 3.0
35505-6000- line (20 AWG)
connector for A6CON-L5P Red
BOM GF (3M) 0.5
communication 2 shielded cable
(20 AWG)
One-touch 35505-6080-A00 0.75 (0.66 to 0.98) (18 AWG)
A6CON-PW5P φ 2.2 to 3.0 Gray
connector for power GF (3M) wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
7
supply and FG A6CON-PW5P- 35505-6180-A00 Outer insulation layer material:
2 4 PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl) φ 2.0 to 2.3 Blue
SOD GF(3M)
Dustproof cap 1 A6CAP-DC1 ⎯ (AJ65SBTW -16 only) ⎯ ⎯
Protection construction : IP67
A6CAP-WP1 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯
(AJ65SBTW -16 only)
Waterproof cap 1
Protection of degree : IP67
A6CAP-WP2 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯
(AJ65FBTA -16 only)
A6CON1 ⎯ Soldering type (Straight-out type) ⎯ ⎯
A6CON2 ⎯ Crimp-contact type (Straight-out type) ⎯ ⎯
FCN connector
A6CON3 ⎯ Pressure-displacement type (Flat cable type) ⎯ ⎯
A6CON4 ⎯ Soldering type (Straight-out/diagonal-out type) ⎯ ⎯
Online connector for 35720-L200-B00
A6CON-LJ5P ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯
communication 3 AK (3M)
Online connector for 35720-L200-A00
A6CON-PWJ5P ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯
power supply 3 AK (3M)
Terminal resister
One-touch connector plug with
attached one-touch
A6CON-TR11 ⎯ terminal resister attached for ⎯ ⎯ ⎯
connector plug
communication (110Ω)
(including 1)
For modules with a width of 41 mm
(AJ65VBTCU -8 , AJ65VBTCU -32 ,
Connector Type A6PLT-J65V1 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯
AJ65VBTCU-68 )
Metal Installation
10 M4 8 SWPW attached hole section screws
Fitting
(set of 5) For modules with a width of 60 mm
A6PLT-J65V2 ⎯ (AJ65VBTCU -16 ) ⎯ ⎯
10 M4 8 SWPW attached hole section screws
1 Mitsubishi's A6CON-P , A6CAP- 1 includes 20 plugs.
2 Mitsubishi's A6CON- 5P includes 10 plugs.
3 Mitsubishi's A6CON- J5P includes 5 plugs.
4 Confirm the outer sheath diameter of the applicable cable and select the connector.

1 - 22 1 - 22
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

Mitsubishi
Applicable module
model name
Input : AJ65SBTB1-8D
A6CVR-8 Output : AJ65SBTB1-8T AJ65SBTB1-8TE AJ65SBTB1-8T1
Repeater : AJ65SBT-RPT
Input : AJ65SBTB1-16D AJ65SBTB1-16D1 AJ65SBTC1-32D AJ65SBTC1-32D1
AJ65SBTC4-16D AJ65SBTC4-16DN AJ65SBTC4-16DE AJ65SBTB3-8D
AJ65SBTB2-8A AJ65SBTB2N-8A
Output : AJ65SBTB1-16T AJ65SBTC1-32T AJ65SBTB1-16T1 AJ65SBTB2-8T
AJ65SBTB1-16TE AJ65SBTB2-8R AJ65SBTB2-8S AJ65SBTB2N-8R
A6CVR-16
AJ65SBTB2N-8S AJ65SBTB2-8T1
Combined : AJ65SBTC1-32DT AJ65SBTC1-32DT1 AJ65SBTC4-16DT AJ65SBTB1-6DT
Protect cover
AJ65SBTB1-16DT1 AJ65SBTB1-16DT2 AJ65SBTB32-8DT AJ65SBTC1-32DT2
for compact
AJ65SBTC1-32DT3 AJ65SBTC4-16DT2 AJ65SBTB1-16DT3 AJ65SBTB32-8DT2
remote I/O
Optical Repeater : AJ65SBT-RPS AJ65SBT-RPG
module
Input : AJ65SBTB1-32D AJ65SBTB1-32D1 AJ65SBTB2-16A AJ65SBTB2N-16A
(including 10)
AJ65SBTB3-16D
Output : AJ65SBTB1-32T AJ65SBTB1-32T1 AJ65SBTB2-16T AJ65SBTB2-16R
A6CVR-32
AJ65SBTB2-16S AJ65SBTB2N-16R AJ65SBTB2N-16S AJ65SBTB2-16T1
Combined : AJ65SBTB1-32DT AJ65SBTB1-32DT1 AJ65SBTB1-32DT2 AJ65SBTB32-16DT
AJ65SBTB1-32DT3 AJ65SBTB32-16DT2
Input : AJ65VBTCE3-8D
A6CVR-VCE8
Output : AJ65VBTCE2-8T
Input : AJ65VBTCE3-16D
A6CVR-VCE16 Output : AJ65VBTCE2-16T
Combined : AJ65VBTCE32-16DT
Input : AJ65DBTB1-32D
DIN adapter A6DIN1C Output : AJ65DBTB1-32T1 AJ65DBTB1-32R
Combined : AJ65DBTB1-32DT1 AJ65DBTB1-32DR
Common Input : AJ65DBTB1-32D
Terminal A2CCOM-TB Output : AJ65DBTB1-32T1 AJ65DBTB1-32R
Block Combined : AJ65DBTB1-32DT1 AJ65DBTB1-32DR

1 - 23 1 - 23
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

1.6 Recommended Connection Device List

1.6.1 Recommended connection devices for low profile waterproof remote I/O module

The following shows communication devices needed for use of the low profile
waterproof type remote I/O module (AJ65FBTA -16 ).

(1) Communications Module Waterproof Plug (Male / Female) 4-pin

/ 5-pin can be used.
(a) For LINK In Side (Female)
Model Name Maker Specifications Connection Cable Diameter
ELKA 4012 PG9 HIRSCHMANN M12-4-pin Female Straight Type φ 6.0 to 8.0mm
ELKA 5012 PG9 HIRSCHMANN φ 6.0 to 8.0mm
M12-5-pin Female Straight Type
CM02A-8DP5S(03) DDK Ltd. φ 8.0mm
ELWIKA 4012 PG9 HIRSCHMANN M12-4-pin Female Right-angle Type φ 6.0 to 8.0mm
ELWIKA 5012 PG9 HIRSCHMANN M12-5-pin Female Right-angle Type φ 6.0 to 8.0mm
(b) For LINK OUT Side (Male)
Model Name Maker Specifications Connection Cable Diameter
ELST 4012 PG9 HIRSCHMANN M12-4-pin Male Straight Type φ 6.0 to 8.0mm
ELST 5012 PG9 HIRSCHMANN φ 6.0 to 8.0mm
M12-5-pin Male Straight Type
CM02A-8DJ5P(03) DDK Ltd. φ 8.0mm
ELWIST 4012 PG9 HIRSCHMANN M12-4-pin Male Right-angle Type φ 6.0 to 8.0mm
ELWIST 5012 PG9 HIRSCHMANN M12-5-pin Male Right-angle Type φ 6.0 to 8.0mm

(2) Power Supply Module - Waterproof Plug (Female) 5-pin only can
be used.
Model Name Maker Specifications Connection Cable Diameter
ELKA 5012 PG7 φ 4.0 to 6.0mm
HIRSCHMANN
ELKA 5012 PG9 M12-5-pin Female Straight Type φ 6.0 to 8.0mm
CM02A-8DP5S(03) DDK Ltd. φ 8.0mm
ELWIKA 5012 PG7 φ 4.0 to 6.0mm
HIRSCHMANN M12-5-pin Female Right-angle Type
ELWIKA 5012 PG9 φ 6.0 to 8.0mm

(3) I/O connector waterproof plug (male) 4-pin/5-pin can be used.

The plug for LINK OUT side (male) mentioned in Section (1) (b)
can be used.

(4) I/O Connector Y Branch Connector

Model Name Maker Remarks
SAC-3P-M12Y
PHOENIX CONTACT ⎯
SAC-5P-M12Y
XS2R series OMRON Corporation ⎯
VA-4YG-2 CORRENS Corporation ⎯

(5) CC-Link Cable

Model Name Maker Remarks
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING Co.,Ltd CC-Link dedicated cable with waterproof
FA-CBL series
connector
Cable with M12 Connector Shinwa Co.,Ltd The CA series cannot be used.

1 - 24 1 - 24
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

1.6.2 Recommended connection devices for low profile sensor connector (e-CON) remote
I/O module

The following shows communication devices needed for use of the sensor connector
(e-CON) remote I/O module (AJ65VBTCE - ).
For how to wire the sensor connector (e-CON), refer to the catalog of the
corresponding maker.

(1) I/O sensor connector (e-CON) plug 1

Specifications
Cover
Model Name Maker Applicable cable core size Applicable cable Maximum rated
2
Color
(mm ) outer diameter (mm) current (A)
ECN-A014R 0.08 to 0.20 (28 to 24 AWG) φ 0.9 to 1.0 Red
ECN-A004Y 0.20 to 0.30 (24 to 22 AWG) φ 1.0 to 1.15 Yellow
ECN-A024BL 0.30 to 0.50 (22 to 20 AWG) φ 1.15 to 1.3 Blue
ECN-M014R (Mitsubishi Electric φ 0.8 to 1.0 Red
ECN-M024Y System Service 0.14 to 0.30 (26 to 24 AWG) φ 1.0 to 1.2 2 Yellow
ECN-M0340R Co., Ltd.) φ 1.2 to 1.6 Orange
ECN-M044GN φ 1.0 to 1.2 Green
ECN-M054BL 0.30 to 0.50 (22 to 20 AWG) φ 1.2 to 1.6 Blue
ECN-M064GY φ 1.6 to 2.0 Gray
1 The ECN- includes 20 plugs.

1 - 25 1 - 25
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

1.7 About the Generic, Abbreviated and Technical Terms Used in This Manual

The abbreviated and technical terms used in this manual are listed below:
Generic/abbreviated/
Description
technical term
CC-Link Abbreviation of Control & Communications Link
Generic term for the AJ61BT11, A1SJ61BT11, AJ61QBT11 and A1SJ61QBT11 CC-Link system
Master/local module
master/local modules
Compact remote I/O module Generic term for the AJ65SBT - CC-Link system compact remote I/O modules
Conventional remote I/O
Generic term for the AJ65BT - CC-Link system remote I/O modules
module
Remote I/O module Generic term for the AJ65BT - /AJ65SBT - CC-Link system remote I/O modules
Input module Generic term for the AJ65SBT - A/D(1) remote I/O modules
Output module Generic term for the AJ65SBT - R/T /T1/TE remote I/O modules
Combined module Generic term for the AJ65SBT - DT(1) remote I/O modules
Waterproof type remote I/O
Generic term for the AJ65SBTW4-16 remote I/O modules
module
Low profile waterproof type
Generic term for the AJ65FBTA -16 remote I/O modules
remote I/O module
Spring clamp terminal block
Generic term for the AJ65VBTS - remote I/O modules
type remote I/O module
Sensor connector (e-CON)
Generic term for the AJ65VBTCE - remote I/O modules
type remote I/O module

1 - 26 1 - 26
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A

MEMO

1 - 27 1 - 27
 2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART

The names and settings for the components of the compact remote I/O module are
shown below:
AJ65SBTB1-8 (Terminal-block 8 point module, 1-wire)

2 1) 4) 2)

STATION NO. B RATE

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

A J65SBTB1-8D
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 COM
DB SLD (FG) X1 X3 X5 X7 COM

9) 11)

AJ65SBTB1-16 (Terminal-block 16 point module, 1-wire)

1) 4) 2)

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F STATION NO. B RATE

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB1-16D
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 X8 XA XC XE COM
DB SLD (FG) X1 X3 X5 X7 X9 XB XD XF COM

11)
9)

AJ65SBTB1B-16 (Module with 1-wire terminal block, 2-common type, and 16 points)
1) 4) 2)

PW L RUN L ERR. Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Y8 9 A B C D E F STATION NO. B RATE

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB1B-16TE1
DA DG +24V 24G Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF NC
DB SLD (FG) COM1- COM1- COM1- COM1- COM1- COM1- CTL1- COM1+ COM2- COM2- COM2- COM2- COM2- COM2- CTL2- COM2+ NC

11) 9) 11)

2-1 2-1
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65SBTB1-32 (Terminal-block 32 point module, 1-wire)

1) 4) 2)

PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F X10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 X18 19 1A1B 1C1D1E 1F STATION NO. B RATE

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB1-32D
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 X8 XA XC XE X10 X12 X14 X16 X18 X1A X1C X1E COM
DB SLD (FG) X1 X3 X5 X7 X9 XB XD XF X11 X13 X15 X17 X19 X1B X1D X1F COM
2

9)
11) 11)

AJ65SBTB1-32K (Terminal-block 32 point module, 1-wire)

1) 8) 4) 2)

11) 9) 11)

AJ65SBTC1-32 (One-touch connector 32 point module, 1-wire)

1) 6) 4) 2)

STATION NO. B RATE

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F
X0-XF 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1 ON

X1011121314 1516 17 X1819 1A1B1C1D1E1F

A J65SBTC1-32D1 X10-X1F

DA DG +24V 24G COM

X0 X4 X8 XC X10 X14 X18 X1C
DB SLD (FG) X1 X5 X9 XD X11 X15 X19 X1D COM
X2 X6 XA XE X12 X16 X1A X1E
X3 X7 XB XF X13 X17 X1B X1F

9) 11) 10) 9)

2-2 2-2
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65SBTC4-16 (One-touch connector 16 point module, 4-wire)

1) 4) 2)

STATION NO. B RATE

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1 ON

A J65SBTC4-16DN
DA DG +24V 24G
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 COM+
DB SLD (FG) Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF COM-
+24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V
24G 24G 24G 24G 24G 24G 24G 24G

9) 11) 10) 9)

(AJ65SBTC4-16D only)

AJ65SBTCF1-32 (Terminal block 32 point module, 1-wire FCN 40-pin connector)

1) 6) 4) 2)

STATION NO. B RATE

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F
X0-XF 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON

X10 111213 1415 1617 X18191A1B1C1D1E1F

A J65SBTCF1-32D X10-X1F

DA DG +24V 24G X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X17 X18 X19 X1A X1B X1C X1D X1E X1F NC NC NC NC

DB SLD (FG) X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF NC NC COM COM

9) 11) 10)

2-3 2-3
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65SBTB2N-8 (Terminal block 8 point module, 2-wire)

4) 2) 1)

STATION NO. B RATE X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
A J65SBTB2N-8A
ON

DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 COMA

DB SLD (FG) COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB

9) 11)

AJ65SBTB2N-16 (Terminal block 16 point module, 2-wire)

4) 2) 1)

STATION NO. B RATE PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
AJ65SBTB2N-16A
ON

DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF COMA

DB SLD (FG) COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB

11) 9) 11)

AJ65SBTB2-8 (Terminal block 8 point module, 2-wire)

1) 4) 2)

STATION NO. B RATE

Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB2-8T
DA DG +24V 24G Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 DC24V

DB SLD (FG) COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM DC24G

9) 11)

2-4 2-4
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65SBTB2-16 (Terminal block 16 point module, 2-wire)

1) 4) 2)

PW L RUN L ERR. Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Y8 9 A B C D E F STATION NO. B RATE

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB2-16T
DA DG +24V 24G Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF DC24V

DB SLD (FG) COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM DC24G

11) 9) 11)

AJ65SBTB3-8 (Terminal block 8 point module, 3-wire)

1) 4) 2)

STATION NO. B RATE

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB3-8D
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 DC24A

DB SLD (FG) COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB DC24B

9) 11)

AJ65SBTB3-16 (Terminal block 16 point module, 3-wire)

1) 4) 2)

PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F STATION NO. B RATE

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB3-16D
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF DC24A

DB SLD (FG) COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB DC24B

11) 9) 11)

2-5 2-5
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65SBTB3-16K (Terminal block 16 point module, 3-wire)

1) 8) 4) 2)

11) 9) 11)

AJ65SBTB32-8 (Terminal block 8 point module, 3-wire input, 2-wire output)

1) 4) 2)

STATION NO. B RATE

X0 1 2 3 Y8 9 A B 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB32-8DT
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 Y8 Y9 YA YB DC24V

DB SLD (FG) COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ DC24G

9) 11)

AJ65SBTB32-16 (Terminal block 16 point module, 3-wire input, 2-wire output)

4) 2)
1)
PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Y8 9 A B C D E F STATION NO. B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB32-16DT
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF DC24A

DB SLD (FG) COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ DC24B

9)
11) 11)

2-6 2-6
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65SBTB32-16K (Terminal block 16 point module, 3-wire input, 2-wire output)

1) 8) 4) 2)

9)
11) 11)

AJ65SBTB32-16DR (Terminal block 16 point module, 3-wire input, 2-wire output)

4) 2) 1)

YD

11) 9) 11)

AJ65SBTB32-16KDR (Terminal block 16 point module, 3-wire input, 2-wire output)

8) 4) 2) 1)

11) 9) 11)

2-7 2-7
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65DBTB1-32 (Terminal block 32 point module, 1-wire)

AJ65DBTB1-32D
6 PW L RUN L ERR.
5 0 ~0
1
5) 4 1 0 8 10 18
3 2
STATI ON NO. 1 9 11 19
7 8 2 A 12 1A
5
6

4
3 2
9

1
0 ~
1 3
4
B
C
13
14
1B
1C
1)
5 D 15 1D

3) B RATE
4
3 2
1
0
6
7
E
F
16
17
1E
1F

DA NC
DG NC
DB +24V
NC NC
SLD
( FG)
NC NC
24G 24G

X0 X10
X1 X11
X2 X12
X3 X13
9) X4 X14 9)
X5 X15
X6 X16
X7 X17
COM1 COM3
X8 X18
X9 X19
XA X1A
XB X1B
XC X1C
XD X1D
XE X1E
XF X1F
COM4
COM2

AJ65DBTB1
- 32D

2-8 2-8
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

No. Item Description

1) Operating status indicator LEDs LED name Confirmation details
On: Power supply on.
PW
Off: Power supply off.
On: Normal communication.
L RUN Off: Communication cutoff.
(time expiration error)
On: Communication data error.
Flicker at regular intervals:
Indicates that the station number setting or
transmission speed setting switch position was
changed while power is on.
L ERR
Flicker at irregular intervals:
When the connection of the terminal resistor was
forgotten; when the cable for the module, CC-Link is
receiving noise influence.
Off: Normal communication.
X0 to 1F On: INPUT ON, Off: INPUT OFF.
Y0 to 1F On: OUTPUT ON, Off: OUTPUT OFF.
2) Transmission speed setting
Setting switch status Transmission
Setting value
4 2 1 speed
0 OFF OFF OFF 156 kbps
1 OFF OFF ON 625 kbps
2 OFF ON OFF 2.5 Mbps
3 OFF ON ON 5.0 Mbps
4 ON OFF OFF 10 Mbps

Be sure to set the transmission speed within the above range.

3) Transmission speed setting
Setting value Transmission speed
0 156 kbps
1 625 kbps
2 2.5 Mbps
3 5.0 Mbps
4 10 Mbps

Be sure to set the transmission speed within the above range.

2-9 2-9
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

No. Item Description

4) Station number setting switches Select "10," "20" or "40" to set the tens place of the station number.
Select "1," "2," "4" or "8" to set the ones place of the station number.
Always set the station number within the range of 1 to 64. (*1)
Station Tens place Ones place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
1 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
2 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
3 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
4 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
: : : : : : : :
10 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
11 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON
: : : : : : : :
64 ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF

(Example) Set the switches as below when setting the station number to 32:
Station Tens place Ones place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
32 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF

5) Station number setting switches Always set the station number within the range of 1 to 64. (*1)
• "10"sets the tens place of the station number.
• "1"sets the units place of the station number.
6) I/O display switch Setting the switch to X/Y0-X/YF displays the on/off status of X/Y0-X/YF.
Setting the switch to X/Y10-X/Y1F displays the on/off status of X/Y10-X/Y1F.
7) Sink/source switch Switches the input format between sink and source.
(For AJ65SBTC1-16D only) Open the unit top cover to perform the setting.
<When setting for sink type> <When setting for source type>
SOURCE SOURCE

Switch

SINK SINK

8) Input response speed switching

Setting switch status Communication input
Setting value
switch 2 1 response speed
0 OFF OFF 10ms
1 OFF ON 5ms
2 ON OFF 1.5ms
3 ON ON 0.2ms

The factory default setting is set to “1.5ms” in setting value “2”. (*2)
9) Terminal block A terminal block for connection to the power supply of compact remote I/O
module, transmission and I/O signals.
10) Connector An input signal connector.
11) Hook for DIN rail Hook to install the module to the DIN rail. When installing, push on the center
line of the hook for DIN rail with a finger tip until a clicking sound is heard.
1 Duplicate station number cannot be set.
2 The setting of the switch is reflected/held by power-on. If the switch setting is changed while power is ON,
it is necessary to turn ON power again.

2 - 10 2 - 10
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65SBTW4-16 (waterproof connector 16 point module, 1-wire)

4) 7)

2)

3)

9) SINK SOURCE

6) 1)

10) LINK CABL IN POWER CABL PW L RUN

L ERR.
X0 Y8
X1 Y9
X2 YA
X3 YB
CON1 CON3 CON5 CON7 X4 YC
8) LINK CABL OUT POWER CABL CON2 CON4 CON6 CON8
X5 YD
X6 YE
X7 YF

STATION NO.

MITSUBISHI AJ65SBTW4-16DT

5)

No. Item Description

1) Operating status indicator LEDs LED name Confirmation details
On: Power supply on.
PW
Off: Power supply off.
On: Normal communication.
L RUN Off: Communication cutoff.
(time expiration error)
On: Communication data error.
Flicker at regular intervals:
Indicates that the station number setting or
transmission speed setting switch position was
changed while power is on.
L ERR
Flicker at irregular intervals:
When the connection of the terminal resistor was
forgotten; when the cable for the module, CC-Link is
receiving noise influence.
Off: Normal communication.
X0 to 7 On: INPUT ON, Off: INPUT OFF.
Y8 to F On: OUTPUT ON, Off: OUTPUT OFF.

2 - 11 2 - 11
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

No. Item Description

2) Transmission speed setting
Setting switch status Transmission
Setting value
4 2 1 speed
0 OFF OFF OFF 156 kbps
1 OFF OFF ON 625 kbps
2 OFF ON OFF 2.5 Mbps
3 OFF ON ON 5.0 Mbps
4 ON OFF OFF 10 Mbps

Be sure to set the transmission speed within the above range.

3) Station number setting switches Select "10," "20" or "40" to set the ten's place of the station number.
Select "1," "2," "4" or "8" to set the one's place of the station number.
Always set the station number within the range of 1 to 64.
Station Ten's place One's place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
1 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
2 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
3 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
4 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
: : : : : : : :
10 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
11 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON
: : : : : : : :
64 ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF

(Example) Set the switches as below when setting the station number to 32:
Station Ten's place One's place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
32 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF

4) Terminal block The terminal block for connecting the I/O module power supply and
transmission cable.
5) Through pipe for transmission and The through pipe used to connect the transmission and module power-supply
module power-supply cables cables to the terminal block.
Open the module top cover and remove the terminal block to perform
connection work of the transmission and module power-supply cables to the
terminal block. Attach the waterproof plugs provided with the product to
unused through pipes.
6) Waterproof connector for I/O wire A connector (waterproof) for I/O signals.
Attach the optional dustproof caps (A6CAP-DC1) to unused waterproof
connectors.
7) Sink/source switch Selects the input format from sink or source. Open the module top cover to
(For AJ65SBTW4-16D only) perform the setting.
< When setting for sink type > < When setting for source type >
SOURCE SOURCE

Switch

SINK SINK

8) Metal fitting Module terminal for FG.

9) Module top-cover installation
screw (M3)
Refer to Section 7.1 for tightening torque value for installation screws.
10) Module front-cover installation
screw (M3)

2 - 12 2 - 12
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65VBTCU -8 (One-touch connector 8 points module)

40
20
10
8 3)
4
2
1
4
2 2)
1

AJ65VBTCU3-8D1
CON
A
5)
CON
B

X0 PW

L RUN
X1
L ERR

X2 1)
0
1
2
X3
3
7) 4
5
8)
X4 6
7

X5

X6

X7

CON
C
6)

CON
D

2 - 13 2 - 13
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65VBTCU -16 (One-touch connector 16 points module)

40
20
10
8 3)
4
2
1
4
2 2)
1

AJ65VBTCU3-16D1
CON
A
5)
CON
B

PW

L RUN

L ERR

0
1
2
3
7) 4 1) 8)
5
6
7

8
9
A
B
C
D
E
X0 to X7 X8 to XF F

CON
C
6)
CON
D

2 - 14 2 - 14
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1 (1-wire FCN connector 32 points module)

40
20
10
8 3)
4
2
1
4
2 2)
1

AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1

LINK X0 Y10
to to 4)
CON.A CON.B XF Y1F

PW

L RUN
5) L ERR

0
1
2
3
4
5 8)
6
7 1)

8
9
A
B
PW/AUX.
C
CON.C CON.D D
E
F

6)
7)

2 - 15 2 - 15
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

No. Item Description

1) Operating status indicator LEDs LED name Confirmation details
On: Power supply on.
PW
Off: Power supply off.
On: Normal communication.
L RUN Off: Communication cutoff.
(time expiration error)
On: Communication data error.
Flicker at regular intervals:
Indicates that the station number setting or
transmission speed setting switch position was
changed while power is on.
L ERR
Flicker at irregular intervals:
When the connection of the terminal resistor was
forgotten; when the cable for the module, CC-Link is
receiving noise influence.
Off: Normal communication.
On: INPUT ON, Off: INPUT OFF.
0 to F
On: OUTPUT ON, Off: OUTPUT OFF.
2) Transmission speed setting
Setting switch status Transmission
Setting value
4 2 1 speed
0 OFF OFF OFF 156 kbps
1 OFF OFF ON 625 kbps
2 OFF ON OFF 2.5 Mbps
3 OFF ON ON 5.0 Mbps
4 ON OFF OFF 10 Mbps

Be sure to set the transmission speed within the above range.

3) Station number setting switches Select "10," "20" or "40" to set the ten's place of the station number.
Select "1," "2," "4" or "8" to set the one's place of the station number.
Always set the station number within the range of 1 to 64. (*1)
Station Ten's place One's place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
1 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
2 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
3 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
4 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
: : : : : : : :
10 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
11 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON
: : : : : : : :
64 ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF

(Example) Set the switches as below when setting the station number to 32:
Station Ten's place One's place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
32 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF

1 Duplicate station number cannot be set.

2 - 16 2 - 16
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

No. Item Description

4) I/O display switch Setting the switch to X/Y0-X/YF displays the on/off status of X/Y0-X/YF.
Setting the switch to X/Y10-X/Y1F displays the on/off status of X/Y10-X/Y1F.
5) One-touch connector for A one-touch connector for connection of the communication line.
communication When carrying out wiring, connect two optional one-touch connector plugs for
communication (A6CON-L5P) at top and bottom.
When changing the module online, connect the optional online connectors
(A6CON-LJ5P) between the connector and plugs.
When using the module at either end of the CC-Link system, fit the optional
one-touch connector plug with termination resistor (110Ω) (A6CON-TR11).
6) One-touch connector for power A one-touch connector for connection of the module power supply line, I/O
supply and FG power supply line and FG.
When carrying out jumper wiring, connect two optional one-touch connector
plugs for power supply/FG at top and bottom. Two different types (A6CON-
PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD) are available as the one-touch connector plugs
for power supply and FG.
When not carrying out jumper wiring, also connect the plugs (for safety and
dust prevention).
When changing the module online, connect the optional online connectors
(A6CON-PWJ5P) between the connector and plugs.
7) Connector An input signal connector.
8) Hook for DIN rail Hook to install the module to the DIN rail or connector type Metal installation
fitting (option). When installing, push on the center line of the hook for DIN rail
with a finger tip until a clicking sound is heard.

2 - 17 2 - 17
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65FBTA -16 (Low profile waterproof connector 16 points module)

Connector for connection to main module
4)

TERMINATION
110 130
ON 5) 5)
1 2 a b

9)

Communication adapter (back) Communication adapter (front)

Connector for connection to

communication adapter 10)
3)
8)
2)

ON

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
STATION NO B RATE

Communication
adapter AJ65FBTA42-16DTE

PROTECT
Y8
Y9
YA
YB 1)
YC
YD
YE
YF

6) 6)
c d

Y
Y

Y
Y

7) 7)

Y
Y

Y
Y

Storage sheet

2 - 18 2 - 18
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

No. Item Description

1) Operating status indicator LED name Confirmation details
LEDs POWER On: Power supply on. Off: Power supply off.
Lights up when the output section protection function is working.
(AJ65FBTA -16 TE)
PROTECT
(During the protect operation, fuse interruption is searched in the
master unit side.)
On: Normal communication.
L RUN Off : Communication cutoff.
(time expiration error)
On: Communication data error.
Flicker at regular intervals:
Indicates that the station number setting or transmission speed
setting switch position was changed while power is on.
L ERR. Flicker at irregular intervals:
When the connection of the terminal resistor was forgotten; when
the cable for the module, CC-Link is receiving noise influence.
Off: Normal communication.
X0 to X7/ On: INPUT ON, Off: INPUT OFF.
Y0 to YF/ On: OUTPUT ON, Off: OUTPUT OFF.
X0 to X7,
Y0 to YF
2) Trans-mission speed
Setting switch status
setting Setting value Transmission speed
4 2 1
0 OFF OFF OFF 156 kbps
1 OFF OFF ON 625 kbps
2 OFF ON OFF 2.5 Mbps
3 OFF ON ON 5.0 Mbps
4 ON OFF OFF 10 Mbps
Be sure to set the transmission speed within the above range.
Remove the communication adapter on the top part of the module to set the
transmission speed.
(When shipped from the factory, all settings are set to OFF.)
3) Station number setting Select "10", "20" or "40" to set the ten's place of the station number.
switches Select "1","2","4" or "8" to set the one's place of the station number.
Always set the station number within the range of 1 to 64. (*1)
(Example) Set the switches as below when setting the station number to 10:
Ten's place One's place
Station number
40 20 10 8 4 2 1
10 ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
Remove the communication adapter on the top part of the module to set the station
number.
(When shipped from the factory, all settings are set to OFF.)
4) Terminal resistor select The terminal register can be turned to the ON setting by using the select switch.
switches DIP switch 1 DIP switch 2 Contents
OFF OFF No terminal resistance
ON OFF 110Ω resistor ON
OFF ON 130Ω resistor ON
ON ON Setting prohibited
(When shipped from the factory, all settings are set to OFF.)
*1 Duplicate station number cannot be set.

2 - 19 2 - 19
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

No. Item Description

5) Waterproof connector for
transmission line *2 Silk Contents
Connector for connecting the transmission line from
a LINK IN
the IN side (master station side). (Male 4 pins)
Connector for connecting the transmission line from
the OUT side. Be sure to attach the waterproof cap
b LINK OUT
when not in use. (Female 5 pins)
(Tightening torque range: 29 to 34 N•cm).

6) Waterproof connector for

power line *2 Silk Contents
Connector for supplying power to the module.
c UNIT POWER
(Male 5 pins)
Connector for supplying power to a load, etc.
d AUX.
(Male 5 pins)

7) Waterproof connector for Waterproof connector for connection input signal. (Female 5 pins)
input connection*2 Be sure to attach waterproof cap A6CAP-WP2 (sold separately) when not in use.
(Tightening torque range: 29 to 34 N•cm)
8) FG metal fitting For module FG terminal (tightening torque range: 78 to 118 N•cm)
9) Communication adapter When replacing the main body online or changing switch settings, attach/remove the
fixing screw communication adapter with this screw.
(Tightening torque range: 42 to 58 N•cm)
10) Module attachment hole Screw hole for module attachment. 2-4.5 X 6 length hole (M4 attachment screw)
(Tightening torque range: 78 to 118 N•cm)
*2: Waterproof connector (based on IEC947-5-2, M12 type)

2 - 20 2 - 20
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65VBTS -16 (Spring clamp terminal block type 16 points module)

1) 7) 10)
ON
PW L RUN L ERR.

B RATE STATION NO.

1 2 4 1 2 4 8 1020 40
AJ65VBTS3-16D
3) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 A B C D E F
2) NC X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF

COM+ COM+
9)
COM- COM-

CON A B C D

9) 10) 5) 6) 8)

AJ65VBTS -32 (Spring clamp terminal block type 32 points module)

7) 9)
1) 4)
ON
PW L RUNL ERR.
B RATESTATION NO.
1 2 4 1 2 4 8102040

3)
AJ65VBTS3-32D
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2)
8 9 A B CD E F
NC X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF NC X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X17 X18 X19 X1A X1B X1C X1D X1E X1F

COM1+ COM1+ COM2+ COM2+

COM1- COM1- COM2- COM2-

CON A B C D

9) 5) 6) 8) 8)

2 - 21 2 - 21
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

No. Item Description

1) Operating status indicator LEDs LED name Confirmation details
On: Power supply on.
PW
Off: Power supply off.
On: Normal communication.
L RUN Off: Communication cutoff.
(time expiration error)
On: Communication data error.
Flicker at regular intervals:
Indicates that the station number setting or
transmission speed setting switch position was
changed while power is on.
L ERR
Flicker at irregular intervals:
When the connection of the terminal resistor was
forgotten; when the cable for the module, CC-Link is
receiving noise influence.
Off: Normal communication.
On: INPUT ON, Off: INPUT OFF.
0 to F
On: OUTPUT ON, Off: OUTPUT OFF.
2) Transmission speed setting
Setting switch status Transmission
Setting value
4 2 1 speed
0 OFF OFF OFF 156 kbps
1 OFF OFF ON 625 kbps
2 OFF ON OFF 2.5 Mbps
3 OFF ON ON 5.0 Mbps
4 ON OFF OFF 10 Mbps

Be sure to set the transmission speed within the above range.

3) Station number setting switches Select "10," "20" or "40" to set the ten's place of the station number.
Select "1," "2," "4" or "8" to set the one's place of the station number.
Always set the station number within the range of 1 to 64. (*1)
Station Ten's place One's place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
1 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
2 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
3 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
4 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
: : : : : : : :
10 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
11 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON
: : : : : : : :
64 ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF

(Example) Set the switches as below when setting the station number to 32:
Station Ten's place One's place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
32 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF

1 Duplicate station number cannot be set.

2 - 22 2 - 22
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

No. Item Description

4) I/O display switch The ON/OFF status of the first 16 points is displayed when this switch is set to
"F".
The ON/OFF status of the remaining 16 points is displayed when this switch is
set to "L".
5) One-touch connector for A one-touch connector for connection of the communication line.
communication When carrying out wiring, connect two optional one-touch connector plugs for
communication (A6CON-L5P) at top and bottom.
When changing the module online, connect the optional online connectors
(A6CON-LJ5P) between the connector and plugs.
When using the module at either end of the CC-Link system, fit the optional
one-touch connector plug with termination resistor (110Ω) (A6CON-TR11).
6) One-touch connector for power A one-touch connector for connection of the module power supply line, I/O
supply and FG power supply line and FG.
When carrying out jumper wiring, connect two optional one-touch connector
plugs for power supply/FG at top and bottom. Two different types (A6CON-
PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD) are available as the one-touch connector plugs
for power supply and FG.
When not carrying out jumper wiring, also connect the plugs (for safety and
dust prevention).
When changing the module online, connect the optional online connectors
(A6CON-PWJ5P) between the connector and plugs.
7) Spring clamp 2-piece terminal 2-piece terminal block for connection of I/O signal.
block
8) Hook for DIN rail Hook to install the module to the DIN rail or connector type Metal installation
fitting (option). When installing, push on the center line of the hook for DIN rail
with a finger tip until a clicking sound is heard.
9) Holding fixtures for screw When mounting a module to a panel or similar, attach the fixtures to the
10) installation (Accessory) module.

2 - 23 2 - 23
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

AJ65VBTCE -8 (Sensor connector (e-CON) type 8 points module)

1 40 S
T
2 20 A
3 10 T 9)
4) 4 8
I
O
5 4 N CON ON

6 2 N A
1
2
3
4
7 1 O.
5)
5
6
7

8 4 B
R
B
8
9
10

3) 9 2 A
T
40
20
S
T

10 1
A
10
E C T
I

10)
8 O

6)
4 N
2 N
1 O.
D 4 B
R
2 A
1 T
E

A J65VBTCE3-8D
PW
X0 L RUN
L ERR.
X1
0
X2
1
2
1)
3
7) X3 4
5

10)
6
X4 7

X5

X6

X7

9) 8)

AJ65VBTCE -16 (Sensor connector (e-CON) type 16 points module)

1) 7) 10)
ON
PW L RUN L ERR. AJ65VBTCE3-16D
1 2 4 1 2 4 8102040
B RATE STATION NO.

4) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3)
8 9 A B C D E F

9)
X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8)
CON A B C D X 8 9 A B C D E F

9) 10) 5) 6) 8)

AJ65VBTCE -32 (Sensor connector (e-CON) type 32 points module)

1) 2) 7) 10)
ON
PW L RUN L ERR. AJ65VBTCE3-32D
1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040

4)
B RATE STATI ON NO.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3)
8 9 A B C D E F

X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 9)

8)
CON A B C D X 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F

9) 5) 6) 8) 8)
10)

2 - 24 2 - 24
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

No. Item Description

1) Operating status indicator LEDs LED name Confirmation details
On: Power supply on.
PW
Off: Power supply off.
On: Normal communication.
L RUN Off: Communication cutoff.
(time expiration error)
On: Communication data error.
Flicker at regular intervals:
Indicates that the station number setting or
transmission speed setting switch position was
changed while power is on.
L ERR
Flicker at irregular intervals:
When the connection of the terminal resistor was
forgotten; when the cable for the module, CC-Link is
receiving noise influence.
Off: Normal communication.
On: INPUT ON, Off: INPUT OFF.
0 to F
On: OUTPUT ON, Off: OUTPUT OFF.
2) I/O display switch The ON/OFF status of the first 16 points is displayed when this switch is set to
"F".
The ON/OFF status of the remaining 16 points is displayed when this switch is
set to "L".
3) Transmission speed setting
Setting switch status Transmission
Setting value
4 2 1 speed
0 OFF OFF OFF 156 kbps
1 OFF OFF ON 625 kbps
2 OFF ON OFF 2.5 Mbps
3 OFF ON ON 5.0 Mbps
4 ON OFF OFF 10 Mbps

Be sure to set the transmission speed within the above range.

4) Station number setting switches Select "10," "20" or "40" to set the ten's place of the station number.
Select "1," "2," "4" or "8" to set the one's place of the station number.
Always set the station number within the range of 1 to 64. (*1)
Station Ten's place One's place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
1 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
2 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
3 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
4 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
: : : : : : : :
10 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
11 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON
: : : : : : : :
64 ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF

(Example) Set the switches as below when setting the station number to 32:
Station Ten's place One's place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
32 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF

1 Duplicate station number cannot be set.

2 - 25 2 - 25
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A

No. Item Description

5) One-touch connector for A one-touch connector for connection of the communication line.
communication When carrying out wiring, connect two optional one-touch connector plugs for
communication (A6CON-L5P) at top and bottom.
When changing the module online, connect the optional online connectors
(A6CON-LJ5P) between the connector and plugs.
When using the module at either end of the CC-Link system, fit the optional
one-touch connector plug with termination resistor (110Ω) (A6CON-TR11).
6) One-touch connector for power A one-touch connector for connection of the module power supply line, I/O
supply and FG power supply line and FG.
When carrying out jumper wiring, connect two optional one-touch connector
plugs for power supply/FG at top and bottom. Two different types (A6CON-
PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD) are available as the one-touch connector plugs
for power supply and FG.
When not carrying out jumper wiring, also connect the plugs (for safety and
dust prevention).
When changing the module online, connect the optional online connectors
(A6CON-PWJ5P) between the connector and plugs.
7) Connector An input signal connector.
8) Hook for DIN rail Hook to install the module to the DIN rail or connector type Metal installation
fitting (option). When installing, push on the center line of the hook for DIN rail
with a finger tip until a clicking sound is heard.
9) Holding fixtures for screw When mounting a module to a panel or similar, attach the fixtures to the
10) installation (Accessory) module (in two positions of 9) and 10)).
Holding fixtures for screw installation are removal.

2 - 26 2 - 26
 3 SPECIFICATIONS
MELSEC-A

3 SPECIFICATIONS
This section explains the compact Remote I/O Module general specifications.

Table 3.1 General specifications

Item Specifications
6
Operating ambient temperature 0 to 55 °C
6
Storage ambient temperature -20 to 75 °C
10 to 90 % RH, No condensation
Operating ambient humidity 4)
(The waterproof remote I/O module conforms to IP67.
Storage ambient humidity 10 to 90 % RH, No condensation
3 Frequency Acceleration Amplitude Sweep Count
When there is 10 to 57 Hz — 0.075 mm
Conforming
intermittent 10 times each
to JIS B 57 to 150 Hz
2
9.8 m/s {1G} —
Vibration resistance vibration in X, Y and Z
3502, IEC
61132-2 When there is 10 to 57 Hz — 0.035 mm axis
continuous (80 minutes)
2
vibration 57 to 150 Hz 4.9 m/s {1G} —
2
Shock resistance Conforming to JIS B3502, IEC 61131-2 (147 m/s {15G}, 3 times each in 3 directions)
Operating environment No corrosive gas present
Operating height 3 2000 m(6562 ft) or less
5
Installation area On the control board
1
Over-voltage category II or less
2
Pollution rate 2 or less

1 Indicates the location where the device is connected from the public cable network to the
device structure wiring area.
Category II applies to the devices to which the power is supplied from a fixed equipment.
Surge withstand voltage for devices with up to 300 V of rated voltage is 2500 V.
2 This is an index which indicates the degree of conductive object generation in the
environment Pollution level 2 is when only non-conductive pollution occurs.
A temporary conductivity caused by condensation must be expected occasionally.
3 Do not use or store the programmable controller in the environment where the pressure is
higher than the atmospheric pressure at sea level. Otherwise, malfunction may result. To use
the programmable controller in high-pressure environment, contact your nearest Mitsubishi
representative.
4 Applicable only when all waterproof connectors are being used, or when waterproof caps are
installed on unused waterproof connectors or feed-through tubes. (Feed-through tubes are
used in the AJ65SBTW -16 only.)
5 It can also be used in an environment other than on the control panel if the conditions such as
usage ambient temperature and humidity are satisfied.
6 In the case of the waterproof remote I/O module, usage ambient temperature and storage
ambient temperature are the following. (AJ65SBTW -16 only)
Item Specification
Usage ambient temperature 0 to 45°C
Not wired (individual product) -20 to 65°C
Storage ambient temperature
Wired (after cable installation) -10 to 55°C

REMARK
When making the programmable controller compliant with the EMC and Low Voltage
Directives, refer to Chapter 3, "EMC Directives and Low Voltage Directives" of the
User's Manual (Hardware) included with the CPU module or base unit used.
3-1 3-1
3 SPECIFICATIONS
MELSEC-A

MEMO

3-2 3-2
 4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES

This chapter describes the specifications for a input module that can be connected to
the CC-Link system.

4.1 Terminal Block Type Input Module

4.1.1 AJ65SBTB2N-8A 100 V AC input module

Form AC input module

Item AJ65SBTB2N-8A Surface shape
Number of input points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage/Frequency 100 to 120 V AC 50/60 Hz
Rated input current Approx. 7 mA (100 V AC 60 Hz)
Operating voltage range 85 to 132 V AC (50/60 Hz ±3 Hz (within 5 % of distortion rate))
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 % simultaneous ON (at 110 V AC)
4 60 % simultaneous ON (at 132 V AC)
Inrush current Max. 200 mA within 1 ms (at 132 V AC)
ON voltage/ON current 80 V AC or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 30 V AC or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 15 kΩ (60 Hz), Approx. 18 kΩ (50 Hz)
Response time OFF ON 20 ms or lower (at 100 V AC 60 Hz)

COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB

ON OFF 20 ms or lower (at 100 V AC 60 Hz)

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

X7 COMA
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (terminal block 2-wire type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X6
Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X5
Noise durability Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X4
First transient/burst noise IEC61000-4-4: 1 kV

X3
Withstand voltage 1780 V AC rms/3 cycles between all AC external terminals and ground
(2000 m above sea level)
B RATE

X2
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground X1

Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
STATION NO.

between all AC external terminals and ground

X0

10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

between all DC external terminals and ground
(FG)
24G

Weight 0.2 kg
ON
AJ65SBTB2N-8A

External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

DA DG +24V

wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
SLD

system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

DB

Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4-1 4-1
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
2 DB TB2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC TB5 +24V
6 FG
I/O module 7 24G TB6 (FG)
power supply TB7 24G
X0
TB8 X0
8
9 COM B TB9 COM B
10 X1 TB10 X1
11 COM B
TB11 COM B
12 X2
13 COM B
TB12 X2
14 X3 TB13 COM B
15 COM B TB14 X3
16 X4
TB15 COM B
17 COM B
18 X5 TB16 X4
19 COM B TB17 COM B
20
21
X6
COM B
TB18 X5 4
TB19 COM B
22 X7
23 COM B TB20 X6
24 COM A TB21 COM B
25 COM B TB22 X7
100VAC TB23 COM B
TB24 COM A
The COM B terminals are all connected inside the module. (Shared commons) TB25 COM B

4-2 4-2
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.2 AJ65SBTB2N-16A 100 V AC input module

Form AC input module
Item AJ65SBTB2N-16A Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage/Frequency 100 to 120 V AC 50/60 Hz
Rated input current Approx. 7 mA (100 V AC 60 Hz)
Operating voltage range 85 to 132 V AC (50/60 Hz ±3 Hz (within 5 % of distortion rate))
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 % simultaneous ON (at 110 V AC)
60 % simultaneous ON (at 132 V AC)
Inrush current Max. 200 mA within 1 ms (at 132 V AC)
ON voltage/ON current 80 V AC or higher/5 mA or higher

COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB
OFF voltage/OFF current 30 V AC or lower/1.7 mA or lower

X8 9 A B C D E F

COMA
Input resistance Approx. 15 kΩ (60 Hz), Approx. 18 kΩ (50 Hz)

XF
Response time OFF ON 20 ms or lower (at 100 V AC 60 Hz)

XE
ON OFF 20 ms or lower (at 100 V AC 60 Hz)

PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

XD
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 2-wire type)

XC
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

XB
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)

XA
Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X9
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X8
First transient/burst noise IEC61000-4-4: 1 kV

X7
Withstand voltage 1780 V AC rms/3 cycles between all AC external terminals and ground

X6
(2000 m above sea level)

X5
500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground

X4
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X3
between all AC external terminals and ground

B RATE
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

X2
between all DC external terminals and ground

X1
STATION NO.
Weight 0.25 kg

X0
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power supply part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

(FG)
24G
ON
AJ65SBTB2N-16A
system Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DG +24V
SLD
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]

DB
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

DA
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4-3 4-3
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA TB2 DB
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD
TB5 +24V
5 +24V
DC/DC TB6 (FG)
6 FG
7 24G TB7 24G
I/O module
TB8 X0
power supply
TB9 COM B
8 X0
TB10 X1
9 COM B
10 X1 TB11 COM B
11 COM B TB12 X2
12 X2 TB13 COM B
13 COM B TB14 X3
14 X3
TB15 COM B
15 COM B
TB16 X4
16 X4
TB17 COM B
17 COM B
18 X5 TB18 X5
19 COM B TB19 COM B
20 X6 TB20 X6
21 COM B TB21 COM B
22 X7
TB22 X7
23 COM B
TB23 COM B
24 X8
TB24 X8
25 COM B
26 X9 TB25 COM B
27 COM B TB26 X9
28 XA TB27 COM B
29 COM B TB28 XA
30 XB
TB29 COM B
31 COM B
TB30 XB
32 XC
TB31 COM B
33 COM B
34 XD TB32 XC
35 COM B TB33 COM B
36 XE TB34 XD
37 COM B TB35 COM B
38 XF
TB36 XE
39 COM B
TB37 COM B
40 COM A
TB38 XF
41 COM B
TB39 COM B
100VAC
TB40 COM A
The COM B terminals are all connected inside the module. (Shared commons) TB41 COM B

4-4 4-4
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.3 AJ65SBTB1-8D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65SBTB1-8D Surface shape
Number of input points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 7 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input
100 %
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)

COM
COM
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (2 points) (terminal block 1-wire type)

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

X7
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)

X6
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)

X5
STATION NO.
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate: within 5 %)

X4
supply Current 30 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X3
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X2
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X1
ON
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

X0
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground

A J65SBTB1-8D
24G
(FG)
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.14 kg

+24V
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

SLD
wiring I/O module power [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

DG
system supply part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

DB
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DA
I/O power supply part, 10-point direct-mount terminal block
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V
DC/DC TB6 (FG)
6 FG
7 24G TB7 24G
I/O module power supply TB8 X0
TB9 X1
8 X0
9 X1 TB10 X2
10 X2 TB11 X3
11 X3 TB12 X4
12 X4
TB13 X5
13 X5
14 X6 TB14 X6
15 X7 TB15 X7
16 COM TB16 COM
17 COM
TB17 COM

4-5 4-5
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.4 AJ65SBTB3-8D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65SBTB3-8D Surface shape
Number of input points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 7 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower

COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB DC24B

Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ

DC24A
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)

X7
ON OFF

STATION NO.
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (terminal block 3-wire type)

X6
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)

X5
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate: within 5 %)

ON

X4
Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X3
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X2
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

AJ65SBTB3-8D
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X1
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X

X0
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Weight 0.18 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

(FG)
24G
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

DA DG +24V
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
18-point direct-mount terminal block

SLD
I/O power supply part,
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]

DB
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
1 DA TB1 DA
2 DB TB2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC TB5 +24V
6 FG
TB6 (FG)
7 24G
I/O module power TB7 24G
supply
TB8 X0
8 X0
TB9 COM A
3-wire type 9 COM A
sensor TB10 X1
10 X1
COM B
TB11 COM B
11
2-wire type 12 X2 TB12 X2
sensor COM A TB13 COM A
13
14 X3 TB14 X3
15 COM B TB15 COM B
16 X4
TB16 X4
17 COM A
TB17 COM A
18 X5
COM B
TB18 X5
19
20 X6 TB19 COM B
21 COM A TB20 X6
22 X7 TB21 COM A
23 COM B TB22 X7
24 DC24A
TB23 COM B
25 DC24B
TB24 DC24A
TB25 DC24B

4-6 4-6
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.5 AJ65SBTB1-16D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65SBTB1-16D Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 7 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher

COM
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower

COM
B RATE
Input resistance

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Approx. 3.3 kΩ

XF
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)

XE
XD
1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)

STATION NO.
ON OFF

XC
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (2 points) (terminal block 1-wire type)

XB
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)

XA
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

X9
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate: within 5 %)

ON

X8
supply Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X6
X8 9 A B C D E F
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X5
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

X4
AJ65SBTB1-16D

X3
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X2
between all DC external terminals and ground

X1
Protection of degree IP2X

X0
Weight 0.18 kg

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)
wiring I/O module power supply [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

(FG)
24G
system part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

+24V
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block

SLD
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]

DA DG
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DB
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
1 DA
TB1 DA
2 DB TB2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V TB5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG
TB6 (FG)
7 24G
I/O module power TB7 24G
supply TB8 X0
8 X0 TB9 X1
9 X1 TB10 X2
10 X2
TB11 X3
11 X3
TB12 X4
12 X4
13 X5 TB13 X5
14 X6 TB14 X6
15 X7 TB15 X7
16 X8 TB16 X8
17 X9 TB17 X9
18 XA
TB18 XA
19 XB
20 XC
TB19 XB
21 XD TB20 XC
22 XE TB21 XD
23 XF TB22 XE
24 COM TB23 XF
25 COM
TB24 COM
TB25 COM

4-7 4-7
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.6 AJ65SBTB1-16D1 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65SBTB1-16D1 Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input
100 %
points
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3 mA or higher

COM
OFF voltage/OFF current 3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower

COM
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ

XF
Response time

XE
OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)

XD
STATION NO.
ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)

XC
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (2 points) (terminal block 1-wire type)

XB
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)

XA
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

X9
ON
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate: within 5 %)

X8
X7
supply Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X6
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X8 9 A B C D E F

X5
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X4
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

AJ65SBTB1-16D1

X3
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X2
between all DC external terminals and ground

X1
Protection of degree IP2X

X0
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Weight 0.18 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)
wiring I/O module power [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

(FG)
24G
system supply part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

+24V
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block

SLD
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]

DA DG
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

DB
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
1 DA TB1 DA
2 DB TB2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC
TB5 +24V
6 FG TB6 (FG)
7 24G TB7 24G
I/O module power
supply TB8 X0
8 X0 TB9 X1
9 X1 TB10 X2
10 X2 TB11 X3
11 X3 TB12 X4
12 X4 TB13 X5
13 X5 TB14 X6
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7
TB16 X8
16 X8
TB17 X9
17 X9
TB18 XA
18 XA
19 XB
TB19 XB
20 XC TB20 XC
21 XD TB21 XD
22 XE TB22 XE
23 XF TB23 XF
24 COM TB24 COM
25 COM TB25 COM

4-8 4-8
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.7 AJ65SBTB3-16D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65SBTB3-16D Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 7 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower

COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB DC24B
DC24A
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ

XF
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)

STATION NO.

XE
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)

XD
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 3-wire type)

ON

XC
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

XB
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

XA
Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X9
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X8
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X7
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

X6
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X5
between all DC external terminals and ground

X4
Protection of degree IP2X

X3
Weight 0.25 kg

X8 9 A B C D E F

X2
External Communication part, I/O 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

AJ65SBTB3-16D
wiring module power supply part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

X1
system Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

X0
PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I/O power supply part, I/O part 34-point direct-mount terminal block

(FG)
[I/O power supply, I/O signal]

24G
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

+24V
SLD
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DG
DB
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round

DA
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4-9 4-9
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG
TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module power TB8 X0
supply TB9 COM A
8 X0 TB10 X1
3-wire type
9 COM A TB11 COM B
sensor
10 X1
TB12 X2
11 COM B
2-wire type TB13 COM A
12 X2
sensor TB14 X3
13 COM A
14 X3 TB15 COM B
15 COM B TB16 X4
16 X4 TB17 COM A
17 COM A TB18 X5
18 X5
TB19 COM B
19 COM B
TB20 X6
20 X6
21 COM A TB21 COM A
22 X7 TB22 X7
23 COM B TB23 COM B
24 X8 TB24 X8
25 COM A
TB25 COM A
26 X9
TB26 X9
27 COM B
XA
TB27 COM B
28
29 COM A TB28 XA
30 XB TB29 COM A
31 COM B TB30 XB
32 XC TB31 COM B
33 COM A
TB32 XC
34 XD
TB33 COM A
35 COM B
XE
TB34 XD
36
37 COM A TB35 COM B
38 XF TB36 XE
39 COM B TB37 COM A
40 DC24A TB38 XF
41 DC24B
TB39 COM B
TB40 DC24A
TB41 DC24B

4 - 10 4 - 10
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.8 AJ65SBTB3-16KD 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)

Form DC input module

Item AJ65SBTB3-16KD Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 7 mA
Operating voltage range 20.4 to 28.8 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/4 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 5.5 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 3.0 kΩ
Response time Input response
0.2 ms 1.5 ms 5 ms 10 ms
speed
OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower 1.5 ms or lower 5 ms or lower 10 ms or lower
ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower 1.5 ms or lower 5 ms or lower 10 ms or lower
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 3-wire type)
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.26 kg
External Communication part, I/O 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring module power supply part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, I/O part 34-point direct-mount terminal block
[I/O power supply, I/O signal]
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 11 4 - 11
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
1 DA
2 DB TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD TB6 (FG)
5 +24V
DC/DC TB7 24G
6 FG
7 24G TB8 X0
I/O module power supply TB9 COM A
TB10 X1
TB11 COM B
8 X0
3 wire type 9 COM A
TB12 X2
sensor 10 X1 TB13 COM A
11 COM B TB14 X3
2 wire type 12 X2
sensor TB15 COM B
13 COM A
14 X3
TB16 X4
15 COM B TB17 COM A
16 X4 TB18 X5
17 COM A
TB19 COM B
18 X5
19 COM B
TB20 X6
20 X6 TB21 COM A
21 COM A TB22 X7
22 X7
TB23 COM B
23 COM B
24 X8 TB24 X8
25 COM A TB25 COM A
26 X9 TB26 X9
27 COM B
TB27 COM B
28 XA
29 COM A TB28 XA
30 XB TB29 COM A
31 COM B
TB30 XB
32 XC
TB31 COM B
33 COM A
34 XD TB32 XC
35 COM B TB33 COM A
36 XE
TB34 XD
37 COM A
38 XF
TB35 COM B
39 COM B TB36 XE
40 DC24A TB37 COM A
41 DC24B
TB38 XF
TB39 COM B
TB40 DC24A
TB41 DC24B

4 - 12 4 - 12
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.9 AJ65SBTB3-16D5 5 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65SBTB3-16D5 Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 5 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 4.0 mA
Operating voltage range 5 V DC (+20/-15 %, ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 3.5 V or higher/2 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 1.5 V or lower/1 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 1.0 kΩ

STATI ON NO.
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 5 V DC)
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 5 V DC)
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 3-wire type)
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5%)
Current 30 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.25 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

A
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module mounting screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
•V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 13 4 - 13
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA TB2 DB
2 DB
TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V TB5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG TB6 (FG)
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB7 24G
TB8 X0
TB9 COM A
TTL,LS-TTL,CMOS buffer 8 X0 TB10 X1
9 COM A
TB11 COM B
10 X1
11 COM B TB12 X2
Open collector 12 X2 TB13 COM A
13 COM A TB14 X3
14 X3
15 COM B
TB15 COM B
16 X4 TB16 X4
17 COM A TB17 COM A
18 X5
TB18 X5
19 COM B
20 X6 TB19 COM B
21 COM A TB20 X6
22 X7
TB21 COM A
23 COM B
24 X8
TB22 X7
25 COM A TB23 COM B
26 X9 TB24 X8
27 COM B
TB25 COM A
28 XA
29 COM A TB26 X9
30 XB TB27 COM B
31 COM B
TB28 XA
32 XC
33 COM A
TB29 COM A
34 XD TB30 XB
35 COM B TB31 COM B
36 XE
TB32 XC
37 COM A
38 XF TB33 COM A
TTL,LS-TTL,CMOS buffer
39 COM B TB34 XD
1
40 DC5A
TB35 COM B
41 DC5B
TB36 XE
TB37 COM A
TB38 XF
For TTL,LS-TTL,CMOS buffer For sensor 2
(positive common) connections (negative common) connections TB39 COM B
COM B
TB40 DC5A
COM A TB41 DC5B

X0 X0

Detection
circuit

COM B
COM A

1: Direction of polarity connecting external supply power for TTL, LS-TTL, CMOS buffer (positive common) connections.
2: Connect negative pole to DC5A and connect positive pole to DC5B for the sensor (negative common) connection.
When connecting sensor for TTL output (source), use the one where a pull-up resister is built in or fix a pull-up resister outside.

4 - 14 4 - 14
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.10 AJ65SBTB1-32D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65SBTB1-32D Surface shape
Number of input points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 7 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %

X1F COM
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher

X1E COM
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower

X1D
STATION NO.
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ

X1C
X1B
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)

X1A
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)

X19
X18
ON
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (2 points) (terminal block 1-wire type)

X17
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)

X16
X15
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

X14
X13
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X12
Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 X18 19 1A1B 1C1D1E 1F

X11
X10
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

XF
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

XE
XD
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

XC
XB
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

XA
between all DC external terminals and ground

X9
X8
Protection of degree IP2X

X7
Weight 0.25 kg

X6
X8 9 A B C D E F

X5
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

X4
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

AJ65SBTB1-32D

X3
X2
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

X1
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

X0
PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

(FG)
24G
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DA DG +24V
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round

DB SLD
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 15 4 - 15
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB
TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G TB8 X0
I/O module power
supply TB9 X1
8 X0 TB10 X2
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2 TB12 X4
11 X3
TB13 X5
12 X4
TB14 X6
13 X5
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7 TB16 X8
16 X8 TB17 X9
17 X9 TB18 XA
18 XA TB19 XB
19 XB
TB20 XC
20 XC
TB21 XD
21 XD
22 XE TB22 XE
23 XF TB23 XF
24 X10 TB24 X10
25 X11 TB25 X11
26 X12 TB26 X12
27 X13
TB27 X13
28 X14
29 X15
TB28 X14
30 X16 TB29 X15
31 X17 TB30 X16
32 X18 TB31 X17
33 X19 TB32 X18
34 X1A TB33 X19
35 X1B
TB34 X1A
36 X1C
37 X1D
TB35 X1B
38 X1E TB36 X1C
39 X1F TB37 X1D
40 COM TB38 X1E
41 COM TB39 X1F
TB40 COM
TB41 COM

4 - 16 4 - 16
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.11 AJ65SBTB1-32KD 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65SBTB1-32KD Surface shape
Number of input points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 7 mA
Operating voltage range 20.4 to 28.8 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 % simultaneous ON (when 26.4 V DC)
50% simultaneous ON (when 28.8V DC)
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/4 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 5.5 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 3.0 kΩ
Response time Input response
0.2 ms 1.5 ms 5 ms 10 ms
speed
OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower 1.5 ms or lower 5 ms or lower 10 ms or lower
ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower 1.5 ms or lower 5 ms or lower 10 ms or lower
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (2 points) (terminal block 1-wire type)
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Current 75 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.26 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 17 4 - 17
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
1 DA
TB4 SLD
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD TB6 (FG)
5 +24V TB7 24G
DC/DC
6 FG
TB8 X0
7 24G
TB9 X1
I/O module
power supply TB10 X2
TB11 X3
8 X0 TB12 X4
9 X1
TB13 X5
10 X2
11 X3 TB14 X6
12 X4 TB15 X7
13 X5 TB16 X8
14 X6
15 X7
TB17 X9
16 X8 TB18 XA
17 X9 TB19 XB
18 XA
TB20 XC
19 XB
20 XC TB21 XD
21 XD TB22 XE
22 XE TB23 XF
23 XF
TB24 X10
24 X10
25 X11 TB25 X11
26 X12 TB26 X12
27 X13 TB27 X13
28 X14
TB28 X14
29 X15
30 X16 TB29 X15
31 X17 TB30 X16
32 X18 TB31 X17
33 X19
TB32 X18
34 X1A
35 X1B TB33 X19
36 X1C TB34 X1A
37 X1D
TB35 X1B
38 X1E
39 X1F
TB36 X1C
40 COM TB37 X1D
41 COM TB38 X1E
TB39 X1F
TB40 COM
TB41 COM

4 - 18 4 - 18
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.12 AJ65SBTB1-32D1 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65SBTB1-32D1 Surface shape
Number of input points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %

X1F COM
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3 mA or higher

X1E COM
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
OFF voltage/OFF current 3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 k Ω

X1D
STATION NO.

X1C
Response time OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)

X1B
ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)

X1A
X19
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (2 points) (terminal block 1-wire type)

X18
ON

X17
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)

X16
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

X15
X14
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X13
supply

X12
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 X18 19 1A1B 1C1D1E 1F

X11
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X10
XF
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

XE
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

XD
XC
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

XB
between all DC external terminals and ground

XA
X9
Protection of degree IP2X

X8
Weight 0.25 kg

X7
X6
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

X8 9 A B C D E F

X5
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

X4
AJ65SBTB1-32D1

X3
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

X2
X1
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

X0
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block

PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]

(FG)
24G
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

DA DG +24V
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DB SLD
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 19 4 - 19
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB
TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G TB8 X0
I/O module power
supply TB9 X1
8 X0 TB10 X2
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2 TB12 X4
11 X3
TB13 X5
12 X4
TB14 X6
13 X5
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7 TB16 X8
16 X8 TB17 X9
17 X9 TB18 XA
18 XA TB19 XB
19 XB
TB20 XC
20 XC
TB21 XD
21 XD
22 XE TB22 XE
23 XF TB23 XF
24 X10 TB24 X10
25 X11 TB25 X11
26 X12 TB26 X12
27 X13
TB27 X13
28 X14
29 X15
TB28 X14
30 X16 TB29 X15
31 X17 TB30 X16
32 X18 TB31 X17
33 X19 TB32 X18
34 X1A TB33 X19
35 X1B
TB34 X1A
36 X1C
37 X1D
TB35 X1B
38 X1E TB36 X1C
39 X1F TB37 X1D
40 COM TB38 X1E
41 COM TB39 X1F
TB40 COM
TB41 COM

4 - 20 4 - 20
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.13 AJ65SBTB1-32D5 5 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65SBTB1-32D5 Surface shape
Number of input points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 5 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 4.0 mA
Operating voltage range 5 V DC (+20/-15 %, ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 3.5 V or higher/2 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 1.5 V or lower/1 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 1.0 kΩ
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 5 V DC)
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 5 V DC)
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate within 5 %)
Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.26 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module mounting screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
•V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 21 4 - 21
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
TB2 DB
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V TB5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG
TB6 (FG)
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB7 24G
TB8 X0
TB9 X1
8 X0 TB10 X2
Open collector 9 X1
(positive common) TB11 X3
10 X2
11 X3 TB12 X4
12 X4 TB13 X5
13 X5 TB14 X6
14 X6
TB15 X7
15 X7
16 X8 TB16 X8
17 X9 TB17 X9
18 XA TB18 XA
19 XB
TB19 XB
20 XC
21 XD TB20 XC
22 XE TB21 XD
23 XF TB22 XE
24 X10
25
TB23 XF
X11
26 X12 TB24 X10
27 X13 TB25 X11
28 X14
TB26 X12
29 X15
30 X16
TB27 X13
31 X17 TB28 X14
32 X18 TB29 X15
33 X19
TB30 X16
34 X1A
35 X1B TB31 X17
36 X1C TB32 X18
37 X1D TB33 X19
38 X1E
TB34 X1A
39 X1F
40 COM TB35 X1B
1
41 COM TB36 X1C
TB37 X1D
TB38 X1E
For TTL,LS-TTL,CMOS buffer For sensor TB39 X1F
2
(positive common) connections (negative common) connections TB40 COM
TB41 COM
X0 X0
Detection
circuit

COM
COM

1: Direction of polarity connecting external supply power for TTL, LS-TTL, CMOS buffer (positive common) connections.
2: Connect negative pole to COM for the sensor (negative common) connection.
When connecting sensor for TTL output (source), use the one where a pull-up resister is built in or fix a pull-up resister outside.

4 - 22 4 - 22
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.1.14 AJ65DBTB1-32D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65DBTB1-32D Surface shape
Number of input points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 20.4 to 31.2 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 % (when 26.4 V DC)
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3 mA or higher
AJ65DBTB1- 32D
OFF voltage/OFF current 5 V or lower/1.5 mA or lower 5
6
0 ~0
1
PW L RUN L ERR.

4 1 0 8 10 18

Approx. 4.7 k Ω
3 2
Input resistance STATI ON NO.
6
7 8
9
1
2
9
A
11
12
19
1A
5 0 ~
1 3 B 13 1B

Response time OFF ON 10 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)

4 1 4 C 14 1C
3 2
5 D 15 1D
6 E 16 1E
B RATE
ON OFF 10 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
0
4 1 7 F 17 1F
3 2

Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type) DA NC
DG NC
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points) DB +24V
NC NC
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %) SLD
( FG)
NC NC
supply Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) 24G 24G

Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs, X0 X10

noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition) X1

X2
X11
X12

Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground X3
X4
X13
X14

Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester X5

X6
X15
X16

between all DC external terminals and ground X7 X17

COM1 COM3

Protection of degree IP2X X8 X18

X9 X19

Weight 0.6 kg XA X1A

XB X1B

External wiring system 50-point terminal block XC X1C

XD X1D
[Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG, I/O power supply, I/O XE X1E
XF X1F
signal] COM2
COM4

M3.5 7 Tightening torque range: 68 to 92 N•cm AJ65DBTB1

- 32D

Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

Module mounting screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 78 to 108 N•cm)
Applicable solderless terminal R1.25-3.5 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
RAV2-3.5
Accessory User's Manual
Parts sold separately A6DIN1C, A2CCOM-TB

4 - 23 4 - 23
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal Signal Terminal Signal
number name number name
TB1 DA TB26 Empty
TB2 DG TB27 Empty
TB3 DB TB28 +24V
TB4 Empty TB29 Empty
TB5 SLD TB30 (FG)
TB6 Empty TB31 Empty
TB7 24G TB32 24G
TB8 X0 TB33 X10
TB9 X1 TB34 X11
TB10 X2 TB35 X12
TB11 X3 TB36 X13
TB12 X4 TB37 X14
TB13 X5 TB38 X15
TB14 X6 TB39 X16
TB15 X7 TB40 X17
TB16 COM1 TB41 COM3
TB17 X8 TB42 X18
TB18 X9 TB43 X19
TB19 XA TB44 X1A
TB20 XB TB45 X1B
TB21 XC TB46 X1C
TB22 XD TB47 X1D
TB23 XE TB48 X1E
TB24 XF TB49 X1F
TB25 COM2 TB50 COM4

4 - 24 4 - 24
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.2 Spring Clamp Terminal Block Type Input Module

4.2.1 AJ65VBTS3-16D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type))

Form DC input module
Item AJ65VBTS3-16D Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input
100 %/75 % (refer to Chapter 1.3)
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (spring clamp terminal block type 3-wire type)
Input form Positive common (sink type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

XF
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5%)

XD XE
power supply Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

XA XB XC
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Insulation resistance

X9
between all DC external terminals and ground

COM+
X8

COM-
Protection of degree IP1XB

AJ65VBTS3-16D

X7
Weight 0.24 kg

X6
External Communication One-touch connector for communication
[Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type)

X5
wiring part
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P

X4
< Option >

X2 X3
Online connector for communication:A6CON-LJ5P
Power supply One-touch connector for power supply and FG
X1
part [I/O module power supply, FG] (5 pins pressure welding type) X0

The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD

COM+

COM-
NC

< Option >

Online connector for power supply : A6CON-PWJ5P
I/O part 2-piece, spring clamp terminal block

D
8 9 A B C DE F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

[I/O power supply, I/O signal]

L RUN L ERR.

Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)

C
Applicable Connector for
Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
ONPW

Connector for 2
B RATE STATION NO.

0.66 to 0.98 mm (18 AWG) 1 2 4 1 2 4 8 1020 40

power supply [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]

CON A

and FG wire diameter 0.16 mm or more

Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
I/O spring clamp 2
Stranded wire 0.08 to 1.5 mm (28 to 16 AWG) 1
terminal block Wire strip length: 8 to 11 mm
Applicable TE0.5 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.5 mm2]
terminal TE0.75 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.75 mm ]
TE1 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.9 to 1.0 mm ]
TE1.5 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 1.5 mm ]
FA-VTC125T9 (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.65 mm ]
FA-VTCW125T9 (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.65 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation

1: Basically, insert a wire into a terminal.

4 - 25 4 - 25
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

CONA
1
1 DA Pin No. Signal name
LINK CABLE 2
(IN) 3
2 DB 1 DA
3 DG
4 2 DB
4 Empty
5 SLD
5 CON A, B 3 DG
CONB
1 DA 4 Empty
1
LINK CABLE 2 DB
2 5 SLD
(OUT) 3 DG
3
4
5
4 Empty 1 (FG)
5 SLD
One-touch connector 2 +24V (UNIT)
for communication
CONC Insulation CON C, D 3 24G (UNIT)
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT) 4 Empty
3 DC/DC
3 24G(UNIT)
4 5 Empty
4 Empty
5 Empty Terminal block
5
COND Column A Column B Column C
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 FG
2 +24V(UNIT) 1 Empty 1 COM+ 1 COM-
2
3 24G(UNIT)
3
4
4 Empty
2 X0 2 COM+ 2 COM-
5
5 Empty 3 X1 3 COM+ 3 COM-
One-touch connector for power
supply and FG 1 4 X2 4 COM+ 4 COM-
TB1A Empty
TB1B COM+
5 X3 5 COM+ 5 COM-
TB1C COM- 6 X4 6 COM+ 6 COM-
TB2A X0
TB2B COM+ 7 X5 7 COM+ 7 COM-
TB2C COM-
3 wire type Detection TB3A X1
8 X6 8 COM+ 8 COM-
sensor circuit
(sink output)
TB3B COM+ 9 X7 9 COM+ 9 COM-
TB3C COM-
TB4A X2 10 X8 10 COM+ 10 COM-
TB4B COM+
TB4C
11 X9 11 COM+ 11 COM-
COM-
TB5A X3 12 XA 12 COM+ 12 COM-
2 wire type Detection TB5B COM+
sensor circuit
TB5C COM- 13 XB 13 COM+ 13 COM-
(sink output)
TB6A X4 14 XC 14 COM+ 14 COM-
TB6B COM+
TB6C COM- 15 XD 15 COM+ 15 COM-
TB7A X5
TB7B COM+ 16 XE 16 COM+ 16 COM-
TB7C COM- 17 XF 17 COM+ 17 COM-
TB8A X6
TB8B COM+
TB8C COM-
TB9A X7
TB9B COM+
TB9C COM-
TB10A X8
TB10B COM+
TB10C COM-
TB11A X9
TB11B COM+
TB11C COM-
TB12A XA
TB12B COM+
TB12C COM-
TB13A XB
TB13B COM+
TB13C COM-
TB14A XC
TB14B COM+
TB14C COM-
TB15A XD
TB15B COM+
TB15C COM-
TB16A XE
TB16B COM+
2 wire type sensor (sink output) TB16C COM-
TB17A XF 1: The connector in non-divided line should be
TB17B COM+
installed to empty of connector for the power
TB17C COM-
supply and FG.

Pin arrangement

NC X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF

COM+ COM+
1
2
3
4
5
COM- COM-

CON A B C D

A module view from the top

4 - 26 4 - 26
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
(OUT) 2 DB
3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD

One-touch connector
for communication
CONC
1
UNIT POWER CABLE (IN) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
5 Empty

COND
1
UNIT POWER CABLE (OUT) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
5 Empty
One-touch connector
for power supply
and FG 1 Online connector
for power supply and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

4 - 27 4 - 27
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.2.2 AJ65VBTS3-32D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type))

Form DC input module

Item AJ65VBTS3-32D Surface shape
Number of input points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input
100 %/69 % (refer to Chapter 1.3)
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ

NC X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X17 X18 X19 X1A X1B X1C X1D X1E X1F
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (spring clamp terminal block type 3-wire type)
Input form Positive common (sink type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5%)

COM2-
COM2+
power supply Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Insulation resistance
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP1XB
Weight 0.41 kg

AJ65VBTS3-32D

COM2+

COM2-
External Communication One-touch connector for communication

X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF
wiring part [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type)
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P
< Option >
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P
Power supply One-touch connector for power supply and FG
part [I/O module power supply, FG] (5 pins pressure welding type)
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD

COM1+

COM1-
X8
< Option >
Online connector for power supply : A6CON-PWJ5P X7
X6

I/O part 2-piece, spring clamp terminal block

X5

[I/O power supply, I/O signal]

X4

Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)

X3
X2

Applicable Connector for

Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
X1

wire size communication

X0

Connector for
COM1+

COM1-

2
0.66 to 0.98 mm (18 AWG)
NC

power supply [2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)] wire diameter
and FG 0.16 mm or more
D
8 9 A B CD E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)

L ERR.

I/O spring clamp Stranded wire 0.08 to 1.5 mm2 (28 to 16 AWG) 1
C
PW L RUN

terminal block Wire strip length: 8 to 11 mm

B

Applicable TE0.5 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)

ON

B RATESTATION NO.
1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040

solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.5 mm2]

CON A

terminal TE0.75 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)

[Applicable wire size: 0.75 mm2]
TE1 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
[Applicable wire size: 0.9 to 1.0 mm2]
TE1.5 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 1.5 mm2]
FA-VTC125T9 (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.65 mm2]
FA-VTCW125T9 (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.65 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation

1: Basically, insert a wire into a terminal.

4 - 28 4 - 28
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
CONA
1
LINK CABLE 2
1
2
DA
DB
Pin No. Signal name
(IN) 3
4
3
4
DG
Empty
1 DA
5
5
CONB
SLD
2 DB
1
LINK CABLE 2
1 DA CON A, B 3 DG
2 DB
(OUT) 3
4
3
4
DG 4 Empty
Empty
5
One-touch connector for
5 SLD 5 SLD
communication
1
CONC Insulation 1 (FG)
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2
3
2 +24V(UNIT)
DC/DC
2 +24V (UNIT)
3 24G(UNIT)
4
5
4 Empty CON C, D 3 24G (UNIT)
5 Empty
COND 4 Empty
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT) 5 Empty
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty Terminal block
5
5 Empty
One-touch connector for Column A Column B Column C
power supply and FG 1
TB1A Empty 1 Empty 1 COM1+ 1 COM1-
COM1+
TB1B
TB1C COM1- 2 X0 2 COM1+ 2 COM1-
3 wire type sensor
TB2A
TB2B
X0
COM1+
3 X1 3 COM1+ 3 COM1-
(sink output) TB2C COM1- 4 X2 4 COM1+ 4 COM1-
Detection TB3A X1
circuit TB3B COM1+ 5 X3 5 COM1+ 5 COM1-
TB3C COM1-
TB4A X2 6 X4 6 COM1+ 6 COM1-
TB4B COM1+
2 wire type sensor TB4C COM1- 7 X5 7 COM1+ 7 COM1-
(sink output)
Detection
TB5A
TB5B
X3
COM1+
8 X6 8 COM1+ 8 COM1-
circuit
TB5C
TB6A
COM1-
X4
9 X7 9 COM1+ 9 COM1-
TB6B COM1+ 10 X8 10 COM1+ 10 COM1-
TB6C COM1-
TB7A X5 11 X9 11 COM1+ 11 COM1-
TB7B COM1+
TB7C COM1- 12 XA 12 COM1+ 12 COM1-
TB8A
TB8B
X6
COM1+
13 XB 13 COM1+ 13 COM1-
TB8C
TB9A
COM1-
X7
14 XC 14 COM1+ 14 COM1-
TB9B COM1+ 15 XD 15 COM1+ 15 COM1-
TB9C COM1-
TB10A X8 16 XE 16 COM1+ 16 COM1-
TB10B COM1+
TB10C COM1- 17 XF 17 COM1+ 17 COM1-
TB11A
TB11B
X9
COM1+
18 Empty 18 COM2+ 18 COM2-
TB11C
TB12A
COM1-
XA
19 X10 19 COM2+ 19 COM2-
TB12B COM1+ 20 X11 20 COM2+ 20 COM2-
TB12C COM1-
TB13A XB 21 X12 21 COM2+ 21 COM2-
TB13B COM1+
TB13C COM1- 22 X13 22 COM2+ 22 COM2-
TB14A XC
TB14B COM1+ 23 X14 23 COM2+ 23 COM2-
TB14C
TB15A
COM1-
XD
24 X15 24 COM2+ 24 COM2-
TB15B
TB15C
COM1+ 25 X16 25 COM2+ 25 COM2-
COM1-
TB16A XE 26 X17 26 COM2+ 26 COM2-
TB16B COM1+
2 wire type sensor (sink output) TB16C COM1- 27 X18 27 COM2+ 27 COM2-
TB17A XF
TB17B COM1+ 28 X19 28 COM2+ 28 COM2-
TB17C
TB18A
COM1-
Empty
29 X1A 29 COM2+ 29 COM2-
TB18B
TB18C
COM2+
COM2-
30 X1B 30 COM2+ 30 COM2-
3 wire type sensor
TB19A X10 31 X1C 31 COM2+ 31 COM2-
TB19B COM2+
(sink output) TB19C COM2- 32 X1D 32 COM2+ 32 COM2-
Detection TB20A X11
circuit TB20B COM2+ 33 X1E 33 COM2+ 33 COM2-
TB20C
TB21A
COM2-
X12
34 X1F 34 COM2+ 34 COM2-
TB21B COM2+
2 wire type sensor TB21C COM2-
(sink output)
TB22A X13
Detection TB22B COM2+
circuit
TB22C COM2-
TB23A X14
TB23B COM2+
TB23C COM2-
TB24A X15
TB24B COM2+
TB24C COM2-
TB25A X16
TB25B COM2+
TB25C COM2-
TB26A X17
TB26B COM2+
TB26C COM2-
TB27A X18
TB27B COM2+
TB27C COM2-
TB28A X19
TB28B COM2+
TB28C COM2-
TB29A X1A
TB29B COM2+
TB29C COM2-
TB30A X1B
TB30B COM2+
TB30C COM2-
TB31A X1C
TB31B COM2+
TB31C COM2-
TB32A X1D
TB32B COM2+
TB32C COM2-
TB33A X1E
TB33B COM2+
2 wire type sensor (sink output) TB33C COM2-
TB34A X1F
TB34B COM2+
TB34C COM2-

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

4 - 29 4 - 29
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
(IN) 2 DB
3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
(OUT) 2 DB
3
3 DG
4 Empty
4
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication
CONC
UNIT POWER CABLE (IN) 1
1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
5 Empty
COND
UNIT POWER CABLE (OUT) 1
1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
5 Empty
One-touch connector
for power supply Online connector
and FG 1 for power supply and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

Pin arrangement

NC X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF NC X10 X11X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X17 X18 X19 X1AX1BX1CX1DX1EX1F

A module view from the top 1

COM1+ COM1+ COM2+ COM2+
2
3
4
5
COM1- COM1- COM2- COM2-

CON A B C D

4 - 30 4 - 30
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.3 Sensor Connector (e-CON) Type Input Module

4.3.1 AJ65VBTCE3-8D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type))

Form DC input module

Item AJ65VBTCE3-8D Surface shape
Number of input points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input
100 %
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (sensor connector (e-CON) 3-wire type)
Input form Positive common (sink type) CON ON
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points) A
1
2
3
4
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %) 5
6
7

power supply Current 30 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) B

8
9
10

Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs, 40
20
S
T
A
10
noise frequency 25 to 60Hz (noise simulator condition) C
8
T
I
O
4 N
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground 2
1
N
O.
D 4 B
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester 2
R
A
Insulation resistance 1 T
E
between all DC external terminals and ground
AJ65VBTCE3-8D
Protection of degree IP1XB PW
X0 L RUN
Weight 0.10 kg
L ERR.
X1
External Communication One-touch connector for communication 0
1
wiring part [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type) X2 2
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P 3
X3 4
< Option > 5
6
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P X4 7

Power supply One-touch connector for power supply and FG X5

part [I/O module power supply, External power supply for input and FG]
X6
(5 pins pressure welding type)
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD X7

< Option >

Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
I/O part Sensor connector (e-CON) [I/O signal]
(4 pins pressure welding type) The plug for the connector is sold separately 1
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Connector for
Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for 0.66 to 0.98 mm2 (18 AWG)
power supply [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]
and FG wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
Connector for Sensor connector (e-CON)
I/O Plug for connector sold separately 1
(Applicable wire size: 0.08 to 0.5 mm2, depending on the plug for connector)
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation

1: Refer to Section 1.6.2 for details.

4 - 31 4 - 31
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

Pin No. Signal name

CONA 1 DA
1
1 DA 2 DB
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG CON A, B 3 DG
4
4 Empty
5 4 Empty
5 SLD
CONB 5 SLD
1
LINK CABLE 2
1 DA 1 (FG)
2 DB
(OUT) 3 2 +24V (UNIT)
3 DG
4
5
4 Empty CON C, D 3 24G (UNIT)
5 SLD
One-touch connector
4 +24V (I/O)
for communication
Insulation
5 24G (I/O)
CONC
1
1 FG
Signal
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN)
2 Pin No. Pin arrangement
3
2 +24V(UNIT)
DC/DC
name
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O)
1 +24V
5
5 24G(I/O) CON1 2 +V
I/O POWER CABLE(IN) COND (X0) 3 24G
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 FG 4 X0 5 4 3 2 1
2
2 +24V(UNIT) CON
3
3 24G(UNIT) 1 +24V
4 A
5
4 +24V(I/O) CON2 2 +V
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(OUT) (X1) 3 24G
B
One-touch connector for 4 X1
power supply and FG 1
CON1
1 +24V
Brown 1 CON3 2 +V C
3 wire type
sensor
2 (X2) 3 24G
Blue 3
(sink output) Detection
Black 4
4 X2 D
circuit
1 +24V
CON4 2 +V 43 2 1 CON
CON2
Brown 1 (X3) 3 24G
3 wire type 1
sensor
2 4 X3
Blue 3
(sink output) Detection
Black 4
1 +24V 2
circuit
CON5 2 +V
3
(X4) 3 24G
CON3
1 4 X4 4
2 wire type
sensor 2 1 +24V
Blue 3
(sink output) Detection CON6 2 +V 5
circuit Brown 4
(X5) 3 24G 6
4 X5
1 +24V 7
The color of core conforms to
JIS C 4524. CON8 CON7 2 +V
The color of core conforms to 8
IEC60947-5-2.
1 (X6) 3 24G
2
3
4 X6
4 1 +24V A module view from the top
CON8 2 +V
(X7) 3 24G
4 X7

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

4 - 32 4 - 32
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication
CONC
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1
1 FG
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT)
CABLE(OUT) 3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
I/O POWER 4 +24V(I/O)
5
CABLE(OUT) 5 24G(I/O)
One-touch connector
for power supply Online connector
and FG 1 for power supply and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

4 - 33 4 - 33
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.3.2 AJ65VBTCE3-16D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type))

Form DC input module

Item AJ65VBTCE3-16D Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input
100 %/62.5 % (refer to Chapter 1.3)
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (sensor connector (e-CON) 3-wire type)
Input form Positive common (sink type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

F
7
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

AJ65VBTCE3-16D

E
power supply Current

6
35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

D
5
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

C
4
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

B
3
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Insulation resistance
between all DC external terminals and ground

A
2
Protection of degree IP1XB

9
Weight 0.10 kg

8
External Communication One-touch connector for communication

X
wiring part [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type)
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P

D
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

< Option >

PW L RUNL ERR.

Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P

C
Power supply One-touch connector for power supply and FG
part [I/O module power supply, External power supply for input and FG]

B
ON

B RATE STATION NO.

1 2 4 1 2 4 8102040

(5 pins pressure welding type)

CON A
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD
< Option >
Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
I/O part Sensor connector (e-CON) [I/O signal]
(4 pins pressure welding type) The plug for the connector is sold separately 1
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Connector for
Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for 0.66 to 0.98 mm2 (18 AWG)
power supply [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]
and FG wire diameter 0.16mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
Connector for Sensor connector (e-CON)
I/O Plug for connector sold separately 1
(Applicable wire size: 0.08 to 0.5 mm2, depending on the plug for connector)
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation

1: Refer to Section 1.6.2 for details.

4 - 34 4 - 34
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

Pin No. Signal name

CONA 1 DA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
2 DB
(IN) 3
4
3 DG CON A, B 3 DG
4 Empty
5
5 SLD 4 Empty
1
CONB 5 SLD
1 DA
LINK CABLE
(OUT)
2
3
2 DB 1 (FG)
3 DG
4
4 Empty
2 +24V (UNIT)
5
5 SLD CON C, D 3 24G (UNIT)
One-touch connector
for communication 4 +24V (I/O)
1
CONC Insulation 5 24G (I/O)
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
DC/DC
Signal Signal Signal Signal
3
3 24G(UNIT) Pin No. Pin No. Pin No. Pin No.
4
4 +24V(I/O) name name name name
5
5 24G(I/O) 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V
I/O POWER CABLE(IN) COND CON CON CON CON
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT)
1
1 FG
2 +V 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V
2 1 5 9 13
2 +24V(UNIT) 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G
3 (X0) (X4) (X8) (XC)
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O) 4 X0 4 X4 4 X8 4 XC
5
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V
CON CON CON CON
One-touch connector for 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V
power supply and FG 1 2 6 10 14
CON1 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G
Brown 1 (X1) (X5) (X9) (XD)
3 wire type 2 4 X1 4 X5 4 X9 4 XD
sensor Blue 3
(sink output) Detection 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V
circuit Black 4 CON CON CON CON
2 +V 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V
3 7 11 15
CON2 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G
Brown
(X2) (X6) (XA) (XE)
1
3 wire type
2
4 X2 4 X6 4 XA 4 XE
sensor
(sink output)
Detection
Blue 3 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V
circuit Black 4 CON CON CON CON
2 +V 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V
4 8 12 16
CON3 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G
(X3) (X7) (XB) (XF)
2 wire type 1 4 X3 4 X7 4 XB 4 XF
sensor 2
(sink output) Blue 3
Detection
circuit Brown 4

The color of core conforms to

JIS C 4524. CON16
The color of core conforms to 1
IEC60947-5-2.
2
3
4

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

Pin arrangement
CON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1
2
3
4

1 CON 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2
3
4 1
2
5 3
4

CON A B C D
A module view from the top

4 - 35 4 - 35
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication
CONC
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1
1 FG
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT)
CABLE(OUT) 3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
I/O POWER 4 +24V(I/O)
5
CABLE(OUT) 5 24G(I/O)
One-touch connector
for power supply Online connector
and FG 1 for power supply and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

4 - 36 4 - 36
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.3.3 AJ65VBTCE3-32D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type))

Form DC input module

Specification AJ65VBTCE3-32D Surface shape
Number of input points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input
100 %/75 % (refer to Chapter 1.3)
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (sensor connector (e-CON) 3-wire type)

1F
F
Input form Positive common (sink type)

1E
E
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

1D
D
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

1C
C
power supply Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

1B
B
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

1A
A
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

19
9
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

18
AJ65VBTCE3-32D

8
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Insulation resistance

17
7
between all DC external terminals and ground

16
6
Protection of degree IP1XB

15
5
Weight 0.16 kg

14
4
External Communication part One-touch connector for communication

13
3
wiring [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type)

12
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P

11
< Option >

1
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P

10
0
X

X
Power supply part One-touch connector for power supply and FG
[I/O module power supply, External power supply for input and FG]

D
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

(5 pins pressure welding type)

PW L RUN L ERR.

C
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD
< Option >
B
ON

B RATE STATI ON NO.

Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P

1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040
CON A

I/O part Sensor connector (e-CON) [I/O signal]

(4 pins pressure welding type) The plug for the connector is sold separately 1
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Connector for
Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for power 0.66 to 0.98 mm2 (18 AWG)
supply and FG [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]
wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
Connector for I/O Sensor connector (e-CON)
Plug for connector sold separately 1
(Applicable wire size: 0.08 to 0.5 mm2, depending on the plug for connector)
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation

1: Refer to Section 1.6.2 for details.

4 - 37 4 - 37
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

Pin No. Signal name

1 DA
2 DB
1
CONA CON A, B 3 DG
1 DA
LINK CABLE
(IN)
2
2 DB 4 Empty
3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5 SLD
5
5 SLD 1 (FG)
CONB
1
1 DA 2 +24V (UNIT)
LINK CABLE 2
(OUT) 3
2
3
DB
DG
CON C, D 3 24G (UNIT)
4
5
4 Empty 4 +24V (I/O)
5 SLD
One-touch connector
5 24G (I/O)
for communication
Signal Signal Signal Signal
1
CONC Insulation Pin No. Pin No. Pin No. Pin No.
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG name name name name
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
DC/DC 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V
4
4 +24V(I/O)
CON CON CON CON
5 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V
5 24G(I/O) 1 9 17 25
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G
1 (X0) (X8) (X10) (X18)
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 FG
2 4 X0 4 X8 4 X10 4 X18
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
4
3 24G(UNIT) 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V
5
4 +24V(I/O) CON CON CON CON
5 24G(I/O) 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V
I/O POWER CABLE(OUT) 2 10 18 26
One-touch connector for 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G
power supply and FG 1 (X1) (X9) (X11) (X19)
CON1
4 X1 4 X9 4 X11 4 X19
3 wire type
Brown 1 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V
sensor 2 CON CON CON CON
(sink output) Blue 3 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V
Detection Black 4 3 11 19 27
circuit 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G
(X2) (XA) (X12) (X1A)
4 X2 4 XA 4 X12 4 X1A
CON2

3 wire type
Brown 1 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V
sensor
2 CON CON CON CON
Blue 3 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V
(sink output) Detection
Black 4
4 12 20 28
circuit 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G
(X3) (XB) (X13) (X1B)
4 X3 4 XB 4 X13 4 X1B
CON3
1 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V
2 wire type
sensor
2 CON CON CON CON
Blue 3 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V
(sink output)
Detection Brown 4
5 13 21 29
circuit 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G
(X4) (XC) (X14) (X1C)
4 X4 4 XC 4 X14 4 X1C
The color of core conforms to CON 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V
JIS C 4524. CON32
CON CON CON
The color of core conforms to
6 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V
IEC60947-5-2.
1 14 22 30
2 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G
3 (XD) (X15) (X1D)
(X5) 4 X5 4 XD 4 X15 4 X1D
4
1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V
CON CON CON CON
2 +V 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V
7 15 23 31
3 24G 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G
(X6) (XE) (X16) (X1E)
4 X6 4 XE 4 X16 4 X1E
1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V 1 +24V
CON CON CON CON
2 +V 2 +V 2 +V 2 +V
8 16 24 32
3 24G 3 24G 3 24G 3 24G
(X7) (XF) (X17) (X1F)
4 X7 4 XF 4 X17 4 X1F

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

4 - 38 4 - 38
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
(IN) 2 DB
3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
(OUT) 2 DB
3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication
CONC
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1
1 FG
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT)
CABLE(OUT) 3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
I/O POWER 4 +24V(I/O)
5
CABLE(OUT) 5 24G(I/O)
One-touch connector
for power supply Online connector
and FG 1 for power supply and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

Pin arrangement

CON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1
2
3
4

1 CON 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
2
3
4 1
2
5 3
4

CON A B C D
A module view from the top

4 - 39 4 - 39
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.4 One-Touch Connector Type Input Module

4.4.1 AJ65VBTCU3-8D1 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type))

Form DC input module

Item AJ65VBTCU3-8D1 Surface shape
Number of input points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON
100 %
input points
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
AJ65VBTCU3-8D1
Response time CON
OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) A
ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (one-touch connector plug 3-wire type) CON
Input form Positive common (sink type) B
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate: within 5 %) X0 PW

supply Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) L RUN

X1
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs, L ERR
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground X2
0
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester 1
X3 2
between all DC external terminals and ground 3
Protection of degree IP1XB 4
X4 5
Weight 0.15 kg 6
External Communication part One-touch connector for communication [Transmission circuit] 7
wiring (5 pins pressure welding type) The plug for the connector is sold separately X5
system <Option>
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P X6
Power supply part One-touch connector for power supply and FG
[I/O module power supply, external power supply for input and FG] X7
(5 pins pressure welding type)
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD
<Option>
CON
Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P C
I/O part One-touch connector for I/O
(4 pins pressure welding type) The plug for the connector is sold separately
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715) CON
D
Applicable Connector for
Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for power 2
0.66 to 0.98 mm (18 AWG)
supply and FG [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]
Wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
Connector for I/O • φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
2
[Applicable cable : 0.14 to 0.2 mm ]
• φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable cable : 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 40 4 - 40
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

Signal
Pin arrangement Pin No.
CONA
name
1 1 DA
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB 2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG CONA,
4
4
3 DG
5
Empty B
5 SLD 4 Empty
CONB 5 SLD
1
1 DA 1 X0
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3 2 +V
3 DG CON1
4
4 Empty 3 +24V
5
5 SLD 4 24G
One-touch connector 1 X1
for communication
CONC 2 +V
Insulation CON2
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG 5 4 3 2 1 3 +24V
2
2 +24V(UNIT) 4 24G
3 DC/DC
3 24G(UNIT) CONA
4 1 X2
4 +24V(I/O)
5 CONB
5 24G(I/O) 2 +V
I/O POWER CABLE(IN) CON3
COND 4321 3 +24V
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 FG
2 CON1 4 24G
2 +24V(UNIT)
3 1 X3
3 24G(UNIT)
4 CON2
4 +24V(I/O) 2 +V
5 CON4
5 24G(I/O)
CON3 3 +24V
I/O POWER CABLE(OUT)
One-touch connector 4 24G
1 CON4
for power supply and FG 1 X4
CON5
CON1 2 +V
3 wire type sensor (sink output) CON5
Black 1 CON6 3 +24V
Brown 2
3
4 24G
Detection CON7
circuit Blue 4 1 X5
CON8 2 +V
CON6
CON2 5 4 3 2 1 3 +24V
2 wire type sensor (sink output)
Brown 1 4 24G
2 CONC
1 X6
Detection 3 COND
circuit Blue 4 2 +V
CON7
3 +24V
A module view
from the top 4 24G
1 X7
2 +V
CON8 CON8
(sink output) 3 +24V
1
2 4 24G
3 1 (FG)
4
2 +24V
(UNIT)
CONC, 3 24G
D (UNIT)
4 +24V
1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of the connector for the power (I/O)
supply and FG.
5 24G (I/O)

4 - 41 4 - 41
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication
CONC
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1
1 FG
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT)
CABLE(OUT) 3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
I/O POWER 4 +24V(I/O)
5
CABLE(OUT) 5 24G(I/O)
One-touch connector
for power supply and FG 1 Online connector
for power supply
and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of the connector for the power supply and FG.

4 - 42 4 - 42
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.4.2 AJ65SBTC4-16D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)

Form DC input module

Item AJ65SBTC4-16D Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (one-touch connector plug 4-wire type)
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type
(sink/source shared type) (switch via the selector switch)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

COM-
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

CTL+
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

+24V
24G
XF
X7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

STATION NO.
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

+24V
24G
XE
X6
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

+24V
24G
XD
X5
ON
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

+24V
24G
XC
X4
between all DC external terminals and ground

+24V
24G
X8 9 A B C D E F

XB
X3
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.15 kg

+24V
24G
XA
X2
AJ65SBTC4-16D
External wiring Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:

+24V
24G
X1
X9
system I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module 59 to 88 N•cm

+24V
24G
X0
X8
power supply, FG] Applicable solderless terminals: X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block 2 max.

(FG)
24G
[External power supply for I/O]
+24V
I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal] SLD
DG

(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately)

DB
DA

Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round

(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5AI (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Communication part, Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
wire size I/O module power supply solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
part terminal • V2-MS3,RAP2-3SL,TGV2-3N
I/O power supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
I/O part Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4(A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0(A6CON-P220)
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4(A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0(A6CON-P520)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 43 4 - 43
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (When positive common (sink) input)

1 DA
2 DB
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG
7 24G
I/O module power supply
4 wire type sensor (sink output)

CON1
Black 1
Detection
circuit White 2
Brown 3
Blue 4

3 wire type sensor (sink output)

CON2
Black 1
Detection
circuit 2
Brown 3
Blue 4

2 wire type sensor (sink output)

CON8
Brown 1
Detection 2
circuit
3
Blue 4

The color of core conforms to

JIS C 4524.
The color of core conforms to
IEC60947-5-2. Sink/Source switch

Source Sink

8 CTL+
9 COM-

Terminal
Pin arrangement Signal name Pin number Signal name
number
TB1 DA 1 X4
TB2 DB 2 XC
CON5
TB3 DG 3 +24V
TB4 SLD 4 24G
TB5 +24V 1 X5
4 3 2 1
TB6 (FG) 2 XD
CON6
CON1 TB7 24G 3 +24V
CON2 4 24G
Pin number Signal name
1 X6
CON3
1 X0 2 XE
CON7
CON4 2 X8 3 +24V
CON1
CON5 3 +24V 4 24G
4 24G 1 X7
CON6
1 X1 2 XF
CON8
CON7 2 X9 3 +24V
CON2
CON8 3 +24V 4 24G
4 24G Terminal
Signal name
1 X2 number
A module view 2 XA TB8 CTL+
CON3
from the top. 3 +24V TB9 COM-
4 24G
1 X3
2 XB
CON4
3 +24
4 24G

4 - 44 4 - 44
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (when negative common (source) input)

1 DA
2 DB
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG
7 24G
I/O module power supply
4 wire type sensor (source output)

CON1
Black 1
Detection
circuit White 2
Brown 3
Blue 4

3 wire type sensor (source output)

CON2
Black 1
Detection 2
circuit
Brown 3
Blue 4

2 wire type sensor (source output)

CON8
Brown 1
Detection 2
circuit Blue 3
4

The color of core conforms to

JIS C 4524.
The color of core conforms to
IEC60947-5-2. Sink/Source switch

Source Sink

8 CTL+
9 COM-

Terminal
Pin arrangement Signal name Pin number Signal name
number
TB1 DA 1 X4
TB2 DB 2 XC
CON5
TB3 DG 3 +24V
TB4 SLD 4 24G
TB5 +24V 1 X5
4 3 2 1 TB6 (FG) 2 XD
CON6
CON1 TB7 24G 3 +24V
4 24G
CON2 Pin number Signal name
1 X6
CON3
1 X0 2 XE
CON7
CON4 2 X8 3 +24V
CON1
CON5 3 +24V 4 24G
4 24G 1 X7
CON6
1 X1 2 XF
CON8
CON7 2 X9 3 +24V
CON2
CON8 3 +24V 4 24G
4 24G Terminal
Signal name
1 X2 number
A m odule view 2 XA TB8 CTL+
from the top. CON3
3 +24V TB9 COM-
4 24G
1 X3
2 XB
CON4
3 +24
4 24G

4 - 45 4 - 45
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.4.3 AJ65SBTC4-16DN 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink))

Form DC input module

Specification AJ65SBTC4-16DN Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (one-touch connector plug 4-wire type)
Input form Positive common (sink type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

ON
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)

COM-
COM+
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

B RATE
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

+24V
24G
XF
X7
STATION NO.
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

+24V
24G
XE
X6
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

+24V
24G
XD
X5
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

+24V
between all DC external terminals and ground

24G
XC
X4
Protection of degree IP2X

+24V
24G
XB
X3
X8 9 A B C D E F
Weight 0.15 kg

+24V
24G
XA
X2
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:

AJ65SBTC4-16DN

+24V
24G
X1
X9
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module 59 to 88 N•cm

+24V
system power supply, FG] Applicable solderless terminals:

24G
X0
X8
PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block 2 max.

(FG)
24G
[External power supply for I/O]
I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal]

+24V

SLD
(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round DG
DB
DA

(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)

Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5AI (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Communication part, Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
wire size I/O module power supply solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
part terminal • V2-MS3,RAP2-3SL,TGV2-3N
I/O power supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
I/O part Finished dimensions
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
Finished dimensions
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 46 4 - 46
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal Signal
Pin arrangement
number name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
1 DA
2 DB TB6 (FG)
3 DG Insulation TB7 24G
4 SLD Pin Signal
5 +24V
DC/DC number name
I/O module power supply 6 FG
7 24G 1 X0
2 X8
CON1
4wire type sensor (sink output) 3 +24V
CON1 4 24G
Black 1 1 X1
Detection
circuit White 2 2 X9
Brown 3 CON2
3 +24V
Blue 4
4 3 2 1 4 24G
3wire type sensor (sink output)
CON1 1 X2
CON2 2 XA
CON2
Black 1 CON3
Detection 3 +24V
circuit 2 CON3

Brown 3 4 24G
CON4
Blue 4 1 X3
CON5
2 XB
CON6
CON4
3 +24
CON7 4 24G
CON8 1 X4
2wire type sensor (sink output)
2 XC
CON8 Above indicates CON5
Brown 1 a module view 3 +24V
from the top.
Detection 2 4 24G
circuit
3 1 X5
Blue 4
2 XD
CON6
3 +24V
The color of core conforms to
4 24G
JIS C 4524.
The color of core conforms to 1 X6
IEC60947-5-2. 2 XE
CON7
3 +24V
4 24G
8 COM+
1 X7
9 COM-
2 XF
CON8
3 +24V
4 24G
Terminal Signal
number name
TB8 COM+
TB9 COM-

4 - 47 4 - 47
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.4.4 AJ65SBTC4-16DE 24 V DC input module (Negative common (source))

Form DC input module

Specification AJ65SBTC4-16DE Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (one-touch connector plug 4-wire type)
Input form Negative common (source type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

ON
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)

COM-
COM+
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

B RATE
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

+24V
24G
XF
X7
STATION NO.
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

+24V
24G
XE
X6
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

+24V
24G
XD
X5
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

+24V
between all DC external terminals and ground

24G
XC
X4
Protection of degree IP2X

+24V
24G
XB
X3
X8 9 A B C D E F
Weight 0.15 kg

+24V
24G
XA
X2
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:

AJ65SBTC4-16DE

+24V
24G
X1
X9
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module 59 to 88 N•cm

+24V
system power supply, FG] Applicable solderless terminals:

24G
X0
X8
PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block 2 max.

(FG)
24G
[External power supply for I/O]
I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal]

+24V

SLD
(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round DG

DB
DA

(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)

Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5AI (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Communication part, Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
wire size I/O module power supply solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
part terminal • V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
I/O power supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
I/O part Finished dimensions
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
Finished dimensions
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 48 4 - 48
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal Signal
Pin arrangement
number name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
1 DA
2 DB TB6 (FG)
3 DG Insulation TB7 24G
4 SLD Signal
5 +24V Pin number
DC/DC name
6 FG
7 24G 1 X0
I/O module power supply
2 X8
CON1
4wire type sensor (source output) 3 +24V
CON1 4 24G
Black 1 1 X1
Detection
circuit White 2 2 X9
Brown 3 CON2
3 +24V
Blue 4 4 3 2 1
4 24G
3wire type sensor (source output) CON1
1 X2
CON2 CON2 2 XA
Black 1 CON3
Detection CON3 3 +24V
2
circuit
Brown 3 4 24G
CON4
Blue 4 1 X3
CON5
2 XB
CON4
CON6 3 +24
CON7 4 24G
1 X4
2wire type sensor (source output) CON8
2 XC
CON8 Above indicates CON5
Brown 1 a module view
3 +24V
Detection 2 from the top. 4 24G
circuit
Blue 3 1 X5
4
2 XD
CON6
3 +24V
The color of core conforms to
4 24G
JIS C 4524.
The color of core conforms to 1 X6
IEC60947-5-2. 2 XE
CON7
3 +24V
4 24G
8 COM+
1 X7
9 COM-
2 XF
CON8
3 +24V
4 24G
Terminal Signal
number name
TB8 COM+
TB9 COM-

4 - 49 4 - 49
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.4.5 AJ65VBTCU3-16D1 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type))

Form DC input module

Item AJ65VBTCU3-16D1 Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON
100 %
input points
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
Response time OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
AJ65VBTCU3-16D1
ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) CON
A
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (one-touch connector plug 3-wire type)
Input form Positive common (sink type) CON
B
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate: within 5 %) PW
power supply Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) L RUN

Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs, L ERR

noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

0
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground 1
2
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester 3
4
between all DC external terminals and ground 5
6
Protection of degree IP1XB 7

Weight 0.19 kg
8
External Communication One-touch connector for communication 9
A
wiring part [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type) B
system The plug for the connector is sold separately C
D
<Option> E
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P X0 X7 X8 XF F

Power supply One-touch connector for power supply and FG CON

part [I/O module power supply, external power supply for input and FG] C
(5 pins pressure welding type)
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD CON
<Option> D
Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
I/O part One-touch connector for I/O
(4 pins pressure welding type) The plug for the connector is sold separately
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Connector for
Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
2
Connector for 0.66 to 0.98 mm (18 AWG)
power supply [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]
and FG Wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
Connector for • φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
2
I/O [Applicable cable: 0.14 to 0.2 mm ]
• φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable cable: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 50 4 - 50
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

Pin arrangement Pin No. Signal name

1 DA
2 DB
CON
3 DG
A, B
4 Empty
5 SLD
1 X0
CON 2 +V
1 3 +24V
4 24G
1 X1
CON 2 +V
2 3 +24V
4 24G
CONA
1
1 DA
1 X2
LINK CABLE 2
(IN) 2 DB CON 2 +V
3
3 DG 3 3 +24V
4
4 Empty
5 4 24G
5 SLD
1 X3
CONB
1
1 DA
CON 2 +V
LINK CABLE 2 4
(OUT) 2 DB 3 +24V
3
4
3 DG 4 24G
4 Empty
5 1 X4
5 SLD
CON 2 +V
One-touch connector
for communication 5 3 +24V
CONC Insulation 5 4 3 2 1 4 24G
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN)
2
1 FG 1 X5
2 +24V(UNIT) CONA
3 DC/DC CON 2 +V
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O)
CONB 6 3 +24V
5 24G(I/O) 4 24G
5
4321 4321
I/O POWER CABLE(IN) COND 1 X6
1 CON1 CON9
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT)
2
1 FG CON 2 +V
2 +24V(UNIT) 7
3 CON2 CON10 3 +24V
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O) 4 24G
5 24G(I/O) CON3 CON11 1 X7
5
I/O POWER CABLE(OUT)
CON4 CON12
CON 2 +V
One-touch connector
for power supply and FG 1
8 3 +24V
CON5 CON13 4 24G
CON1
3 wire type sensor (sink output) 1 X8
Black 1 CON6 CON14
Brown 2 CON 2 +V
3 CON7 CON15 9 3 +24V
Detection
circuit Blue 4 4 24G
CON8 CON16
1 X9
CON2 5 4 3 2 1 CON 2 +V
2 wire type sensor (sink output)
Brown 1 10 3 +24V
2 CONC 4 24G
Detection 3
circuit Blue 4 COND 1 XA
CON 2 +V
11 3 +24V
A module view
4 24G
from the top 1 XB
(sink output) CON16 CON 2 +V
1 12 3 +24V
2 4 24G
3
4 1 XC
CON 2 +V
13 3 +24V
4 24G
1 XD
1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the CON 2 +V
14 3 +24V
power supply and FG.
4 24G
1 XE
CON 2 +V
15 3 +24V
4 24G
1 XF
CON 2 +V
16 3 +24V
4 24G
1 (FG)
2 +24V (UNIT)
CON
3 24G (UNIT)
C, D
4 +24V (I/O)
5 24G (I/O)

4 - 51 4 - 51
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication
CONC
1 FG
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1
1 FG
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT)
CABLE(OUT) 3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
I/O POWER 4 +24V(I/O)
5
CABLE(OUT) 5 24G(I/O)
One-touch connector
for power supply and FG 1 Online connector
for power supply
and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

4 - 52 4 - 52
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.4.6 AJ65SBTC1-32D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)

Form DC input module

Item AJ65SBTC1-32D Surface shape
Number of input points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 80 %
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (2 points) (one-touch connector plug 1-wire type)
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)

ON

COM
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

COM
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X1C
X1D
X1E
X1F
Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

STATION NO.
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X1A
X1B
X18
X19
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X14
X15
X16
X17
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

X10-X1F
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X0-XF

X10
X11
X12
X13
between all DC external terminals and ground

XC
XD
XE
XF
X1011121314 151617 X1819 1A1B1C1D1E1F
X8 9 A B C D E F
Weight 0.16 kg

XA
XB
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:

X8
X9
A J65SBTC1-32D
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module 59 to 88 N•cm

X4
X5
X6
X7
system power supply, FG] Applicable solderless terminals:

X0
X1
X2
X3
I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block 2 max.
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
[External power supply for I/O]

(FG)
24G
I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal]
(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately) DA DG +24V
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round SLD

(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)

DB

Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Communication part, Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
wire size I/O module power solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
supply part terminal • V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
I/O power supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
I/O part Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 53 4 - 53
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal
Pin arrangement Signal name
number
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
1 DA TB6 (FG)
2 DB TB7 24G
3 DG Insulation Pin number Signal name
4 SLD
1 X0
5 +24V
DC/DC 2 X1
6 FG
CON1
7 24G 3 X2
I/O module
power supply CON1 4 X3
1 1 X4
2 2 X5
3 CON2
3 X6
4
4 3 2 1 4 X7
CON1 1 X8
2 X9
CON2 CON3
3 XA
CON2 CON3
4 XB
1
CON4
2 1 XC
3 CON5 2 XD
CON4
4 3 XE
CON6
4 XF
CON7
1 X10
CON8
2 X11
CON5
A module view 3 X12

from the top. 4 X13

CON8
1 X14
1
2 2 X15
CON6
3 3 X16
4 4 X17
1 X18
2 X19
CON7
3 X1A
8 COM
4 X1B
9 COM
1 X1C
2 X1D
CON8
3 X1E
4 X1F
Terminal
Signal name
number
TB8 COM
TB9 COM

4 - 54 4 - 54
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.4.7 AJ65SBTC1-32D1 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)

Form DC input module

Item AJ65SBTC1-32D1 Surface shape
Number of input points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
Response time OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (2 points) (one-touch connector plug 1-wire type)
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

ON

COM
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

COM
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X1C
X1D
X1E
X1F
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

STATION NO.
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X1A
X1B
X18
X19
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

X14
X15
X16
X17
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X10-X1F
X0-XF
between all DC external terminals and ground

X10
X11
X12
X13
Protection of degree IP2X

XC
XD
XE
XF
X1011121314 1516 17 X1819 1A1B1C1D1E1F
X8 9 A B C D E F
Weight 0.16 kg

XA
XB
X8
X9
A J65SBTC1-32D1
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module 59 to 88 N•cm

X4
X5
X6
X7
system power supply, FG] Applicable solderless terminals:

X0
X1
X2
X3
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block 2 max.
[External power supply for I/O]

(FG)
24G
I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal]
(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately)
DA DG +24V
SLD

Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round

(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
DB

Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)

Applicable Communication part, Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)

2
wire size I/O module power solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
supply part terminal • V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
I/O power supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
I/O part Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 55 4 - 55
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal
Pin arrangement Signal name
number
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
1 DA TB6 (FG)
2 DB TB7 24G
3 DG Insulation Pin number Signal name
4 SLD
1 X0
5 +24V
DC/DC 2 X1
6 FG CON1
7 24G 3 X2
I/O module
power supply CON1 4 X3
1 1 X4
2 2 X5
3 CON2
3 X6
4
4 3 2 1 4 X7
CON1 1 X8
2 X9
CON2 CON3
3 XA
CON2 CON3
4 XB
1 CON4
2 1 XC
3 CON5 2 XD
CON4
4 CON6 3 XE
4 XF
CON7
1 X10
CON8
2 X11
CON5
3 X12
A module view
4 X13
CON8 from the top.
1 X14
1
2 2 X15
CON6
3 3 X16
4 4 X17
1 X18
2 X19
CON7
3 X1A
8 COM
4 X1B
9 COM
1 X1C
2 X1D
CON8
3 X1E
4 X1F
Terminal
Signal name
number
TB8 COM
TB9 COM

4 - 56 4 - 56
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.5 FCN Connector Type Input Module

4.5.1 AJ65SBTCF1-32D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65SBTCF1-32D Surface shape
Number of input points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ

ON
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)

X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF NC NC COM COM
B RATE

X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X17 X18 X19 X1A X1B X1C X1D X1E X1F NC NC NC NC
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (FCN connector 1-wire type)
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (sink/source shared type)

STATION NO.
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate: within 5 %)
Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X10-X1F
X0-XF
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X10 111213 1415 1617 X18191A1B1C1D1E1F

X8 9 A B C D E F
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X

A J65SBTCF1-32D
Weight 0.15 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:
wiring I/O module power supply part [transmission circuit, I/O module 59 to 88 N•cm

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
system power supply, FG] Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 40-pin connector [External power supply for I/O, I/O signal]

(FG)
24G
I/O part (A6CON1,A6CON2,A6CON3,A6CON4)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round

+24V
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)

SLD
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions

DA DG
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)

DB
Applicable Communication Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
wire size part, solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
I/O module power terminal • V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
I/O power supply part, 2
0.3mm (22 AWG) or lower (For A6CON1and A6CON4)
I/O part 0.2 to 0.08mm2 (24 to 28 AWG) (For A6CON2)
2
0.08mm (28 AWG) stranded cable,
φ0.25mm (30 AWG) single cable (For A6CON3)
Applicable connector/terminal block
A6TBXY36, A6TBXY54, A6TBX70
converter unit
Accessory User's Manual

4 - 57 4 - 57
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Pin arrangement Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA TB2 DB
2 DB
TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V TB5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG TB6 (FG)
7 24G
I/O module TB7 24G
power supply
A1 B1 Pin Signal Pin Signal
B20 X0 A2 B2
A3 B3 number name number name
B19 X1
A4 B4 B20 X0 A20 X10
B18 X2 A5 B5
B17 X3 A6 B6 B19 X1 A19 X11
B16 X4 A7 B7
A8 B8
B18 X2 A18 X12
B15 X5
A9 B9 B17 X3 A17 X13
B14 X6 A10 B10
B13 X7 A11 B11 B16 X4 A16 X14
B12 X8 A12 B12 B15 X5 A15 X15
A13 B13
B11 X9 A14 B14 B14 X6 A14 X16
B10 XA A15 B15
B9 XB A16 B16 B13 X7 A13 X17
A17 B17 B12 X8 A12 X18
B8 XC
A18 B18
B7 XD A19 B19 B11 X9 A11 X19
B6 XE A20 B20
B10 XA A10 X1A
B5 XF
A20 X10 B9 XB A9 X1B
A19 X11 B8 XC A8 X1C
A18 X12 A module view B7 XD A7 X1D
A17 X13
from the top. B6 XE A6 X1E
A16 X14
A15 X15 B5 XF A5 X1F
A14 X16 B4 Empty A4 Empty
A13 X17 B3 Empty A3 Empty
A12 X18
B2 COM A2 Empty
A11 X19
A10 X1A B1 COM A1 Empty
A9 X1B
A8 X1C
A7 X1D
A6 X1E
A5 X1F
B2 COM
B1 COM

4 - 58 4 - 58
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.6 Waterproof Type Input Module

4.6.1 AJ65FBTA4-16D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type))

Form DC input module

Item AJ65FBTA4-16D Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 7mA
Operating voltage range 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (waterproof connector 2 to 4-wire type)
Input form Positive Common (sink type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5%)
Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise withstand voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1µs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP67
Weight 0.40 kg
Accessory User's Manual
Option Waterproof cap: A6CAP-WP2
Other connected protection Refer to Section 1.6.1

4 - 59 4 - 59
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Pin arrangement Communication connector
Pin No. LINK IN LINK OUT
LINK IN
4 1 SLD SLD
2
2 DB DB
3
1 3 DG DG
110 Commu-
4 DA DA
130
nication 5 No pins Empty
LINK OUT circuit
4
Power connector
2
3 Terminal Pin No. UNIT POWER AUX.
1 resistance LINK IN 1 +24V(UNIT) +24V(I/O)
5 select switch
Male 2 Empty Empty
2 1
3 4
3 24G(UNIT) 24G(I/O)
Insulation 4 Empty Empty
UNIT POWER 5 FG FG
1
3 DC/DC LINK OUT
I/O connector
5 Female
2 Signal Signal
1
5
2 Pin No. Pin No.
4 4 3 name name
Unit mounting
screw (FG) 1 +24V 1 +24V
UNIT POWER/AUX. 2 X1 2 X9
AUX. X0 X8
1 3 24G 3 24G
Male X1 X9
3
5 2 5
1 4 X0 4 X8
I/O connector 3 4
2 5 Empty 5 Empty
4
1 +24V 1 +24V
4 wire type sensor
I/O connector
(sink output) 2 X3 2 XB
Female X2 3 24G
XA
3 24G
1 2 X3 XB
4 5
Detecting
Black 4 3 4 X2 4 XA
circuit White 2
Brown 1 5 Empty 5 Empty
Blue 3 1 +24V 1 +24V
5
3 wire type sensor (sink output) Front view 2 X5 2 XD
X4 XC
X5 3 24G XD 3 24G
Black 4 4 X4 4 XC
Detecting
circuit 2
Brown 1 5 Empty 5 Empty
Blue 3 1 +24V 1 +24V
5
2 X7 2 XF
2 wire type sensor X6 XE
X7 3 24G XF 3 24G
(sink output)
4 X6 4 XE
Brown 4 5 Empty 5 Empty
Detecting 2
circuit 1
Blue 3
5

4 - 60 4 - 60
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.6.2 AJ65FBTA4-16DE 24 V DC input module (Negative common (source type))

Form DC input module

Item AJ65FBTA4-16DE Surface shape
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 7mA
Operating voltage range 20.4 to 26.4VDC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 %
ON voltage/ON current 14V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ
Response time OFF ON 1.5ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
ON OFF 1.5ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (waterproof connector 2 to 4-wire type)
Input form Negative Common (source type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5%)
Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise withstand voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1µs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP67
Weight 0.40 kg
Accessory User's Manual
Option Waterproof cap: A6CAP-WP2
Other connected protection Refer to Section 1.6.1

4 - 61 4 - 61
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External Connections
Pin arrangement Communication connector
Pin No. LINK IN LINK OUT
LINK IN 1 SLD SLD
4
2 2 DB DB
3
1 3 DG DG
110 4 DA DA
Commu-
nication
5 No pins Empty
LINK OUT 130
4 circuit Power connector
2
UNIT
3 Terminal Pin No. AUX.
1 resistance POWER
5 select switch +24V
1 +24V(I/O)
LINK IN (UNIT)
Male 2 Empty Empty
2 1
UNIT POWER 3 4
24G
1 3 24G(I/O)
3 DC/DC (UNIT)
5 4 Empty Empty
2 LINK OUT
4
5 FG FG
Female
Unit mounting 1 2 I/O connector
5
screw (FG) 4 3
Signal Signal
Pin No. Pin No.
AUX.
1
name name
UNIT POWER/AUX.
3 1 +24V 1 +24V
5 Male
I/O connector 2 X1 2 X9
2 2 1 X0 X8
5
4 3 4
X1 3 24G X9 3 24G
4 wire type sensor
(source output)
4 X0 4 X8
I/O connector 5 Empty 5 Empty
Black 4 Female 1 +24V 1 +24V
Detecting 1 2
circuit White 2 4 5
3 2 X3 2 XB
Brown 1 X2 XA
Blue 3 X3 3 24G XB 3 24G
5 4 X2 4 XA
3 wire type sensor (source output)
Front view 5 Empty 5 Empty
Black 4 1 +24V 1 +24V
Detecting
circuit
2 2 X5 2 XD
Brown 1 X4 XC
Blue 3 X5 3 24G XD 3 24G
5 4 X4 4 XC
5 Empty 5 Empty
2 wire type sensor 1 +24V 1 +24V
(source output) 2 X7 2 XF
X6 XE
X7 3 24G XF 3 24G
Brown 4
Detecting 4 X6 4 XE
circuit 2
Blue 1 5 Empty 5 Empty
3
5

4 - 62 4 - 62
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

4.6.3 AJ65SBTW4-16D 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink), negative common

(source) loading)
Form DC input module
Item AJ65SBTW4-16D Surface shape
Ambient operating temperature 0 to 45
Ambient storage temperature -20 to 65
Number of input points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
Operating voltage range 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON
100 %
input points

AJ65SBTW4-16D
L ERR.
L RUN
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher

YC
YD
YA
YB

YE
YF
Y8
Y9

STATION NO.
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ

PW

X0
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
Response time OFF ON 1.5ms or lower (when 24 V DC)

MITSUBISHI
ON OFF 1.5ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (waterproof connector plug 4-wire type)
Common to module power supply

CON7

CON8
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type
(sink/source shared type) (switch via the selector switch.)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5%)
Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

CON5

CON6
(Input current of I/O section in not included)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance

CON3

CON4
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP67
Weight 0.7 kg
External wiring system 7-point terminal block (two-piece) (transmission circuit, I/O module power

CON1

CON2
supply terminal), (M3 screw tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm),
Waterproof connector [conforms to NECA 4202 (IEC 947-5-2); 4 pins, male,
M12-type, protection construction IP67] (Connector for I/O part)
<Options>
POWER CABL

POWER CABL
Dustproof caps: A6CAP-DC1 (20 caps)
Waterproof caps: A6CAP-WP1 (20 caps)
Tightening Module top-cover installation
54 to 64 N•cm OUT
IN

torque screw (M3)

value Module front-cover
LINK CABL

LINK CABL

54 to 64 N•cm
installation screw (M3)
Module installation screws
(M4 screw with plain washer 127 to 147 N•cm
finished round)
Through pipe 99 to 148 N•cm
Applicable Transmission circuit, • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
2
wire size I/O module power supply [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
terminal and I/O power • V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Connector for I/O part -
Through pipe specifications Applicable cable size: φ5.0 to 8.0
Accessory User’s manual: Waterproof plugs (2 plugs)

4 - 63 4 - 63
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (When positive common (sink) input)

Terminal Signal
Pin arrangement
number name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
LINK CABLE TB5 +24V
1 DA
TB6 (FG)
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB7 24G
4 SLD Pin Signal
5 +24V
DC/DC number name
6 FG
7 24G 1 +24V
Common to I/O module POWER Source Sink 2 X8
CABLE CON1
power supply and 3 24G
external power supply
Sink/Source switch 4 X0
Module mounting
1 +24V

3
screw
2 X9

4
CON2

CON7

CON8
4 wire type sensor (sink output) 3 24G
CON1 4 X1

3
2

2
4 1 +24V
Detection 2

4
1

1
circuit 2 XA

CON5

CON6
1 CON3
3 3 24G
4 X2

3
3 wire type sensor (sink output) 1 +24V

4
1

1
CON3

CON4
2 XB
CON2 CON4
4 3 24G
Detection
2

3
circuit 2 4 X3
1
4

4
1

1
1 +24V
3
CON1

CON2

2 XC
A module view CON5
3 24G
from the top.
4 X4
1 +24V
2 XD
2 wire type sensor (sink output) CON8 CON6
4 3 24G
2 4 X5
1
Detection 1 +24V
circuit 3
2 XE
CON7
3 24G
4 X6
1 +24V
2 XF
CON8
3 24G
4 X7

4 - 64 4 - 64
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (When negative common (source) input)

Terminal Signal
Pin arrangement
number name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
LINK CABLE TB5 +24V
1 DA
2 TB6 (FG)
DB
3 DG Insulation TB7 24G
4 SLD Signal
5 +24V Pin number
DC/DC name
6 FG
7 24G 1 +24V
Common to I/O module POWER Source Sink 2 X8
power supply and CABLE CON1
external power supply 3 24G
Sink/Source switch 4 X0
Module mounting

3
2

2
1 +24V
screw

4
1

1
2 X9
CON2

CON7

CON8
4 wire type sensor (source output) 3 24G
CON1 4 X1

3
2

2
4 1 +24V
Detection 2

4
1

1
circuit 2 XA

CON5

CON6
1 CON3
3 3 24G
4 X2

3
1 +24V

4
1

1
3 wire type sensor (source output)

CON3

CON4
2 XB
CON2 CON4
4 3 24G
Detection 2 4 X3
3

3
2

2
circuit
1
1 +24V
1

4
3
CON1

CON2

2 XC
CON5
A module view 3 24G
from the top. 4 X4
2 wire type sensor (source output)
1 +24V
2 XD
CON8 CON6
Detection 4 3 24G
circuit 2 4 X5
1
3
1 +24V
2 XE
CON7
3 24G
4 X6
1 +24V
2 XF
CON8
3 24G
4 X7

4 - 65 4 - 65
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES

This chapter describes the specifications for an output module that can be connected
to the CC-Link system.

5.1 Terminal Block Type Output Module

5.1.1 AJ65SBTB1-8T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module
Item AJ65SBTB1-8T Surface shape
Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 2.4 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and
overheat protection function
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
5

COM-
output part Current 15 mA or less (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

CTL+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Surge suppressor Zener diode

Y7
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

Y6
Y5
STATION NO.
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)

Y4
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y3
Y2
Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y1
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
ON

Y0
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
A J65SBTB1-8T
24G
(FG)
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
DA DG +24V

Protection of degree IP2X

SLD

Weight 0.14 kg
DB

External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 10-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User’s Manuals

5-1 5-1
 5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA TB2 DB
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD
TB5 +24V
5 +24V
DC/DC TB6 (FG)
6 FG
7 24G TB7 24G
I/O module power supply TB8 Y0
TB9 Y1
L 8 Y0 TB10 Y2
9 Y1 TB11 Y3
10 Y2
TB12 Y4
11 Y3
12 Y4 TB13 Y5
13 Y5 TB14 Y6
14 Y6 TB15 Y7
L 15 Y7
External power TB16 CTL+
16 CTL+
supply for output Constant
17 COM- voltage circuit TB17 COM-

Load power supply

When external power supply for

output and load power supply
16 CTL+
5 17 COM-
are mutual.

5-2 5-2
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.2 AJ65SBTB1-8T1 transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB1-8T1 Surface shape
Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 2.4 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function None
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
output part Current 15 mA (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

COM-
Surge suppressor Zener diode

CTL+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

Y7
Y6
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)

Y5
STATION NO.
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y4
Y3
Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y2
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y1
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

ON

Y0
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

A J65SBTB1-8T1
24G
(FG)
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X

+24V
SLD
Weight 0.14 kg

DG
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

DB
DA
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 10-point direct-mount terminal block
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User’s Manuals

5-3 5-3
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
TB2 DB
2 DB
3 DG TB3 DG
Insulation
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V TB5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG
TB6 (FG)
7 24G
TB7 24G
I/O module power supply
TB8 Y0
TB9 Y1
L 8 Y0
TB10 Y2
9 Y1
10 Y2 TB11 Y3
11 Y3 TB12 Y4
12 Y4
TB13 Y5
13 Y5
14 Y6
TB14 Y6
L 15 Y7 TB15 Y7
External power 16 CTL+ TB16 CTL+
supply for output Constant
17 COM- voltage circuit
TB17 COM-

Load power supply

When external power supply for

output and load power supply
16 CTL+ are common.
17 COM-

5-4 5-4
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.3 AJ65SBTB2-8T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB2-8T Surface shape
Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 2.4A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and
overheat protection function

DC24G
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

DC24V
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

COM
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y7
COM
output part

STATION NO.
Current 17.8 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

Y6
Surge suppressor Zener diode

COM
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (terminal block 2-wire type)

Y5
COM
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)

ON

Y4
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

COM
Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y3
COM
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y2
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

COM
AJ65SBTB2-8T
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

Y1
COM
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

Y0
between all DC external terminals and ground

Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18 kg

(FG)
24G
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

DA DG +24V
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

SLD
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DB
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User’s Manual

5-5 5-5
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA TB3 DG
2 DB TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB8 Y0
TB9 COM
L 8 Y0
TB10 Y1
9 COM
10 Y1 TB11 COM
11 COM TB12 Y2
12 Y2
13
TB13 COM
COM
14 Y3 TB14 Y3
15 COM TB15 COM
16 Y4
17 COM
TB16 Y4
18 Y5 TB17 COM
19 COM TB18 Y5
20 Y6
21 COM TB19 COM
L 22 Y7 TB20 Y6
23 COM
Constant TB21 COM
24 DC24V voltage circuit
25 DC24G TB22 Y7
External power TB23 COM
supply for output
TB24 DC24V
TB25 DC24G

5-6 5-6
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.4 AJ65SBTB2-8T1 transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB2-8T1 Surface shape
Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 2.4A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function None
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

DC24G
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

DC24V
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

COM
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y7
output part Current 17.8 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

COM
STATION NO.
Surge suppressor Zener diode

Y6
COM
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (terminal block 2-wire type)

Y5
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)

COM
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

ON

Y4
COM
Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y3
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

COM
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Y2
COM
AJ65SBTB2-8T1
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

Y1
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

COM
between all DC external terminals and ground

Y0
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18 kg

(FG)
24G
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

DA DG +24V
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

SLD
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DB
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User’s Manual

5-7 5-7
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA TB3 DG
2 DB TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module power supply
TB8 Y0
TB9 COM
L 8 Y0
TB10 Y1
9 COM
10 Y1 TB11 COM
11 COM TB12 Y2
12 Y2
13 COM
TB13 COM
14 Y3 TB14 Y3
15 COM TB15 COM
16 Y4
17 COM TB16 Y4
18 Y5 TB17 COM
19 COM
TB18 Y5
20 Y6
21 COM TB19 COM
L 22 Y7 TB20 Y6
23 COM
Constant TB21 COM
24 DC24V voltage circuit
25 DC24G TB22 Y7
External power TB23 COM
supply for output
TB24 DC24V
TB25 DC24G

5-8 5-8
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.5 AJ65SBTB1-16T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB1-16T Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 3.6 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and
overheat protection function

COM-
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

CTL+
B RATE
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

YF
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

YE
YD
output part

STATION NO.
Current 30 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

YC
Surge suppressor Zener diode

YB
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

YA
Y9
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

ON

Y8
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y7
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y6
Y8 9 A B C D E F
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y5
Noise durability

Y4
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

AJ65SBTB1-16T

Y3
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

Y2
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

Y1
Y0
between all DC external terminals and ground

Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18 kg

(FG)
24G
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

DA DG +24V
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

SLD
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DB
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User’s Manual

5-9 5-9
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
TB2 DB
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC TB5 +24V
6 FG
7 24G TB6 (FG)
I/O module power supply TB7 24G
L 8 Y0 TB8 Y0
9 Y1 TB9 Y1
10 Y2
TB10 Y2
11 Y3
12 Y4 TB11 Y3
13 Y5 TB12 Y4
14 Y6
15 Y7
TB13 Y5
16 Y8 TB14 Y6
17 Y9
TB15 Y7
18 YA
19 YB TB16 Y8
20 YC TB17 Y9
21 YD
TB18 YA
22 YE
L 23 YF TB19 YB
External power 24 CTL+
Constant
voltage circuit TB20 YC
supply for output 25 COM-
TB21 YD
TB22 YE
Load power supply TB23 YF
L
TB24 CTL+
When external power supply for
output and load power supply TB25 COM-
24 CTL+
25 COM- are common.

5 - 10 5 - 10
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.6 AJ65SBTB1-16T1 transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB1-16T1 Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 3.6 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function None
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

COM-
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

CTL+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

YF
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

YE
output part Current 30 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

YD
STATION NO.
Surge suppressor Zener diode

YC
YB
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

YA
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

Y9
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

ON

Y8
Y7
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y6
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y8 9 A B C D E F

Y5
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Y4
AJ65SBTB1-16T1

Y3
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

Y2
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

Y1
between all DC external terminals and ground

Y0
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18 kg

(FG)
24G
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

DA DG +24V
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

SLD
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DB
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3,RAP2-3SL,TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 11 5 - 11
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
TB2 DB
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC TB5 +24V
6 FG
7 24G TB6 (FG)
I/O module power supply TB7 24G
L 8 Y0 TB8 Y0
9 Y1 TB9 Y1
10 Y2
TB10 Y2
11 Y3
12 Y4 TB11 Y3
13 Y5 TB12 Y4
14 Y6
15 Y7
TB13 Y5
16 Y8 TB14 Y6
17 Y9
TB15 Y7
18 YA
19 YB TB16 Y8
20 YC TB17 Y9
21 YD
TB18 YA
22 YE
L 23 YF TB19 YB
External power Constant
24 CTL+ voltage circuit TB20 YC
supply for output 25 COM-
TB21 YD
TB22 YE
Load power supply TB23 YF
L
TB24 CTL+
When external power supply for
output and load power supply TB25 COM-
24 CTL+
25 COM- are common.

5 - 12 5 - 12
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.7 AJ65SBTB2-16T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB2-16T Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 3.6A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and

DC24G
DC24V
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
overheat protection function

COM
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

YF
COM
STATION NO.
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YE
COM
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

YD
COM
output part Current 24.2 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

ON

YC
COM
Surge suppressor Zener diode

YB
COM
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 2-wire type)

YA
COM
Occupied station number 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

Y9
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

COM
Y8
Current 55 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

COM
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y7
Noise durability

COM
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Y6
COM
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

Y5
COM
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

Y4
COM
between all DC external terminals and ground

Y3
Protection of degree IP2X

COM
Y8 9 A B C D E F

Y2
Weight 0.25 kg

COM
AJ65SBTB2-16T
Y1
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

COM
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

Y0
PW L RUN L ERR. Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
(FG)
24G
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block
DG +24V
SLD

I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]

M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
DB
DA

Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User’s Manual

5 - 13 5 - 13
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
1 DA
2 DB
TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD TB6 (FG)
5 +24V
DC/DC TB7 24G
6 FG
7 24G
TB8 Y0
I/O module power supply TB9 COM
TB10 Y1
L 8 Y0
9 COM TB11 COM
10 Y1 TB12 Y2
11 COM TB13 COM
12 Y2
13 COM
TB14 Y3
14 Y3 TB15 COM
15 COM TB16 Y4
16 Y4
TB17 COM
17 COM
18 Y5
TB18 Y5
19 COM TB19 COM
20 Y6 TB20 Y6
21 COM
TB21 COM
22 Y7
23 COM TB22 Y7
24 Y8 TB23 COM
25 COM TB24 Y8
26 Y9
TB25 COM
27 COM
28 YA TB26 Y9
29 COM TB27 COM
30 YB TB28 YA
31 COM
TB29 COM
32 YC
33 COM TB30 YB
34 YD TB31 COM
35 COM TB32 YC
36 YE
TB33 COM
37 COM
L 38 YF TB34 YD
39 COM TB35 COM
40 DC24V
Constant TB36 YE
41 DC24G voltage circuit
External power TB37 COM
supply for output TB38 YF
TB39 COM
TB40 DC24V
TB41 DC24G

5 - 14 5 - 14
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.8 AJ65SBTB2-16T1 transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB2-16T1 Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 3.6A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Output form Sink type

DC24G
Protection function None

DC24V
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

COM
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

YF
COM
STATION NO.
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YE
COM
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

YD
output part Current 24.2 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

COM
ON

YC
Surge suppressor Zener diode

COM
YB
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 2-wire type)

COM
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

YA
COM
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y9
COM
Current 55 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y8
COM
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y7
COM
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Y6
COM
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

Y5
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

COM
Y4
between all DC external terminals and ground

COM
Protection of degree IP2X

Y3
COM
Y8 9 A B C D E F
Weight 0.25 kg

Y2
AJ65SBTB2-16T1

COM
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

Y1
COM
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

Y0
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm PW L RUN L ERR. Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

(FG)
24G
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block
+24V
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal] SLD
DG

M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

DB
DA

Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

M4 screws with plain washer finished round
Module installation screw (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User’s Manual

5 - 15 5 - 15
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
1 DA
TB4 SLD
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD TB6 (FG)
5 +24V TB7 24G
DC/DC
6 FG
TB8 Y0
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB9 COM
TB10 Y1
L 8 Y0
9 COM TB11 COM
10 Y1 TB12 Y2
11 COM TB13 COM
12 Y2
TB14 Y3
13 COM
14 Y3 TB15 COM
15 COM TB16 Y4
16 Y4 TB17 COM
17 COM
TB18 Y5
18 Y5
19 COM TB19 COM
20 Y6 TB20 Y6
21 COM
TB21 COM
22 Y7
23 COM
TB22 Y7
24 Y8 TB23 COM
25 COM TB24 Y8
26 Y9
TB25 COM
27 COM
28 YA TB26 Y9
29 COM TB27 COM
30 YB TB28 YA
31 COM
TB29 COM
32 YC
33 COM TB30 YB
34 YD TB31 COM
35 COM TB32 YC
36 YE
TB33 COM
37 COM
L 38 YF TB34 YD
39 COM TB35 COM
40 DC24V TB36 YE
Constant
41 DC24G voltage circuit
External power TB37 COM
supply for output TB38 YF
TB39 COM
TB40 DC24V
TB41 DC24G

5 - 16 5 - 16
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.9 AJ65SBTB1-32T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB1-32T Surface shape
Number of output points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 4.8 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower

Y1F COM-
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A

Y1E CTL+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Output form Sink type

Y1D
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and

STATION NO.

Y1C
overheat protection function

Y1B
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

Y1A
Y19
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

Y18
ON
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y17
Y16
output part Current 50 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

Y15
Surge suppressor Zener diode

Y14
Y13
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

Y12
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

Y18 19 1A1B 1C1D1E 1F

Y11
Y10
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

YF
Current 65 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

YE
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

YD
Noise durability

YC
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

YB
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

YA
Y9
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

Y8
between all DC external terminals and ground

Y7
Y6
Protection of degree IP2X
Y8 9 A B C D E F

Y5
Weight 0.25 kg

Y4
AJ65SBTB1-32T

Y3
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

Y2
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

Y1
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm Y0
PW L RUN L ERR. Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block
(FG)
24G

I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]

DA DG +24V

M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

SLD

Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DB

Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round

(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User’s Manual

5 - 17 5 - 17
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA TB2 DB
2 DB
TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC TB5 +24V
6 FG
TB6 (FG)
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB7 24G
TB8 Y0
L 8 Y0
TB9 Y1
9 Y1
10 Y2 TB10 Y2
11 Y3 TB11 Y3
12 Y4 TB12 Y4
13 Y5
TB13 Y5
14 Y6
15 Y7 TB14 Y6
16 Y8 TB15 Y7
17 Y9
TB16 Y8
18 YA
19 YB
TB17 Y9
20 YC TB18 YA
21 YD TB19 YB
22 YE
TB20 YC
23 YF
24 Y10 TB21 YD
25 Y11 TB22 YE
26 Y12 TB23 YF
27 Y13
TB24 Y10
28 Y14
29 Y15 TB25 Y11
30 Y16 TB26 Y12
31 Y17 TB27 Y13
32 Y18
TB28 Y14
33 Y19
34 Y1A TB29 Y15
35 Y1B TB30 Y16
36 Y1C TB31 Y17
37 Y1D
TB32 Y18
38 Y1E
L 39 Y1F TB33 Y19
Constant
40 CTL+ voltage circuit TB34 Y1A
External power 41 COM-
supply for output TB35 Y1B
TB36 Y1C
Load power supply TB37 Y1D
L TB38 Y1E
When external power supply for TB39 Y1F
40 CTL+
output and load power supply
are common. TB40 CTL+
41 COM-
TB41 COM-

5 - 18 5 - 18
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.10 AJ65SBTB1-32T1 transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB1-32T1 Surface shape
Number of output points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 4.8 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower

Y1F COM-
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A

Y1E CTL+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Output form Sink type
Protection function None

Y1D
STATION NO.

Y1C
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

Y1B
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

Y1A
Y19
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y18
ON
output part

Y17
Current 50 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

Y16
Surge suppressor Zener diode

Y15
Y14
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

Y13
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

Y12
Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Y18 19 1A1B1C1D1E 1F

Y11
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y10
Current 65 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

YF
YE
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

YD
noise requency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

YC
YB
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

YA
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

Y9
Y8
between all DC external terminals and ground

Y7
Protection of degree IP2X

Y6
Y8 9 A B C D E F

Y5
Weight 0.25 kg

Y4
AJ65SBTB1-32T1
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

Y3
Y2
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

Y1
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Y0
PW L RUN L ERR. Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block
(FG)
24G

I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]

DA DG +24V

M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

SLD

Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DB

Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round

(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 19 5 - 19
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
TB2 DB
2 DB
3 DG Insulation
TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V TB5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG
TB6 (FG)
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB7 24G
TB8 Y0
L 8 Y0
9 Y1
TB9 Y1
10 Y2 TB10 Y2
11 Y3 TB11 Y3
12 Y4
TB12 Y4
13 Y5
14 Y6 TB13 Y5
15 Y7 TB14 Y6
16 Y8 TB15 Y7
17 Y9
TB16 Y8
18 YA
19 YB TB17 Y9
20 YC TB18 YA
21 YD TB19 YB
22 YE
TB20 YC
23 YF
24 Y10 TB21 YD
25 Y11 TB22 YE
26 Y12 TB23 YF
27 Y13
28 Y14
TB24 Y10
29 Y15 TB25 Y11
30 Y16 TB26 Y12
31 Y17
TB27 Y13
32 Y18
33 Y19 TB28 Y14
34 Y1A TB29 Y15
35 Y1B TB30 Y16
36 Y1C
TB31 Y17
37 Y1D
38 Y1E TB32 Y18
L 39 Y1F TB33 Y19
External power 40 CTL+ Constant
supply for output voltage circuit TB34 Y1A
41 COM-
TB35 Y1B
TB36 Y1C
Load power supply TB37 Y1D
L TB38 Y1E
When external power supply for TB39 Y1F
40 CTL+ output and load power supply
are common. TB40 CTL+
41 COM-
TB41 COM-

5 - 20 5 - 20
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.11 AJ65SBTB1-8TE transistor output module (Source type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB1-8TE Surface shape
Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.1 A/point 0.8 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.1 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A, 0.2 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Output form Source type
Protection function Overload protection function and overheat protection function
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
output part Current 15 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

CTL-
COM+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Surge suppressor Zener diode

Y7
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

Y6
Y5
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)

STATION NO.

Y4
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y3
Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y2
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y1
Noise durability

ON

Y0
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

A J65SBTB1-8TE
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

24G
(FG)
between all DC external terminals and ground

DA DG +24V
Weight 0.14 kg

SLD
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

DB
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 10-point direct-mount terminal block
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 21 5 - 21
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
TB2 DB
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC TB5 +24V
6 FG
7 24G TB6 (FG)
I/O module power supply
TB7 24G
L 8 Y0 TB8 Y0
9 Y1 TB9 Y1
10 Y2
11 Y3 TB10 Y2
12 Y4 TB11 Y3
13 Y5
TB12 Y4
14 Y6
L 15 Y7 TB13 Y5
16 COM+ TB14 Y6
Load power supply 17 CTL-
Constant
TB15 Y7
External power è
’ “d ³̂ ‰
voltage ñcircuit
H̃
supply for output TB16 COM+
TB17 CTL-

When external power supply for

16 COM+ output and load power supply
are common.
17 CTL-

5 - 22 5 - 22
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.12 AJ65SBTB1-16TE transistor output module (Source type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB1-16TE Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.1 A/point 1.6 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.1 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A, 0.2 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Output form Source type
Protection function Overload protection function and overheat protection function
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

CTL-
YE COM+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YF
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

YD
output part

STATION NO.
Current 30 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

YC
Surge suppressor Zener diode

YB
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

YA
Y9
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

ON

Y8
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y7
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y6
Y8 9 A B C D E F

Y5
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y4
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

AJ65SBTB1-16TE

Y3
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

Y2
Insulation resistance 10 M Ωor higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

Y1
Y0
between all DC external terminals and ground

Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Weight 0.18 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

(FG)
24G
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

DA DG +24V
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

SLD
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block

DB
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 23 5 - 23
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
TB2 DB
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC TB5 +24V
6 FG
7 24G TB6 (FG)
I/O module power supply
TB7 24G
L 8 Y0 TB8 Y0
9 Y1 TB9 Y1
10 Y2
11 Y3
TB10 Y2
12 Y4 TB11 Y3
13 Y5 TB12 Y4
14 Y6
15 Y7
TB13 Y5
16 Y8 TB14 Y6
17 Y9
TB15 Y7
18 YA
19 YB TB16 Y8
20 YC TB17 Y9
21 YD
TB18 YA
22 YE
L 23 YF TB19 YB
24 COM+ TB20 YC
Load power supply 25 CTL-
External power Constant TB21 YD
voltage circuit
supply for output TB22 YE
TB23 YF
TB24 COM+
L
TB25 CTL-
When external power supply for
24 COM+
output and load power supply
are common.
25 CTL-

5 - 24 5 - 24
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.13 AJ65SBTB1B-16TE1 transistor output module (Source type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB1B-16TE1 Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 4 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower

COM1- COM1- COM1- COM1- COM1- COM1- CTL1- COM1+ COM2- COM2- COM2- COM2- COM2- COM2- CTL2- COM2+ NC
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower

NC
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.5 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.8 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A

YE YF
Output form Source type

STATION NO.
Protection function None
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

YD
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YC
ON
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
output part Current 10 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

YB
Surge suppressor Zener diode

YA
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

Y9
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y8
Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Y6
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

Y5
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground

Y4
Protection of degree IP2X

Y3
Weight 0.26 kg

Y8 9 A B C D E F

Y2
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

A J65SBTB1B-16TE1
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

Y1
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

Y0
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
PW L RUN L ERR.Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]

(FG)
24G
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
DA DG +24V
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max. DB SLD
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User’s Manual

5 - 25 5 - 25
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA TB3 DG
2 DB
TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation
TB5 +24V
4 SLD
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G TB8 Y0
I/O module power supply TB9 COM1-
L 8 Y0 TB10 Y1
9 COM1- TB11 COM1-
10 Y1 TB12 Y2
11 COM1- TB13 COM1-
12 Y2 TB14 Y3
13 COM1-
TB15 COM1-
14 Y3
TB16 Y4
15 COM1-
16 Y4 TB17 COM1-
17 COM1- TB18 Y5
18 Y5 TB19 COM1-
19 COM1- TB20 Y6
20 Y6 TB21 CTL1-
21 CTL1-
TB22 Y7
External power supply L 22 Y7
for output and TB23 COM1+
23 COM1+ Constant
load power supply L 24 Y8 voltage TB24 Y8
are common. circuit
25 COM2- TB25 COM2-
26 Y9 TB26 Y9
27 COM2- TB27 COM2-
28 YA TB28 YA
29 COM2-
TB29 COM2-
30 YB
TB30 YB
31 COM2-
32 YC TB31 COM2-
33 COM2- TB32 YC
34 YD TB33 COM2-
35 COM2- TB34 YD
36 YE
TB35 COM2-
37 CTL2-
TB36 YE
L 38 YF
39 COM2+
TB37 CTL2-
Constant
External power supply for output and 40 Empty voltage circuit TB38 YF
load power supply are common. 41 Empty TB39 COM2+
TB40 Empty
TB41 Empty

5 - 26 5 - 26
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.14 AJ65SBTB1-32TE1 transistor output module (Source type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB1-32TE1 Surface shape
Number of output points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 4.8 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower

Y17 Y19 Y1B Y1D Y1F CTL-

Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower

Y1A Y1C Y1E COM+

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.5 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.8 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Output form Source type

STATION NO.
Protection function None
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

ON

Y14 Y16 Y18

External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
output part Current 15 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

Y13 Y15
Surge suppressor Zener diode
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

Y10 Y12
Y1819 1A 1B 1C 1D1E 1F

Y11
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Current 60 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

YF
YE
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

YD
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise simulator condition)

YC
Y1011 12 13 14 15 16 17
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

YB
YA
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

Y9
between all DC external terminals and ground

Y8
Y7
Protection of degree IP2X

Y6
Weight 0.26 kg

Y8 9 A B C D E F

Y5
Y4
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

Y3
A J65SBTB1-32TE1
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

Y2
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

Y1
Y0
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
PW L RUN L ERR.Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]

(FG)
24G
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
DA DG +24V
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max. DB SLD
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 27 5 - 27
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
2 DB TB2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD
TB4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC TB5 +24V
6 FG
7 24G TB6 (FG)
I/O module power supply TB7 24G
L 8 Y0 TB8 Y0
9 Y1 TB9 Y1
10 Y2 TB10 Y2
11 Y3
12 Y4
TB11 Y3
13 Y5 TB12 Y4
14 Y6 TB13 Y5
15 Y7 TB14 Y6
16 Y8
17 Y9
TB15 Y7
18 YA TB16 Y8
19 YB TB17 Y9
20 YC
TB18 YA
21 YD
22 YE TB19 YB
23 YF TB20 YC
24 Y10 TB21 YD
25 Y11
TB22 YE
26 Y12
27 Y13 TB23 YF
28 Y14 TB24 Y10
29 Y15 TB25 Y11
30 Y16
TB26 Y12
31 Y17
32 Y18 TB27 Y13
33 Y19 TB28 Y14
34 Y1A TB29 Y15
35 Y1B
TB30 Y16
36 Y1C
37 Y1D TB31 Y17
38 Y1E TB32 Y18
L 39 Y1F
Load power supply TB33 Y19
40 COM+ Constant
41 CTL- voltage circuit
TB34 Y1A
External power supply for output TB35 Y1B
TB36 Y1C
TB37 Y1D
L
TB38 Y1E
TB39 Y1F
When external power supply for output
40 COM+ and load power supply are common. TB40 COM+
41 CTL-
TB41 CTL-

5 - 28 5 - 28
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.15 AJ65SBTB2N-8R relay output module

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB2N-8R Surface shape
Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Relay
Rated load voltage/current 24 V DC (resistive load), 240 V AC (cosφ = 1)/
2 A/point 4 A/common
Min. switching load 5 V DC 1 mA
Max. switching voltage 264 V AC 125 V DC
Response time OFF ON 10 ms or lower
ON OFF 12 ms or lower
Life Mechanical 20 million times or more
Electrical Rated switching voltage/current load 100 thousand times or more
200 V AC 1.5 A, 240 V AC 1 A (cosφ = 0.7) 100 thousand times or more
200 V AC 1 A, 240 V AC 0.5 A (cosφ = 0.35) 100 thousand times or more

COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB

24 V DC 1 A, 100 V DC 0.1 A (L/R = 7 ms) 100 thousand times or more

Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Y7 COMA
Max. switching frequency 3600 times/hour
Surge suppressor None
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (terminal block 2-wire type)

Y6
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y5
Current 85 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y4
Noise durability Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Y3
First transient/burst noise IEC61000-4-4: 1 kV

Y2
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Withstand voltage 2830 V AC rms/3 cycles between all AC external terminals and ground
(2000 m above sea level)

Y1
STATION NO.
500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground

Y0
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all AC external terminals and ground
10M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

(FG)
24G
ON
between all DC external terminals and ground

A J65SBTB2N-8R

DA DG +24V
Weight 0.25 kg

SLD
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

DB
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 29 5 - 29
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
TB2 DB
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC TB5 +24V
6 FG
TB6 (FG)
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB7 24G
TB8 Y0
L 8 Y0
9 COM B TB9 COM B
RA
10 Y1 TB10 Y1
11 COM B
TB11 COM B
12 Y2
TB12 Y2
13 COM B
14 Y3 TB13 COM B
15 COM B TB14 Y3
16 Y4
TB15 COM B
17 COM B
18 Y5
TB16 Y4
19 COM B TB17 COM B
20 Y6 TB18 Y5
21 COM B
TB19 COM B
L 22 Y7
23 COM B
TB20 Y6
RA
24 COM A TB21 COM B
External load
25 COM B TB22 Y7
power supply
or TB23 COM B
TB24 COM A
or TB25 COM B

100V/200VAC
or 24VDC

The COM B terminals are all connected inside the module. (Shared commons)

5 - 30 5 - 30
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.16 AJ65SBTB2N-16R relay output module

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTB2N-16R Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Relay
Rated load voltage/current 24 V DC (resistive load), 240 V AC (cosφ = 1)/
2 A/point 8 A/common
Min. switching load 5 V DC 1 mA
Max. switching voltage 264 V AC 125 V DC
Response time OFF ON 10 ms or lower
ON OFF 12 ms or lower
Life Mechanical 20 million times or more

COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB
Electrical Rated switching voltage/current load 100 thousand times or more

Y8 9 A B C D E F

COMA
200 V AC 1.5 A, 240 V AC 1 A (cosφ = 0.7) 100 thousand times or more

YF
200 V AC 1 A, 240 V AC 0.5 A (cosφ = 0.35) 100 thousand times or more

YE
24 V DC 1 A, 100 V DC 1 A (L/R = 7 ms) 100 thousand times or more

PW L RUN L ERR. Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

YD
Max. switching frequency 3600 times/hour
Surge suppressor None

YC
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 2-wire type)

YB
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

YA
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y9
Current 120 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y8
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Y7
First transient/burst noise IEC61000-4-4: 1 kV

Y6
Withstand voltage 2830 V AC rms/3 cycles between all AC external terminals and ground
(2000 m above sea level)

Y5
500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground

Y4
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

Y3
between all AC external terminals and ground

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

Y2
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground

Y1
STATION NO.
Weight 0.35 kg

Y0
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

(FG)
24G
ON
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm AJ65SBTB2N-16R

DA DG +24V
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

SLD
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
DB
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 31 5 - 31
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA TB2 DB
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V
DC/DC TB6 (FG)
6 FG
TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB8 Y0
TB9 COM B
L 8 Y0 TB10 Y1
9 COM B RA TB11 COM B
10 Y1
11 COM B
TB12 Y2
12 Y2 TB13 COM B
13 COM B TB14 Y3
14 Y3 TB15 COM B
15 COM B TB16 Y4
16 Y4
TB17 COM B
17 COM B
TB18 Y5
18 Y5
19 COM B
TB19 COM B
20 Y6 TB20 Y6
21 COM B TB21 COM B
22 Y7 TB22 Y7
23 COM B TB23 COM B
24 Y8
TB24 Y8
25 COM B
TB25 COM B
26 Y9
27 COM B
TB26 Y9
28 YA TB27 COM B
29 COM B TB28 YA
30 YB TB29 COM B
31 COM B TB30 YB
32 YC
TB31 COM B
33 COM B
TB32 YC
34 YD
35 COM B TB33 COM B
36 YE TB34 YD
37 COM B TB35 COM B
L 38 YF TB36 YE
39 COM B RA TB37 COM B
40 COM A
External load TB38 YF
41 COM B
power supply TB39 COM B
or
TB40 COM A
TB41 COM B
or

100 V/200 V AC
or 24 V DC

The COM B terminals are all connected inside the module. (Shared commons)

5 - 32 5 - 32
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.17 AJ65SBTB2N-8S triac output module

Form Triac output module

Item AJ65SBTB2N-8S Surface shape
Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 100 to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz ± 5 %
Load voltage distortion rate Within 5 %
Max. load voltage 264 V AC
Max. load current 0.6 A/point, 2.4 A/common
Min. load voltage/current 50 V AC 100 mA, 100 V AC 10 mA, 240 V AC 10 mA
Max. inrush current 25 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 1.5 mA rms or lower (100 V AC rms 60 Hz),
3 mA rms or lower (200 V AC rms 60 Hz)
Max. voltage drop at ON 1.5 V rms or lower (when 0.6 A)
Response time OFF ON 1 ms or lower

COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB

ON OFF 1 ms + 0.5 cycle or lower

Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Y7 COMA
Surge suppressor CR absorver (0.01 μF + 47 Ω)
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (terminal block 2-wire type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)

Y6
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y5
Current 55 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y4
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
First transient/burst noise IEC61000-4-4: 1 kV

Y3
Withstand voltage 2830 V AC rms/3 cycles between all AC external terminals and ground

Y2
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
(2000 m above sea level)
500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground

Y1
STATION NO.
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

Y0
between all AC external terminals and ground
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground

(FG)
24G
ON
Weight 0.25 kg

AJ65SBTB2N-8S

+24V
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

SLD
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

DA DG
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

DB
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block
I/O part [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 33 5 - 33
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA TB2 DB
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG
TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module power TB8 Y0
supply surge suppressor TB9 COM B
L 8 Y0 TB10 Y1
9 COM B
TB11 COM B
10 Y1
COM B
TB12 Y2
11
12 Y2 TB13 COM B
13 COM B Triac TB14 Y3
14 Y3 TB15 COM B
15 COM B TB16 Y4
16 Y4 TB17 COM B
17 COM B
TB18 Y5
18 Y5
COM B
TB19 COM B
19
20 Y6
TB20 Y6
21 COM B TB21 COM B
surge suppressor
L 22 Y7 TB22 Y7
23 COM B TB23 COM B
24 COM A
TB24 COM A
25 COM B
TB25 COM B
100/200 V AC Triac

The COM B terminals are all connected inside the module. (Shared commons)

5 - 34 5 - 34
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.18 AJ65SBTB2N-16S triac output module

Form Triac output module
Item AJ65SBTB2N-16S Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 100 to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz ± 5 %
Load voltage distortion rate Within 5 %
Max. load voltage 264 V AC
Max. load current 0.6 A/point, 4.8A/common
Min. load voltage/current 50 V AC 100 mA, 100 V AC 10 mA, 240 V AC 10 mA
Max. inrush current 25 A 10 ms or lower

COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMBCOMB COMB
Leakage current at OFF 1.5 mA rms or lower (100 V AC rms 60 Hz),

Y8 9 A B C D E F

COMA
3 mA rms or lower (200 V AC rms 60 Hz)

YF
Max. voltage drop at ON 1.5 V rms or lower (when 0.6 A)
Response time OFF ON 1 ms or lower

YE
ON OFF 1 ms + 0.5 cycle or lower

PW L RUN L ERR. Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

YD
Surge suppressor CR absorver (0.01 μF + 47 Ω)

YC
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 2-wire type)

YB
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

YA
Current 85 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y9
Noise durability Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y8
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
First transient/burst noise IEC61000-4-4: 1 kV

Y7
Withstand voltage 2830 V AC rms/3 cycles between all AC external terminals and ground

Y6
(2000 m above sea level)

Y5
500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

Y4
between all AC external terminals and ground

Y3
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

Y2
between all DC external terminals and ground
Weight 0.35 kg

Y1
STATION NO.
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece)

Y0
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
system M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

(FG)
24G
ON
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max. AJ65SBTB2N-16S

+24V
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]

SLD
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm DG
DB
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
DA

Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round

(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 35 5 - 35
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module power TB8 Y0
supply surge suppressor TB9 COM B
L 8 Y0 TB10 Y1
9 COM B
TB11 COM B
10 Y1 TB12 Y2
11 COM B
TB13 COM B
12 Y2
13 COM B Triac TB14 Y3
14 Y3 TB15 COM B
15 COM B TB16 Y4
16 Y4 TB17 COM B
17 COM B
TB18 Y5
18 Y5
TB19 COM B
19 COM B
TB20 Y6
20 Y6
21 COM B TB21 COM B
22 Y7 TB22 Y7
23 COM B TB23 COM B
24 Y8 TB24 Y8
25 COM B
TB25 COM B
26 Y9
TB26 Y9
27 COM B
TB27 COM B
28 YA
29 COM B TB28 YA
30 YB TB29 COM B
31 COM B TB30 YB
32 YC TB31 COM B
33 COM B
TB32 YC
34 YD
TB33 COM B
35 COM B
TB34 YD
36 YE
37 COM B surge suppressor TB35 COM B
L 38 YF TB36 YE
39 COM B TB37 COM B
40 COM A TB38 YF
41 COM B
TB39 COM B
100/200 V AC Triac TB40 COM A
TB41 COM B

The COM B terminals are all connected inside the module. (Shared commons)

5 - 36 5 - 36
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.19 AJ65DBTB1-32T1 transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65DBTB1-32T1 Surface shape
Number of output points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 8 A/common (2 A/ terminal)
Max. inrush current 1.2 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
AJ65DBTB1- 32T1
Output form Sink type 6 PW L RUN L ERR.
5 0 ~0
1 0 8 10 18
4 1

Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower STATI ON NO.

3 2

7 8
1
2
9
A
11
12
19
1A
6 9
5 0 ~
1 3 B 13 1B
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load) 4
3 2
1
4 C 14 1C
5 D 15 1D

External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 31.2 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %) B RATE
4 1
0
6
7
E
F
16
17
1E
1F
3 2

output part Current 50 mA or less (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Not including external load current
DA NC
Surge suppressor Zener diode DG NC
DB +24V
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (4 points) (terminal block 1-wire type) NC CTL+
SLD
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points) NC
( FG)
CTLG

I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %) 24G 24G

Current 65 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) Y0 Y10

Y1 Y11
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs, Y2 Y12
Y3 Y13
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition) Y4 Y14
Y5 Y15
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground Y6 Y16

Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester Y7

COM1
Y17
COM3

between all DC external terminals and ground Y8 Y18

Y9 Y19

Protection of degree IP2X YA Y1A

YB Y1B
Weight 0.7 kg YC Y1C
YD Y1D
External wiring system 50-point terminal block YE Y1E
YF Y1F
[Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG, I/O power supply, I/O COM2
COM4

signal] AJ65DBTB1
- 32T1

M3.5 7 Tightening torque range: 68 to 92 N•cm

Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module mounting screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 78 to 108 N•cm)
Applicable solderless terminal R1.25-3.5 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
RAV2-3.5
Accessory User's Manual
Parts sold separately A6DIN1C, A2CCOM-TB

5 - 37 5 - 37
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal Signal Terminal Signal
number name number name
TB1 DA TB26 Empty
TB2 DG Insulation TB27 Empty
TB3 DB 1 DA Empty 26 TB28 +24V
2 DG DC/DC Empty 27
TB4 Empty TB29 CTL+
3 DB +24V 28 24 V DC
Constant voltage
TB5 SLD 4 Empty circuit CTL+ 29 TB30 (FG)
5 SLD FG 30
TB6 Empty 6 Empty CTLG 31
TB31 CTLG
TB7 24G 7 24G 24G 32 TB32 24G
I/O module
TB8 Y0 power supply TB33 Y10
TB9 Y1 TB34 Y11
TB10 Y2 TB35 Y12
L 8 Y0 Y10 33 L

TB11 Y3 9 Y1 Y11 34 TB36 Y13

10 Y2 Y12 35
TB12 Y4 11 Y3 Y13 36
TB37 Y14
TB13 Y5 12 Y4 Y14 37 TB38 Y15
13 Y5 Y15 38
TB14 Y6 14 Y6 Y16 39 TB39 Y16
TB15 Y7 L 15 Y7 Y17 40 L
TB40 Y17
16 COM1 COM3 41
TB16 COM1 L 17 Y8 Y18 42 L TB41 COM3
18 Y9 Y19 43
TB17 Y8 YA Y1A 44
TB42 Y18
19
TB18 Y9 20 YB Y1B 45 TB43 Y19
21 YC Y1C 46
TB19 YA 22 YD Y1D 47 TB44 Y1A
TB20 YB 23 YE Y1E 48 TB45 Y1B
L 24 YF Y1F 49 L

TB21 YC 25 COM2 COM4 50 TB46 Y1C

TB22 YD TB47 Y1D
TB23 YE TB48 Y1E
TB24 YF TB49 Y1F
TB25 COM2 TB50 COM4

5 - 38 5 - 38
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.1.20 AJ65DBTB1-32R relay output module

Form Relay output module

Item AJ65DBTB1-32R Surface shape
Number of output points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage/current 24 V DC (resistive load), 240 V AC (cosφ = 1)/
2 A/point 4 A/common (2A/ terminal)
Min. switching load 5 V DC 1 mA
Max. switching voltage 264 V AC 125 V DC
Response time OFF ON 10 ms or lower
ON OFF 12 ms or lower
Life Mechanical 20 million times or more
Electrical Rated switching voltage/current load 100 thousand times or more
200 V AC 1.5 A, 240 V AC 1 A (cosφ = 0.7) 100 thousand times or more
200 V AC 1 A, 240 V AC 0.5 A (cosφ = 0.35) 100 thousand times or more AJ65DBTB1- 32R
6 PW L RUN L ERR.
~0
1
24 V DC 1 A, 100 V DC 0.1 A (L/R = 7 ms) 100 thousand times or more
5 0
4 1 0 8 10 18
3 2
STATI ON NO. 1 9 11 19
7 8 2 A 12 1A
6 9
Max. switching frequency 3600 times/hour 5
4
3 2
1
0 ~
1 3
4
B
C
13
14
1B
1C
5 D 15 1D

Surge suppressor None B RATE 0

6
7
E
F
16
17
1E
1F
4 1
3 2

External power supply for Voltage 24 V DC ± 10 % ripple ratio 4 Vp-p or lower

output part Current
180 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) DA NC
(CTL+/ CTLG terminal) DG NC
DB +24V
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type) NC CTL+
SLD
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points) NC
( FG)
CTLG
24G 24G
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Current 80 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) Y1
Y0
Y11
Y10

Noise durability Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs, Y3

Y2
Y13
Y12

noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition) Y4 Y14

Y5 Y15

Withstand voltage 1500 V AC for 1 minutes between all AC external terminals and ground Y6 Y16
Y7 Y17
500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground COM1 COM3
Y8 Y18
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester Y9 Y19
YA Y1A
between all AC external terminals and ground YB Y1B

10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester YC Y1C

YD Y1D
between all DC external terminals and ground YE Y1E
YF Y1F
Protection of degree IP1X COM2
COM4

AJ65DBTB1
Weight 0.7 kg - 32R

External wiring system 50-point terminal block

[Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG, I/O power supply, I/O
signal]
M3.5 7 Tightening torque range: 68 to 92 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module mounting screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 78 to 108 N•cm)
Applicable solderless terminal R1.25-3.5 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
RAV2-3.5
Accessory User's Manual
Parts sold separately A6DIN1C, A2CCOM-TB

5 - 39 5 - 39
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal Signal Terminal Signal
number name number name
TB1 DA TB26 Empty
TB2 DG TB27 Empty
TB3 DB TB28 +24V
TB4 Empty TB29 CTL+
TB5 SLD TB30 (FG)
TB6 Empty TB31 CTLG
TB7 24G TB32 24G
TB8 Y0 TB33 Y10
TB9 Y1 TB34 Y11
TB10 Y2 TB35 Y12
TB11 Y3 TB36 Y13
TB12 Y4 TB37 Y14
TB13 Y5 TB38 Y15
TB14 Y6 TB39 Y16
TB15 Y7 TB40 Y17
TB16 COM1 TB41 COM3
TB17 Y8 TB42 Y18
TB18 Y9 TB43 Y19
TB19 YA TB44 Y1A
TB20 YB TB45 Y1B
TB21 YC TB46 Y1C
TB22 YD TB47 Y1D
TB23 YE TB48 Y1E
TB24 YF TB49 Y1F
TB25 COM2 TB50 COM4

5 - 40 5 - 40
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.2 Spring Clamp Terminal Block Type Output Module

5.2.1 AJ65VBTS2-16T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65VBTS2-16T Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 4A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function None
Response time OFF ON 1 ms or lower
ON OFF 1 ms or lower (resistive load)
External power Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for output Current 30 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
part Not including external load current
Surge suppressor Zener diode

YF
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (spring clamp terminal block type 2-wire type)

YC YD YE
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

YA YB
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

Y9
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

COM+
Y8

NC
between all DC external terminals and ground

Y7
AJ65VBTS2-16T
Protection of degree IP1XB

Y6
Weight 0.24 kg

Y5
External Communication part One-touch connector for communication
wiring [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type)

Y4
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P

Y2 Y3
< Option >
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P
Power supply part One-touch connector for power supply and FG
Y1
[I/O module power supply, FG] (5 pins pressure welding type)
Y0

The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD

COM+

COM-
NC

< Option >

Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
I/O part Spring clamp terminal block (two-piece)

D
[I/O power supply, I/O signal]
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)

L RUN L ERR.

Applicable Connector for C

Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for power 0.66 to 0.98 mm2 (18 AWG)
ONPW

B RATE STATION NO.

supply and FG [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]

1 2 4 1 2 4 8 1020 40

wire diameter 0.16 mm or more

CON A

Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)

I/O spring clamp Stranded wire 0.08 to 1.5 mm2 (28 to 16 AWG) 1
terminal block Wire strip length: 8 to 11 mm
Applicable TE0.5 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.5 mm2]
terminal TE0.75 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
[Applicable wire size: 0.75 mm2]
TE1 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
[Applicable wire size: 0.9 to 1.0 mm2]
TE1.5 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 1.5 mm2]
FA-VTC125T9 (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.65mm2]
FA-VTCW125T9 (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.65mm2]
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation

1: Basically, insert a wire into a terminal.

5 - 41 5 - 41
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

CONA
1 Pin No. Signal name
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2 1 DA
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG 2 DB
4 Empty
4
5 CON A, B 3 DG
5 SLD
CONB 4 Empty
1
1 DA 5 SLD
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3 1 (FG)
3 DG
4
4 Empty 2 +24V (UNIT)
5
5 SLD CON C, D 3 24G (UNIT)
One-touch connector
for communication 4 Empty
CONC Insulation
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 5 Empty
1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT) Terminal block
3 DC/DC
3 24G(UNIT)
4 Empty Column A Column B Column C
4
5 Empty
5 1 Empty 1 COM+ 1 COM-
COND 2 Y0 2 COM+ 2 Empty
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1
1 FG
2 3 Y1 3 COM+ 3 Empty
2 +24V(UNIT)
3 4 Y2 4 COM+ 4 Empty
3 24G(UNIT)
4 Empty
4 5 Y3 5 COM+ 5 Empty
5 Empty
One-touch connector for 5
6 Y4 6 COM+ 6 Empty
power supply and FG 1
7 Y5 7 COM+ 7 Empty
External power supply for output TB1A Empty
TB1B COM+
Constant 8 Y6 8 COM+ 8 Empty
voltage circuit
TB1C COM- 9 Y7 9 COM+ 9 Empty
L TB2A Y0
10 Y8 10 COM+ 10 Empty
TB2B COM+
TB2C Empty 11 Y9 11 COM+ 11 Empty
TB3A Y1 12 YA 12 COM+ 12 Empty
TB3B COM+
TB3C Empty 13 YB 13 COM+ 13 Empty
TB4A Y2 14 YC 14 COM+ 14 Empty
TB4B COM+
TB4C Empty
15 YD 15 COM+ 15 Empty
TB5A Y3 16 YE 16 COM+ 16 Empty
TB5B COM+ 17 YF 17 COM+ 17 Empty
TB5C Empty
TB6A Y4
TB6B COM+
TB6C Empty
TB7A Y5
TB7B COM+
TB7C Empty
TB8A Y6
TB8B COM+
TB8C Empty
TB9A Y7
TB9B COM+
TB9C Empty
TB10A Y8
TB10B COM+
TB10C Empty
TB11A Y9
TB11B COM+
TB11C Empty
TB12A YA
TB12B COM+
TB12C Empty
TB13A YB
TB13B COM+
TB13C Empty
TB14A YC
TB14B COM+
TB14C Empty
TB15A YD
TB15B COM+
TB15C Empty
TB16A YE
TB16B COM+
TB16C Empty
L TB17A YF
TB17B COM+
TB17C Empty

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

5 - 42 5 - 42
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication

CONC
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1
1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
5 Empty
COND
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1
1 FG
2 +24V(UNIT)
2
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
5 Empty
One-touch connector
for power supply
and FG 1
Online connector
for power supply and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.
Pin arrangement

NC Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF

1
2 COM+ COM+
3
4
5
COM- NC

CON A B C D

A module view from the top

5 - 43 5 - 43
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.2.2 AJ65VBTS2-32T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65VBTS2-32T Surface shape
Number of output points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 4 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function None

NC Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y18 Y19 Y1A Y1B Y1C Y1D Y1E Y1F
Response time OFF ON 1 ms or lower
ON OFF 1 ms or lower (resistive load)
External power Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for output part Current 30 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) Not including external load current
Surge suppressor Zener diode
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (spring clamp terminal block type 2-wire type)

COM2+
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

NC
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5%)
supply Current 60 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Insulation resistance
between all DC external terminals and ground

AJ65VBTS2-32T
Protection of degree IP1XB

COM2+

COM2-
Weight 0.40 kg

YA YB YC YD YE YF
External Communication part One-touch connector for communication
wiring [Trans-mission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type)
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P
< Option >
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P
Power supply part One-touch connector for power supply and FG

Y9
[I/O module power supply, FG] (5 pins pressure welding type)

COM1+
Y8

NC
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD

Y7
< Option >

Y6
Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P

Y5
I/O part Spring clamp terminal block (two-piece)
Y4
[I/O power supply, I/O signal] Y3
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Y2

Applicable Connector for

Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
Y1

wire size communication

Y0

Connector for power 0.66 to 0.98 mm2 (18 AWG)

COM1+

COM1-
NC

supply and FG [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2. 3mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]

wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
D
8 9 A B CD E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

I/O spring clamp Stranded wire 0.08 to 1.5 mm2 (28 to 16 AWG) 1
L ERR.

terminal block
PW L RUN

Wire strip length: 8 to 11 mm

Applicable TE0.5 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
B

2
ON

solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.5 mm ]

B RATESTATION NO.
1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040

terminal TE0.75 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)

CON A

[Applicable wire size: 0.75 mm2]

TE1 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.9 to 1.0 mm ]
TE1.5 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 1.5 mm2]
FA-VTC125T9 (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.65 mm2]
FA-VTCW125T9 (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.65 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation

1: Basically, insert a wire into a terminal.

5 - 44 5 - 44
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

CONA
LINK CABLE
1
2
1 DA Pin No. Signal name
2 DB
(IN) 3
4
3 DG 1 DA
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
2 DB
CONB
1
LINK CABLE 2
1 DA CON A, B 3 DG
2 DB
(OUT) 3
4
3
4
DG
Empty
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector 5 SLD
for communication
CONC
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1
1 FG
Insulation 1 (FG)
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
DC/DC 2 +24V (UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
5 Empty CON C, D 3 24G (UNIT)
COND
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1
1 FG 4 Empty
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
4
3 24G(UNIT) 5 Empty
4 Empty
5
One-touch connector for 5 Empty Terminal block
power supply and FG 1

External power supply for output TB1A Empty

Column A Column B Column C
Constant
TB1B COM1+
TB1C COM1-
voltage circuit
1 Empty 1 COM1+ 1 COM1-
L TB2A Y0
TB2B COM1+ 2 Y0 2 COM1+ 2 Empty
TB2C Empty
TB3A Y1 3 Y1 3 COM1+ 3 Empty
TB3B COM1+
TB3C
TB4A
Empty
Y2
4 Y2 4 COM1+ 4 Empty
TB4B
TB4C
COM1+
Empty
5 Y3 5 COM1+ 5 Empty
TB5A Y3
TB5B COM1+ 6 Y4 6 COM1+ 6 Empty
TB5C Empty
TB6A Y4 7 Y5 7 COM1+ 7 Empty
TB6B COM1+
TB6C Empty 8 Y6 8 COM1+ 8 Empty
TB7A Y5
TB7B
TB7C
COM1+
Empty
9 Y7 9 COM1+ 9 Empty
TB8A
TB8B
Y6
COM1+
10 Y8 10 COM1+ 10 Empty
TB8C Empty
TB9A Y7 11 Y9 11 COM1+ 11 Empty
TB9B COM1+
TB9C Empty 12 YA 12 COM1+ 12 Empty
TB10A Y8
TB10B COM1+ 13 YB 13 COM1+ 13 Empty
TB10C Empty
TB11A
TB11B
Y9
COM1+
14 YC 14 COM1+ 14 Empty
TB11C
TB12A
Empty
YA
15 YD 15 COM1+ 15 Empty
TB12B COM1+
TB12C Empty 16 YE 16 COM1+ 16 Empty
TB13A YB
TB13B COM1+ 17 YF 17 COM1+ 17 Empty
TB13C Empty
TB14A YC 18 Empty 18 COM2+ 18 COM2-
TB14B COM1+
TB14C Empty 19 Y10 19 COM2+ 19 Empty
TB15A YD
TB15B
TB15C
COM1+
Empty
20 Y11 20 COM2+ 20 Empty
TB16A
TB16B
YE
COM1+
21 Y12 21 COM2+ 21 Empty
TB16C Empty
L TB17A YF 22 Y13 22 COM2+ 22 Empty
TB17B COM1+
TB17C Empty 23 Y14 23 COM2+ 23 Empty
External power supply for output TB18A Empty
TB18B COM2+
Constant
voltage circuit 24 Y15 24 COM2+ 24 Empty
TB18C COM2-
L TB19A
TB19B
Y10
COM2+
25 Y16 25 COM2+ 25 Empty
TB19C
TB20A
Empty
Y11
26 Y17 26 COM2+ 26 Empty
TB20B COM2+
TB20C Empty 27 Y18 27 COM2+ 27 Empty
TB21A Y12
TB21B COM2+ 28 Y19 28 COM2+ 28 Empty
TB21C Empty
TB22A Y13 29 Y1A 29 COM2+ 29 Empty
TB22B COM2+
TB22C
TB23A
Empty 30 Y1B 30 COM2+ 30 Empty
Y14
TB23B
TB23C
COM2+
Empty
31 Y1C 31 COM2+ 31 Empty
TB24A Y15
TB24B COM2+ 32 Y1D 32 COM2+ 32 Empty
TB24C Empty
TB25A Y16 33 Y1E 33 COM2+ 33 Empty
TB25B COM2+
TB25C Empty 34 Y1F 34 COM2+ 34 Empty
TB26A Y17
TB26B COM2+
TB26C Empty
TB27A Y18
TB27B COM2+
TB27C Empty
TB28A Y19
TB28B COM2+
TB28C Empty
TB29A Y1A
TB29B COM2+
TB29C Empty
TB30A Y1B
TB30B COM2+
TB30C Empty
TB31A Y1C
TB31B COM2+
TB31C Empty
TB32A Y1D
TB32B COM2+
TB32C Empty
TB33A Y1E
TB33B COM2+
TB33C Empty
L TB34A Y1F 1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to
TB34B
TB34C
COM2+
Empty
empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

5 - 45 5 - 45
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
(IN) 2 DB
3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
(OUT) 2 DB
3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication

CONC
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1
1 FG
2 +24V(UNIT)
2
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
5 Empty
COND
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1
1 FG
2 +24V(UNIT)
2
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
One-touch connector
5 Empty
for power supply
and FG 1
Online connector
for power supply and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

Pin arrangement

NC Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF NC Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y18 Y19 Y1AY1BY1CY1DY1EY1F

1
2 COM1+ COM1+ COM2+ COM2+
3
4
5
COM1- NC COM2- NC

CON A B C D

A module view from the top

5 - 46 5 - 46
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.3 Sensor Connector (e-CON) Type Output Module

5.3.1 AJ65VBTCE2-8T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65VBTCE2-8T Surface shape
Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.1 A/point 0.8A/common
Max. inrush current 0.7 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.1 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A, 0.2 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and
overheat protection function
Response time OFF ON 1 ms or lower
ON OFF 1 ms or lower (resistive load)
CON ON
External power Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
1
supply for output Current 5 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) A 2
3
4
part Not including external load current 5
6
7
Surge suppressor Zener diode 8
9
B 10
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (sensor connector (e-con) type 2-wire type)
40 S
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points) 20
T
A
C 10 T
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4V D C (ripple ratio: within 5%) 8
I
O
4 N
power supply Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) 2 N
1 O.
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs, D 4 B
R
2 A
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition) 1
T
E

Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground A J65VBTCE2-8T
PW
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Insulation resistance Y0
L RUN
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP1XB L ERR.
Y1
Weight 0.10 kg 0
1
External Communication One-touch connector for communication Y2
2
wiring part [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type) 3
Y3 4
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P 5
< Option > Y4
6
7
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P
Power supply One-touch connector for power supply and FG Y5
part [I/O module power supply, Load power supply, External power supply for output and FG]
(5 pins pressure welding type) Y6
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD
Y7
< Option >
Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
I/O part Sensor connector (e-CON) [I/O signal]
(4 pins pressure welding type) The plug for the connector is sold separately 1
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Connector for
wire size communication Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110

Connector for 0.66 to 0.98 mm2 (18 AWG)

power supply [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]
and FG wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
Connector for I/O Sensor connecter (e-CON)
Plug for connector is sold separately 1
(Applicable wire size: 0.08 to 0.5 mm2, depending on the plug for connector)
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation

1: Refer to Section 1.6.2 for details.

5 - 47 5 - 47
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Pin No. Signal name
1 DA
CONA 2 DB
1
1 DA CON A,B 3 DG
LINK CABLE 2
(IN) 2 DB
3 4 Empty
3 DG
4 Empty
4 5 SLD
5
5 SLD
CONB
1 (FG)
1
LINK CABLE 2
1 DA 2 +24V (UNIT)
(OUT) 2 DB
3
3 DG CON C,D 3 24G (UNIT)
4 Empty
4 4 +24V (I/O)
5
One-touch connector 5 SLD
for communication
5 24G (I/O)
CONC Insulation Signal
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1
1 FG Pin No. Pin arrangement
2 name
2 +24V(UNIT) DC/DC
3 24G(UNIT) 1 +24V
3
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5 CON1 2 Empty
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
(Y0) 3 Empty
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1
1 FG 4 Y0
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3 24G(UNIT) 1 +24V
3
4
4 +24V(I/O) CON2 2 Empty
5 5 4 3 2 1
5 24G(I/O) CON
I/O POWER CABLE(OUT) (Y1) 3 Empty
A
One-touch connector for
CON1 4 Y1
power supply and FG 1
1 1 +24V B
2 Constant
3 voltage circuit CON3 2 Empty
L
4 (Y2) 3 Empty C

4 Y2
1 +24V D

CON4 2 Empty
4 3 2 1 CON
CON8 (Y3) 3 Empty
1 1
4 Y3
2
3 1 +24V 2
4 CON5
L 2 Empty 3
(Y4) 3 Empty
4
4 Y4
1 +24V 5

CON6 2 Empty 6
(Y5) 3 Empty
7
4 Y5
8
1 +24V
CON7 2 Empty
A module view from the top
(Y6) 3 Empty
4 Y6
1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power
1 +24V
supply and FG.
CON8 2 Empty
(Y7) 3 Empty
4 Y7

5 - 48 5 - 48
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4 Empty
4
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4 Empty
4
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication

CONC
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1
1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5 24G(I/O)
5
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1
1 FG
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT)
CABLE(OUT) 3
3 24G(UNIT)
4 +24V(I/O)
I/O POWER 4
CABLE(OUT) 5 24G(I/O)
5
One-touch connector
for power supply
and FG 1 Online connector
for power supply and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

5 - 49 5 - 49
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.3.2 AJ65VBTCE2-16T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65VBTCE2-16T Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.1 A/point 1.6A/common
Max. inrush current 0.7 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.1 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A, 0.2 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and
overheat protection function
Response time OFF ON 1 ms or lower
ON OFF 1 ms or lower (resistive load)
External power Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for output Current 10 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
part Not including external load current
Surge suppressor Zener diode

F
7
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (sensor connector (e-con) type 2-wire type)

AJ65VBTCE2-16T

E
6
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

D
5
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5%)
supply Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

C
4
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

B
3
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

A
2
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Insulation resistance

9
between all DC external terminals and ground

8
Protection of degree IP1XB

Y
Weight 0.10 kg
External Communication One-touch connector for communication

D
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
wiring part [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type)
PW L RUNL ERR.

system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P

C
< Option >
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P

B
ON

Power supply part One-touch connector for power supply and FG

B RATE STATION NO.
1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040

[I/O module power supply, Load power supply, External power supply for output and

CON A
FG] (5 pins pressure welding type)
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD
< Option >
Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
I/O part Sensor connector (e-CON) [I/O signal]
(4 pins pressure welding type) The plug for the connector is sold separately 1
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Connector for
wire size communication Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110

Connector for 0.66 to 0.98 mm2 (18 AWG)

power supply and [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]
FG wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
Connector for I/O Sensor connecter (e-CON)
Plug for connector is sold separately 1
(Applicable wire size: 0.08 to 0.5 mm2, depending on the plug for connector)
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation

1: Refer to Section 1.6.2 for details.

5 - 50 5 - 50
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

Pin No. Signal name

1 DA
CONA
1 2 DB
LINK CABLE
1 DA
2 CON A, B 3 DG
(IN) 2 DB
3
3 DG 4 Empty
4 Empty
4
5 5 SLD
5 SLD
CONB 1 (FG)
1
LINK CABLE
1 DA 2 +24V (UNIT)
2
(OUT) 2 DB
3
3 DG CON C, D 3 24G (UNIT)
4
5
4 Empty 4 +24V (I/O)
One-touch connector 5 SLD
5 24G (I/O)
for communication
CONC Insulation Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN)
2
1 FG 1 +24V 1 +24V
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
DC/DC CON1 2 Empty 1 CON9 2 Empty 1
4 (Y0) 3 Empty 2 (Y8) 3 Empty 2
4 +24V(I/O)
5
5 24G(I/O) 4 Y0 4 Y8
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1 1 +24V 1 +24V
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 FG
2 CON2 2 Empty 1 CON10 2 Empty 1
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT) (Y1) 3 Empty 2 (Y9) 3 Empty 2
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5
5 24G(I/O) 4 Y1 4 Y9
I/O POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 +24V 1 +24V
One-touch connector for
power supply and FG 3 CON1 CON3 2 Empty 1 CON11 2 Empty 1
1 (Y2) 3 Empty 2 (YA) 3 Empty 2
2 Constant
3 voltage circuit 4 Y2 4 YA
L
4 1 +24V 1 +24V
CON4 2 Empty 1 CON12 2 Empty 1
(Y3) 3 Empty 2 (YB) 3 Empty 2
2 1
4 Y3 4 YB
1 +24V 1 +24V
CON16
1 CON5 2 Empty 1 CON13 2 Empty 1
2 (Y4) 3 Empty 2 (YC) 3 Empty 2
3
4 Y4 4 YC
L 4
1 +24V 1 +24V
CON6 2 Empty 1 CON14 2 Empty 1
(Y5) 3 Empty 2 (YD) 3 Empty 2
4 Y5 4 YD
1 +24V 1 +24V
CON7 2 Empty 1 CON15 2 Empty 1
(Y6) 3 Empty 2 (YE) 3 Empty 2
4 Y6 4 YE
1: No.2 pins of CON1 to 16 are internally connected and unusable. 1 +24V 1 +24V
2: No.3 pins of CON1 to 16 are internally connected and unusable. CON8 2 Empty 1 CON16 2 Empty 1
3: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the (Y7) 3 Empty 2 (YF) 3 Empty 2
power supply and FG. 4 Y7 4 YF

5 - 51 5 - 51
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication
CONC
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1
1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1
1 FG
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT)
CABLE(OUT) 3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
I/O POWER 4 +24V(I/O)
CABLE(OUT) 5
5 24G(I/O)
One-touch connector
for power supply Online connector
and FG 1 for power supply and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

Pin arrangement
CON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1
2
3
4

1 CON 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2
3
4 1
2
5 3
4

CON A B C D
A module view from the top

5 - 52 5 - 52
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.4 One-Touch Connector Type Output Module

5.4.1 AJ65VBTCU2-8T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65VBTCU2-8T Surface shape
Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.1 A/point 0.8 A/common
Max. inrush current 0.7 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.1 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A, 0.2 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and
overheat protection function
Response time OFF ON 1 ms or lower
AJ65VBTCU2-8T
ON OFF 1 ms or lower (rated load, resistive load) CON
A
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
output part Current 5 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common)
CON
Not including external load current B
Surge suppressor Zener diode
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (one-touch connector plug 2-wire type) Y0 PW
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
L RUN
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %) Y1
Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) L ERR

Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs, Y2
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition) 0
1
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground Y3 2
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester 3
4
between all DC external terminals and ground 5
Y4
Protection of degree IP1XB 6
7
Weight 0.15 kg
Y5
External Communication part One-touch connector for communication
wiring [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type)
Y6
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P
<Option>
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P Y7
Power supply part One-touch connector for power supply and FG
[I/O module power supply, external power supply for output and FG]
(5 pins pressure welding type) CON
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD C
<Option>
Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
CON
I/O part One-touch connector for I/O D
(4 pins pressure welding type) The plug for the connector is sold separately
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Connector for
Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for power supply 0.66 to 0.98 mm2 (18 AWG)
and FG [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]
Wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
Connector for I/O • φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
[Applicable cable : 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
• φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable cable : 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 53 5 - 53
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

Pin arrangement Pin No. Signal name

1 DA
2 DB
CONA,
3 DG
B
CONA 4 Empty
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2 5 SLD
(IN)
2 DB
3
3 DG 1 Y0
4
4 Empty
5 2 Empty
5 SLD CON1
CONB 3 +24V
1
1 DA 4 Empty
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3 1 Y1
3 DG 5 4 3 2 1
4 2 Empty
4 Empty
5
5 SLD CONA CON2
One-touch connector 3 +24V
for communication
CONB 4 Empty
CONC Insulation
1 1 Y2
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2 4321
2 +24V(UNIT) 2 Empty
3 DC/DC
3 24G(UNIT) CON1 CON3
4 3 +24V
4 +24V(I/O)
5
5 24G(I/O) CON2 4 Empty
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND 1 Y3
1 CON3
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 FG
2 2 Empty
2 +24V(UNIT) CON4
3 Constant CON4
3 24G(UNIT) voltage circuit 3 +24V
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5 CON5 4 Empty
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 Y4
One-touch connector for
CON6
power supply and FG 1 CON1 2 Empty
CON5
L
1 CON7 3 +24V
2
3 CON8 4 Empty
4 1 Y5
5 4 3 2 1 2 Empty
CON6
CONC 3 +24V

COND 4 Empty
1 Y6
CON8
2 Empty
L
1 A module View CON7
2 from the top 3 +24V
3 4 Empty
4
1 Y7
2 Empty
CON8
3 +24V
4 Empty
1 (FG)
2 +24V (UNIT)
CON
3 24G (UNIT)
1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply C, D
4 +24V (I/O)
and FG.
5 24G (I/O)

5 - 54 5 - 54
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
LINK CABLE
1 DA
2
(IN) 2 DB
3
3 DG
4 Empty
4
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
LINK CABLE
1 DA
2
(OUT) 2 DB
3
3 DG
4 Empty
4
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication

CONC
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1
1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3 24G(UNIT)
3
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1
1 FG
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT)
3
CABLE(OUT) 3 24G(UNIT)
4
I/O POWER 4 +24V(I/O)
5 24G(I/O)
CABLE(OUT) 5
One-touch connector
for power supply
and FG 1
Online connector
for power supply and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

5 - 55 5 - 55
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.4.2 AJ65VBTCU2-16T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65VBTCU2-16T Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.1 A/point 1.6 A/common
Max. inrush current 0.7 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.1 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A, 0.2 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and
overheat protection function
Response time OFF ON 1 ms or lower
ON OFF 1 ms or lower (rated load, resistive load)
External power Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %) A J65VBTCU2-16T
supply for output Current 10 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) CON
part Not including external load current A

Surge suppressor Zener diode CON

Wiring method for common 16 points/common (one-touch connector plug 2-wire type) B

Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

PW
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) L RUN

Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs, L ERR

noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition) 0

Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground 1
2
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester 3
4
between all DC external terminals and ground 5
6
Protection of degree IP1XB 7
Weight 0.19 kg
External Communication One-touch connector for communication 8
9
wiring part [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type) A
B
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P C
D
<Option> E
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P Y0 Y7 Y8 YF F
Power supply part One-touch connector for power supply and FG CON
[I/O module power supply, external power supply for output and FG] C
(5 pins pressure welding type)
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD CON
D
<Option>
Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
I/O part One-touch connector for I/O
(4 pins pressure welding type) The plug for the connector is sold separately
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Connector for
Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for 2
0.66 to 0.98 mm (18 AWG)
power supply and [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]
FG Wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
Connector for I/O • φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
2
[Applicable cable : 0.14 to 0.2 mm ]
• φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable cable : 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 56 5 - 56
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Pin arrangement Pin No. Signal name
1 DA
2 DB
CON
3 DG
A, B
4 Empty
5 SLD
1 Y0
CON 2 Empty
1 3 +24V
4 Empty
1 Y1
CON 2 Empty
2 3 +24V
4 Empty
1 Y2
CON 2 Empty
3 3 +24V
CONA
1
1 DA
4 Empty
LINK CABLE 2 1 Y3
(IN) 2 DB
3 CON 2 Empty
3 DG
4
5
4 Empty 4 3 +24V
5 SLD 4 Empty
CONB 1 Y4
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
CON 2 Empty
(OUT) 3 5
3 DG 5 4 3 2 1
3 +24V
4
4 Empty 4 Empty
5
One-touch connector 5 SLD CONA 1 Y5
for communication
CONB CON 2 Empty
CONC Insulation 6
1 3 +24V
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG 4321 4321
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
4 Empty
3 DC/DC CON1 CON9
3 24G(UNIT) 1 Y6
4
4 +24V(I/O)
CON2 CON10
CON 2 Empty
5 24G(I/O)
5 7 3 +24V
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND CON3 CON11 4 Empty
1 FG
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 1 Y7
2 CON4 CON12
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT) Constant CON 2 Empty
4 voltage circuit
4 +24V(I/O) CON5 CON13 8 3 +24V
5
5 24G(I/O)
CON6 CON14 4 Empty
I/O POWER CABLE(OUT)
1 Y8
One-touch connector for CON7 CON15
power supply and FG 1 CON1 CON 2 Empty
1 9 3 +24V
L CON8 CON16
2 4 Empty
3
4
5 4 3 2 1 1 Y9
CON 2 Empty
CONC
10 3 +24V
COND
4 Empty
1 YA
CON 2 Empty
CON16 11 3 +24V
1
L
A module view 4 Empty
2
3 from the top 1 YB
4 CON 2 Empty
12 3 +24V
4 Empty
1 YC
CON 2 Empty
1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power 13 3 +24V
supply and FG. 4 Empty
1 YD
CON 2 Empty
14 3 +24V
4 Empty
1 YE
CON 2 Empty
15 3 +24V
4 Empty
1 YF
CON 2 Empty
16 3 +24V
4 Empty
1 (FG)
2 +24V (UNIT)
CON
3 24G (UNIT)
C, D
4 +24V (I/O)
5 24G (I/O)

5 - 57 5 - 57
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
(IN) 2 DB
3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
(OUT) 2 DB
3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication

CONC
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1
1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5 24G(I/O)
5
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1
1 FG
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT)
CABLE(OUT) 3
3 24G(UNIT)
4 +24V(I/O)
I/O POWER 4
CABLE(OUT) 5 24G(I/O)
5
One-touch connector
for power supply
and FG 1
Online connector
for power supply and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

5 - 58 5 - 58
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.4.3 AJ65SBTC1-32T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTC1-32T Surface shape
Number of output points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.1 A/point 3.2 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and
overheat protection function
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
External power supply for output Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
part Current 50 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common)

ON
Not including external load current

COM-
CTL+
Surge suppressor Zener diode

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (one-touch connector plug 1-wire type)

Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

STATION NO.
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y1A
Y1B
Y18
Y19
Current 60 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Y10-Y1F
Y0-YF

Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

YC
YD
YE
YF
Y1011121314 1516 17 Y18 19 1A1B1C1D1E1F
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

Y8 9 A B C D E F
between all DC external terminals and ground

YA
YB
Y8
Y9
A J65SBTC1-32T
Protection of degree IP2X

Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Weight 0.16 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:

Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module 59 to 88 N•cm
system power supply, FG] Applicable solderless terminals:

(FG)
24G
I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block 2 max.
[External power supply for I/O] DA DG +24V
SLD
I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal]
(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately)
DB

Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round

(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6
directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Communication part, Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
wire size I/O module power solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
supply part terminal • V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
I/O power supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
I/O part Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 59 5 - 59
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal
Pin arrangement Signal name
number
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
1 DA
2 DB
TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD TB6 (FG)
5 +24V
DC/DC TB7 24G
6 FG
7 24G Pin number Signal name
I/O module power 1 Y0
CON1
supply
1 2 Y1
L CON1
2 3 Y2
3 4 Y3
4
L
1 Y4
2 Y5
CON2
3 Y6
4 3 2 1 4 Y7
CON1 1 Y8
2 Y9
CON2 CON3
3 YA
CON3
4 YB
CON4
1 YC
CON8
CON5 2 YD
L
1 CON4
2 CON6 3 YE
3 4 YF
CON7
4
L 1 Y10
CON8
2 Y11
CON5
3 Y12
A module view
4 Y13
from the top.
1 Y14
2 Y15
CON6
3 Y16
External power 4 Y17
supply for output Constant
8 CTL+ voltage 1 Y18
circuit
9 COM- 2 Y19
CON7
3 Y1A
Load power supply 4 Y1B
L 1 Y1C
When external power supply 2 Y1D
8 CTL+ for output and load power supply CON8
3 Y1E
9 COM- are common.
4 Y1F
Terminal
Signal name
number
TB8 CLT+
TB9 COM-

5 - 60 5 - 60
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.4.4 AJ65SBTC1-32T1 transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65SBTC1-32T1 Surface shape
Number of output points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.1 A/point 3.2 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A, 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function None
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
External power supply for output Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
part Current 50 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common)
Not including external load current
Surge suppressor Zener diode

ON

COM-
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (one-touch connector plug 1-wire type)

CTL+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

STATION NO.
Current 60 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y1A
Y1B
Y18
Y19
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Y10-Y1F
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

Y0-YF

Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

YC
YD
YE
YF
Y1011121314 1516 17 Y18 19 1A1B1C1D1E1F
Y8 9 A B C D E F
between all DC external terminals and ground

YA
YB
Protection of degree IP2X

Y8
Y9
A J65SBTC1-32T1
Weight 0.16 kg

Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:

Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module 59 to 88 N•cm
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

system power supply, FG] Applicable solderless terminals:

(FG)
24G

I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block 2 max.

[External power supply for I/O]
DA DG +24V
SLD

I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal]

(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately)
DB

Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round

(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6
directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Communication part, Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
wire size I/O module power solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
supply part terminal • V2-MS3,RAP2-3SL,TGV2-3N
I/O power supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
I/O part Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 61 5 - 61
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal
Pin arrangement Signal name
number
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
1 DA
TB4 SLD
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD TB6 (FG)
5 +24V TB7 24G
DC/DC
6 FG
Pin number Signal name
7 24G
I/O module power 1 Y0
CON1
supply 2 Y1
L
1 CON1
2 3 Y2
3 4 Y3
4
L 1 Y4
2 Y5
CON2
3 Y6
4 3 2 1 4 Y7
CON1 1 Y8
2 Y9
CON2 CON3
3 YA
CON3
4 YB
CON4
1 YC
CON8
CON5 2 YD
L
1 CON4
2 CON6 3 YE
3 4 YF
CON7
L
4 1 Y10
CON8
2 Y11
CON5
A module view 3 Y12
from the top. 4 Y13
1 Y14
2 Y15
CON6
3 Y16
External power
supply for output 4 Y17
Constant 1 Y18
8 CTL+ voltage
circuit
9 COM- 2 Y19
CON7
3 Y1A
Load power supply
4 Y1B
L 1 Y1C
When external power supply
for output and load power supply
2 Y1D
8 CTL+ CON8
are common. 3 Y1E
9 COM-
4 Y1F
Terminal
Signal name
number
TB8 CLT+
TB9 COM-

5 - 62 5 - 62
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.5 FCN Connector Type Output Module

5.5.1 AJ65SBTCF1-32T type transistor output module (Sink type)
Form Triac output module
Item AJ65SBTCF1-32T Surface shape
Number of output points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 26.4 VDC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.1 A/point 3.2 A/common
Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.1 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A, 0.2 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Output form Sink type
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function,
overheat protection function

ON
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF NC NC CTL+ CTL+
B RATE

Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y18 Y19 Y1A Y1B Y1C Y1D Y1E Y1F NC NC COM- COM-
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
output part Current 50 mA or lower (TYP.24 V DC/common) Not including external load current

STATION NO.
Surge suppressor Zener diode
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (FCN connector 1-wire type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y10-Y1F
Current 60 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y0-YF
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

Y10 11 1213 1415 1617 Y18191A1B1C1D1E1F

Y8 9 A B C D E F
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

A J65SBTCF1-32T
between all DC external terminals and ground
Weight 0.15kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:

Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
wiring I/O module power supply [Transmission circuit, I/O module power 59 to 88 N•cm
system part supply, FG] Applicable solderless terminals:

(FG)
24G
2 max.
I/O power supply part, 40-pin connector [External power supply for I/O, I/O signal]

+24V
I/O part (A6CON1,A6CON2,A6CON3,A6CON4)

SLD
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round

DG
(tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)

DB
DA
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Communication Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
2
wire size part, I/O module solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
power supply terminal • V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
2
I/O power supply part, 0.3 mm (22AWG) or lower (For A6CON 1and A6CON4)
I/O part 0.2 to 0.08 mm2 (24 to 28AWG) (For A6CON2)
2
0.08 mm (28AWG) stranded cable,
φ0.25 mm (30AWG) single cable (For A6CON3)
Applicable connector/terminal block
A6TBXY36, A6TBXY54
converter unit
Accessory User's Manual

5 - 63 5 - 63
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal
Pin arrangement Signal name
number
TB1 DA
1 DA TB2 DB
2 DB
TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD
TB4 SLD
5 +24V TB5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG TB6 (FG)
A1 B1
I/O module power
7 24G A2 B2 TB7 24G
supply A3 B3 Pin Signal Pin Signal
A4 B4 No. name No. name
L B20 Y0 A5 B5
B19 Y1 A6 B6 B20 Y0 A20 Y10
B18 Y2 A7 B7 B19 Y1 A19 Y11
B17 Y3 A8 B8 B18 Y2 A18 Y12
B16 Y4 A9 B9
A10 B10 B17 Y3 A17 Y13
B15 Y5
A11 B11 B16 Y4 A16 Y14
B14 Y6
A12 B12 B15 Y5 A15 Y15
B13 Y7 A13 B13
B12 Y8 A14 B14 B14 Y6 A14 Y16
B11 Y9 A15 B15 B13 Y7 A13 Y17
B10 YA A16 B16 B12 Y8 A12 Y18
B9 YB A17 B17
A18 B18 B11 Y9 A11 Y19
B8 YC
A19 B19 B10 YA A10 Y1A
B7 YD
A20 B20 B9 YB A9 Y1B
B6 YE
B5 YF B8 Y0 A8 Y1C
A20 Y10 B7 YD A7 Y1D
A19 Y11 B6 YE A6 Y1E
A18 Y12 A module view B5 YF A5 Y1F
A17 Y13
from the top B4 Empty A4 Empty
A16 Y14
A15 Y15 B3 Empty A3 Empty
A14 Y16 B2 CTL+ A2 COM-
A13 Y17 B1 CTL+ A1 COM-
A12 Y18
A11 Y19
A10 Y1A
A9 Y1B
A8 Y1C
A7 Y1D
A6 Y1E
L A5 Y1F
Constant
External power B1,2 CTL+ voltage
circuit
supply for output A1,2 COM-

Load power supply

L
When external power supply
B1,2 CTL+ for output and load power supply
A1,2 COM- are common.

5 - 64 5 - 64
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.6 Waterproof Type Output Module

5.6.1 AJ65FBTA2-16T transistor output module (Sink type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65FBTA2-16T Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 28.8 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 0.5 A/point 4.0 A/common
Max. load inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.15 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.25 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A AJ65FBTA2-16T

Output form Sink type

Protect function overload protection function, overheat protection function Y8
Y9
YA
YB

Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower YC

YD
YE
YF

ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

External power supply Voltage 10.2 to 28.8 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
for output part Current 20 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) Not including external load current
Surge suppressor Zener diode
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (waterproof connector 2-wire type) Y
Y
Y
Y
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16points)
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) Y
Y
Y
Y

Noise durability DC type noise withstand voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Y Y
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground Y Y

Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

between all DC external terminals and ground
Y Y
Protection of degree IP67 Y Y

Weight 0.40 kg
Accessory User's Manual
Option Waterproof cap: A6CAP-WP2
Other connected protection Refer to Section 1.6.1

5 - 65 5 - 65
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Pin arrangement Communication connector
Pin
LINK IN LINK OUT
No.
LINK IN
4 1 SLD SLD
2
2 DB DB
3
1 3 DG DG
4 DA DA
110
5 No pins Empty
130 Communication
LINK OUT circuit Power connector
4
2 Pin
LINK IN UNIT POWER AUX.
3 Terminal No.
1 resistance Male 1 +24V(UNIT) +24V(I/O)
5 select 2 1
switch 3 4 2 Empty Empty
3 24G(UNIT) 24G(I/O)
4 Empty Empty
Insulation LINK OUT
5 FG FG
UNIT POWER Female
1 I/O connector
1 2
3 DC/DC 4 5
3 Signal Signal
5 Pin No. Pin No.
2 name name
4 UNIT POWER/AUX. 1 +24V 1 +24V
Unit mounting
screw(FG) 2 Y1 2 Y9
Male Y0 Y8
2 1 Y1 3 Empty Y9 3 Empty
5
Costant voltage 3 4
4 Y0 4 Y8
AUX. circuit
1
3 5 Empty 5 Empty
5 I/O connector 1 +24V 1 +24V
2 Female 2 Y3 2 YB
4 1 2 Y2 YA
4 5 Y3 3 Empty YB 3 Empty
3
4 Y2 4 YA
I/O connector 5 Empty 5 Empty
Load power 1 +24V 1 +24V
4 Front view
L
2 2 Y5 2 YD
L Y4 YC
1 Y5 3 Empty YD 3 Empty
3 4 Y4 4 YC
5
5 Empty 5 Empty
1 +24V 1 +24V
2 Y7 2 YF
Y6 YE
Y7 3 Empty YF 3 Empty
4 Y6 4 YE
5 Empty 5 Empty

Load power
L
4
L
2
1
3
5

5 - 66 5 - 66
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

5.6.2 AJ65FBTA2-16TE transistor output module (Source type)

Form Transistor output module

Item AJ65FBTA2-16TE Surface shape
Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Operating load voltage range 10.2 to 28.8 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. load current 1.0 A/point 4.0 A/common
Max. load inrush current 2.0 A 10 ms or lower
Leakage current at OFF 0.3 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.15 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A, 0.25 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
AJ65FBTA2-16TE
Output form Source type
Protection function overload protection function, overheat protection function PROTECT
Y8
Y9

Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

YA
YB
YC
YD

ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YE
YF

External power supply for Voltage 10.2 to 28.8 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
output part Current 30 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Not including external load current
Surge suppressor Zener diode
Y Y

Wiring method for common 16 points/common (waterproof connector 2-wire type) Y Y

Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %) Y Y
Y Y
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise withstand voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition) Y Y
Y Y
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground Y
Y
Y
Y

Protection of degree IP67

Weight 0.40 kg
Accessory User's Manual
Option Waterproof cap: A6CAP-WP2
Other connected protection Refer to Section 1.6.1

5 - 67 5 - 67
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Pin arrangement Communication connector
Pin
LINK IN LINK OUT
LINK IN No.
4
1 SLD SLD
2
3 2 DB DB
1 3 DG DG
110 Communication 4 DA DA
circuit 5 No pins Empty
LINK OUT 130
4 Power connector
2 Pin
3 Terminal UNIT POWER AUX.
resistance
No.
1 LINK IN
5 select switch 1 +24V(UNIT) +24V(I/O)
Male
2 1 2 Empty Empty
3 4
3 24G(UNIT) 24G(I/O)
Insulation 4 Empty Empty
UNIT POWER LINK OUT 5 FG FG
1
DC/DC Female I/O connector
3
1 2
5 4 5
3 Signal Signal
2 Pin No. Pin No.
name name
4
Unit mounting 1 Empty 1 Empty
UNIT POWER/AUX.
screw(FG)
Male 2 Y1 2 Y9
Costant voltage Y0 Y8
circuit 2 5
1
Y1 3 24G Y9 3 24G
AUX. 3 4
1 4 Y0 4 Y8
3
5 Empty 5 Empty
5 I/O connector
2 1 Empty 1 Empty
Female
4 1 2 2 Y3 2 YB
4 5
3 Y2 YA
Y3 3 24G YB 3 24G
4 Y2 4 YA
5 Empty 5 Empty
I/O connector Front view
1 Empty 1 Empty
Load power
L
4 2 Y5 2 YD
2 Y4 YC
L
Y5 3 24G YD 3 24G
1
3 4 Y4 4 YC
5 5 Empty 5 Empty
1 Empty 1 Empty
2 Y7 2 YF
Y6 YE
Y7 3 24G YF 3 24G
4 Y6 4 YE
5 Empty 5 Empty

Load power
L
4
L
2
1
3
5

5 - 68 5 - 68
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES

This chapter describes the specifications for a combined module that can be
connected to the CC-Link system.

6.1 Terminal Block Type Combined Module

6.1.1 AJ65SBTB32-8DT combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB32-8DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 4 points Number of output points 4 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current 0.5 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 1.2 A/common
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Output form Sink type
Approx. 3.3 kΩ Protection function Overload protection function,
overvoltage protection function,
overheat protection function

COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ DC24G

DC24V
B RATE
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YB
STATION NO.
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

YA
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y9
supply for Current 14.6 mA or lower
6

ON

Y8
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Not including external load current

X3
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

X2
AJ65SBTB32-8DT
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (Terminal block 3-wire type: Input Terminal block 2-wire type: output)

X1
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
X0
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X0 1 2 3 Y8 9 A B

supply Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) (FG)

24G

Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
+24V

noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

SLD

Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
DG
DB

Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

DA

between all DC external terminals and ground

Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
• RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
Applicable solderless terminal
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual

6-1 6-1
 6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal
Signal name
number
TB1 DA
1 DA
TB2 DB
2 DB
Insulation TB3 DG
3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V TB5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG TB6 (FG)
7 24G TB7 24G
I/O module
power supply TB8 X0
8 X0 TB9 COM+
3-wire type
sensor 9 COM+ TB10 X1
10 X1 TB11 COM-
11 COM- TB12 X2
12 X2
TB13 COM+
13 COM+
TB14 X3
14 X3
15 COM- TB15 COM-
L 16 Y8 TB16 X8
17 COM+ TB17 COM+
18 Y9 TB18 X9
19 COM+
TB19 COM+
20 YA
TB20 XA
21 COM+
22 YB TB21 COM+
Constant voltage
23 COM+ circuit TB22 YB
24 DC24V TB23 COM+
25 DC24G TB24 DC24V
External power supply
for output TB25 DC24G

6-2 6-2
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.2 AJ65SBTB32-8DT2 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB32-8DT2 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 4 points Number of output points 4 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current 0.5 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 1.2 A/common
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Output form Sink type
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ
Protection function None

COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ DC24G

DC24V
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YB
STATION NO.
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

YA
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for Current 14.6 mA or lower

Y9
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

ON

Y8
Not including external load current

X3
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode
Wiring method for common 8 points/common (terminal block 3-wire type: Input Terminal block 2-wire type: output)

X2
AJ65SBTB32-8DT2
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)

X1
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply

X0
Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X0 1 2 3 Y8 9 A B
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

(FG)
24G
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

DA DG +24V
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

DB SLD
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual

6-3 6-3
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module TB8 X0
power supply TB9 COM+
8 X0 TB10 X1
3-wire type
sensor 9 COM+ TB11 COM-
10 X1 TB12 X2
11 COM-
TB13 COM+
12 X2
TB14 X3
13 COM+
14 X3 TB15 COM-
15 COM- TB16 X8
L 16 Y8 TB17 COM+
17 COM+ TB18 X9
18 Y9 TB19 COM+
19 COM+
TB20 XA
20 YA
TB21 COM+
21 COM+
22 YB TB22 YB
23 COM+ Constant voltage
circuit
TB23 COM+
24 DC24V TB24 DC24V
25 DC24G TB25 DC24G
External power supply
for output

6-4 6-4
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.3 AJ65SBTB1-16DT combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module
Item AJ65SBTB1-16DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.5 A/point 2.4A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Output form Sink type
Protection function Overload protection function,
Approx. 3.3 k Ω
overvoltage protection function,

YF COM-
overheat protection function

YE COM+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time

YD
STATION NO.
ON OFF ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YC
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

YB
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

YA
Y9
supply for Current 17.8 mA or lower

ON

Y8
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X7
X6
Not including external load current

Y8 9 A B C D E F

X5
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

X4
AJ65SBTB1-16DT

X3
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

X2
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

X1
X0
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

(FG)
24G
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

+24V
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

SLD
DA DG
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

DB
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

6-5 6-5
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB8 X0
TB9 X1
8 X0 TB10 X2
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2
TB12 X4
11 X3
TB13 X5
12 X4
13 X5 TB14 X6
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7 TB16 X8
L 16 Y8 TB17 X9
17 Y9 TB18 XA
18 YA
TB19 XB
19 YB
TB20 XC
20 YC
21 YD TB21 XD
22 YE TB22 XE
23 YF TB23 XF
TB24 COM+
TB25 COM-
Constant
voltage circuit
24 COM+
External power
25 COM-
supply for output
Load power supply

L
When external power supply for
output and load power supply
24 COM+ are common.
25 COM-

6-6 6-6
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.4 AJ65SBTB1-16DT1 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module
Item AJ65SBTB1-16DT1 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current 0.5 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 2.4 A/common
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3.0 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Output form Sink type
Approx. 4.7 k Ω Protection function Overload protection function,
overvoltage protection function,

YF COM-
YE COM+
overheat protection function

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Response time OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

YD
0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time

STATION NO.
ON OFF ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YC
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

YB
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

YA
Y9
supply for Current 17.8 mA or lower

ON

Y8
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X7
X6
Not including external load current

Y8 9 A B C D E F

X5
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

X4
AJ65SBTB1-16DT1
X3
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

X2
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

X1
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X0
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
supply Current 55 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

(FG)
24G
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

+24V
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

SLD
DA DG
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

DB
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual

6-7 6-7
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB8 X0
TB9 X1
8 X0 TB10 X2
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2
TB12 X4
11 X3
TB13 X5
12 X4
13 X5 TB14 X6
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7 TB16 X8
L 16 Y8 TB17 X9
17 Y9 TB18 XA
18 YA
TB19 XB
19 YB
TB20 XC
20 YC
21 YD TB21 XD
22 YE TB22 XE
23 YF TB23 XF
TB24 COM+
TB25 COM-
Constant
voltage circuit
24 COM+
External power
25 COM-
supply for output
Load power supply

L
When external power supply for
output and load power supply
24 COM+ are common.
25 COM-

6-8 6-8
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.5 AJ65SBTB1-16DT2 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module
Item AJ65SBTB1-16DT2 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.5 A/point 2.5A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Output form Sink type
Approx. 3.3 k Ω
Protection function None

COM-
COM+
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

YF
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YE
YD
STATION NO.
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

YC
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

YB
supply for Current 17.8 mA or lower

YA
Y9
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

ON

Y8
Not including external load current

X7
X6
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

Y8 9 A B C D E F

X5
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

X4
AJ65SBTB1-16DT2

X3
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

X2
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X1
supply

X0
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

(FG)
24G
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

+24V
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

SLD
DA DG
between all DC external terminals and ground

DB
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 78 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual

6-9 6-9
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB8 X0
TB9 X1
8 X0 TB10 X2
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2
TB12 X4
11 X3
TB13 X5
12 X4
13 X5 TB14 X6
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7 TB16 X8
L 16 Y8 TB17 X9
17 Y9 TB18 XA
18 YA
TB19 XB
19 YB
TB20 XC
20 YC
21 YD TB21 XD
22 YE TB22 XE
23 YF TB23 XF
TB24 COM+
TB25 COM-

Constant
24 COM+ voltage circuit
External power 25 COM-
supply for output
Load power supply

L When external power supply for

24 COM+ output and load power supply
are common.
25 COM-

6 - 10 6 - 10
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.6 AJ65SBTB1-16DT3 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module
Item AJ65SBTB1-16DT3 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current 0.5 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 2.4 A/common
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3.0 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Output form Sink type
Approx. 4.7 k Ω
Protection function None

COM-
COM+
Response time OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

YF
ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YE
YD
STATION NO.
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

YC
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

YB
supply for Current 17.8 mA or lower

YA
Y9
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

ON

Y8
Not including external load current

X7
X6
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

Y8 9 A B C D E F

X5
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

X4
AJ65SBTB1-16DT3

X3
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

X2
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X1
supply

X0
Current 55 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

(FG)
24G
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

+24V
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

SLD
DA DG
between all DC external terminals and ground

DB
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 18-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 11 6 - 11
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G
TB8 X0
I/O module power supply
TB9 X1
8 X0 TB10 X2
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2
TB12 X4
11 X3
TB13 X5
12 X4
13 X5 TB14 X6
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7 TB16 X8
L 16 Y8 TB17 X9
17 Y9 TB18 XA
18 YA
TB19 XB
19 YB
TB20 XC
20 YC
21 YD TB21 XD
22 YE TB22 XE
23 YF TB23 XF
TB24 COM+
TB25 COM-
Constant
voltage circuit
24 COM+
External power
supply for output 25 COM-

Load power supply

When external power supply

L
for output and load power supply
24 COM+ are common.
25 COM-

6 - 12 6 - 12
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.7 AJ65SBTB32-16DT combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB32-16DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current 0.5 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 2.4 A/common
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower

COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ DC24G
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,

DC24V
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A

YF
Input resistance Output form Sink type

STATION NO.

YE
Approx. 3.3 k Ω Protection function Overload protection function,
overvoltage protection function,

YD
overheat protection function

ON

YC
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

YB
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YA
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y9
supply for Current 17.8 mA or lower

Y8
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X7
Not including external load current
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

X6
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 3-wire type :Input Terminal block 2-wire type: output)

X5
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

X4
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply

X3
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y8 9 A B C D E F
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X2
AJ65SBTB32-16DT
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X1
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

X0
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
between all DC external terminals and ground

(FG)
24G
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.25 kg

+24V
SLD
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

DG
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

DB
DA
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 13 6 - 13
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
TB3 DG
2 DB
TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G TB8 X0
I/O module
power supply TB9 COM+
8 X0 TB10 X1
3-wire type 9 COM+ TB11 COM-
sensor
10 X1 TB12 X2
11 COM- TB13 COM+
12 X2
TB14 X3
13 COM+
TB15 COM-
14 X3
15 COM- TB16 X4
16 X4 TB17 COM+
17 COM+ TB18 X5
18 X5 TB19 COM-
19 COM- TB20 X6
20 X6
TB21 COM+
21 COM+
22 X7 TB22 X7
23 COM- TB23 COM-
L 24 Y8 TB24 Y8
25 COM+ TB25 COM+
26 Y9 TB26 Y9
27 COM+
TB27 COM+
28 YA
TB28 YA
29 COM+
30 YB TB29 COM+
31 COM+ TB30 YB
32 YC TB31 COM+
33 COM+ TB32 YC
34 YD TB33 COM+
35 COM+
TB34 YD
36 YE
TB35 COM+
37 COM+
38 YF TB36 YE
39 COM+ TB37 COM+
Constant
40 DC24V voltage circuit TB38 YF
41 DC24G TB39 COM+
External power supply
for output TB40 DC24V
TB41 DC24G

6 - 14 6 - 14
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.8 AJ65SBTB32-16DT2 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB32-16DT2 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current 0.5 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 2.4 A/common
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower

COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ DC24G
DC24V
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A

YF
STATION NO.
Input resistance Output form Sink type

YE
Approx. 3.3 k Ω
Protection function None

YD
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

ON

YC
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

YB
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

YA
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for Current 17.8 mA or lower

Y9
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y8
Not including external load current

X7
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

X6
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 3-wire type: Input Terminal block 2-wire type: output)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

X5
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X4
supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X3
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

Y8 9 A B C D E F

AJ65SBTB32-16DT2
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X2
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

X1
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X0
between all DC external terminals and ground

PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Protection of degree IP2X

(FG)
24G
Weight 0.25 kg

+24V
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

SLD
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

DG
DB
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DA
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 15 6 - 15
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
TB3 DG
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G TB8 X0
I/O module
power supply TB9 COM+
8 X0 TB10 X1
3-wire type 9 COM+ TB11 COM-
sensor
10 X1 TB12 X2
11 COM-
TB13 COM+
12 X2
TB14 X3
13 COM+
14 X3 TB15 COM-
15 COM- TB16 X4
16 X4 TB17 COM+
17 COM+ TB18 X5
18 X5 TB19 COM-
19 COM-
TB20 X6
20 X6
TB21 COM+
21 COM+
22 X7 TB22 X7
23 COM- TB23 COM-
L 24 Y8 TB24 Y8
25 COM+ TB25 COM+
26 Y9 TB26 Y9
27 COM+
TB27 COM+
28 YA
TB28 YA
29 COM+
30 YB TB29 COM+
31 COM+ TB30 YB
32 YC TB31 COM+
33 COM+ TB32 YC
34 YD TB33 COM+
35 COM+
TB34 YD
36 YE
TB35 COM+
37 COM+
38 YF TB36 YE
39 COM+ TB37 COM+
Constant
Control voltage
40 DC24V voltage
circuit circuit TB38 YF
41 DC24G TB39 COM+
External power supply
for output TB40 DC24V
TB41 DC24G

6 - 16 6 - 16
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.9 AJ65SBTB32-16KDT2 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB32-16KDT2 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 20.4 to 28.8 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 20.4 to 28.8 V DC Max. load current 0.5 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 2.4 A/common
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/4 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
5.5 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Output form Sink type
Approx. 3.0 k Ω
Protection function None
Response time Input Response OFF ON
response 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 5 ms 10 ms time
speed
0.5 ms or lower
OFF ON 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 10 ms
5 ms or
or or or
lower
lower lower lower
ON OFF 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 10 ms ON OFF
5 ms or
or or or 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
lower
lower lower lower
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for Current 10 mA or lower
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Not including external load current
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 3-wire type: Input Terminal block 2-wire type: output)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply Current 55 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.26 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 17 6 - 17
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
1 DA TB4 SLD
2 DB
TB5 +24V
3 DG Insulation
TB6 (FG)
4 SLD
5 +24V TB7 24G
DC/DC
6 FG TB8 X0
7 24G
TB9 COM+
I/O module power supply
TB10 X1
TB11 COM-
3 wire 8 X0
9 COM+ TB12 X2
type sensor
10 X1 TB13 COM+
11 COM-
2 wire TB14 X3
12 X2
type sensor TB15 COM-
13 COM+
14 X3 TB16 X4
15 COM- TB17 COM+
16 X4
TB18 X5
17 COM+
18 X5 TB19 COM-
19 COM- TB20 X6
20 X6 TB21 COM+
21 COM+
TB22 X7
22 X7
23 COM- TB23 COM-
L 24 Y8 TB24 Y8
25 COM+ TB25 COM+
26 Y9
TB26 Y9
27 COM+
28 YA TB27 COM+
29 COM+ TB28 YA
30 YB
TB29 COM+
31 COM+
TB30 YB
32 YC
33 COM+ TB31 COM+
34 YD TB32 YC
35 COM+
TB33 COM+
36 YE
37 COM+ TB34 YD
38 YF TB35 COM+
39 COM+ TB36 YE
Constant
40 DC24V voltage circuit TB37 COM+
41 DC24G
TB38 YF
TB39 COM+
TB40 DC24V
TB41 DC24G

6 - 18 6 - 18
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.10 AJ65SBTB32-16KDT8 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB32-16KDT8 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 12 V DC Rated load voltage 12 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 10.2 to 14.4 V DC
Approx. 11 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 10.2 to 14.4 V DC Max. load current 0.5 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 2.4 A/common
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 5.6 V or higher/4 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
2.4 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Output form Sink type
Approx. 1.0 k Ω
Protection function None
Response time Input Response OFF ON
response 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 5 ms 10 ms time
speed
0.5 ms or lower
OFF ON 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 10 ms
5 ms or
or or or
lower
lower lower lower
ON OFF 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 10 ms ON OFF
5 ms or
or or or 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
lower
lower lower lower
External Voltage 10.2 to 14.4 V DC
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for Current 10 mA or lower
output part (when 12 V DC, all points ON)
Not including external load current
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (terminal block 3-wire type: Input Terminal block 2-wire type: output)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply Current 55 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.26 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 19 6 - 19
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
1 DA
TB1 DA
2 DB
TB2 DB
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD TB3 DG
5 +24V TB4 SLD
DC/DC
6 FG
TB5 +24V
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB6 (FG)
TB7 24G
8 X0 TB8 X0
3 wire 9 COM+ TB9 COM+
type sensor 10 X1
TB10 X1
11 COM-
2 wire 12 X2 TB11 COM-
type sensor 13 COM+ TB12 X2
14 X3 TB13 COM+
15 COM-
TB14 X3
16 X4
17 COM+ TB15 COM-
18 X5 TB16 X4
19 COM-
TB17 COM+
20 X6
21
TB18 X5
COM+
22 X7 TB19 COM-
23 COM- TB20 X6
L 24 Y8
TB21 COM+
25 COM+
26 Y9 TB22 X7
27 COM+ TB23 COM-
28 YA TB24 Y8
29 COM+
TB25 COM+
30 YB
31 COM+ TB26 Y9
32 YC TB27 COM+
33 COM+ TB28 YA
34 YD
TB29 COM+
35 COM+
36 YE TB30 YB
37 COM+ TB31 COM+
38 YF TB32 YC
External power
39 COM+
supply for output Constant TB33 COM+
40 DC12V
voltage circuit
41 DC12G TB34 YD
TB35 COM+
TB36 YE
TB37 COM+
TB38 YF
TB39 COM+
TB40 DC12V
TB41 DC12G

6 - 20 6 - 20
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.11 AJ65SBTB32-16DR combined module

Form DC input relay output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB32-16DR Surface shape
Input Output
Number of output points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Relay
Rated input voltage Rated load voltage 24 V DC (resistive load)
24 V DC 240 V AC (cos =1)
2 A/point 4A/common
Rated input current Number of simultaneous
Approx. 7 mA All points
ON points
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4V DC Min. open/close load
5 V DC/1 mA
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input Max. switching voltage
100 % 264 V AC 125 V DC
points
ON voltage/ON current Service life Mechanical More than 20 million times
Electrical Rated switching voltage/current
loads 100 thousand times or more
200 V AC 1.5 A, 240 V AC 1 A
14 V or higher/ (cosφ =0.7):100 thousand times or
3.5 mA or higher more200 V AC 1 A, 240 V AC 0.5 A
(cosφ =0.35):100 thousand times
or more24 V DC 1 A, 100 V DC 0.1
A (L/R=7ms): 100 thousand times
or more
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower Max. switching frequency
Input resistance 3600 times/hour
Approx. 3.3 kΩ

Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower Response OFF ON

10 ms or lower
(when 24 V DC) time
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower ON OFF
12 ms or lower
(when 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 8 points/common Wiring method for 4 points/common
(terminal block 3-wire type) common (terminal block 2-wire type)
Input form Positive/Negative common Surge suppressor
shared type None
(sink/source shared type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply Current 85 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability AC type noise voltage 1500 Vp-p, DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 2830 V AC rms/3 cycles between all AC external terminals and ground
(2000 m above sea level)
500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all AC external terminals and ground
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP1X
Weight 0.28 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module mounting screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 21 6 - 21
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal No. Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA TB3 DG
2 DB TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation
TB5 +24V
4 SLD
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G TB8 X0
I/O module power supply
TB9 COM1A
TB10 X1
8 X0 TB11 COM1B
3-Wire type 9 COM1A TB12 X2
10 X1 TB13 COM1A
11 COM1B
TB14 X3
2-Wire type 12 X2
13 COM1A TB15 COM1B
14 X3 TB16 X4
15 COM1B
TB17 COM1A
16 X4
TB18 X5
17 COM1A
18 X5 TB19 COM1B
19 COM1B TB20 X6
20 X6
TB21 COM1A
21 COM1A
22 X7
TB22 X7
23 COM1B TB23 COM1B
24 DC24A TB24 DC24A
25 DC24B
TB25 DC24B
L 26 Y8
27 COM2B TB26 Y8
RA
L 28 Y9 TB27 COM2B
29 COM2B TB28 Y9
L 30 YA
RA
TB29 COM2B
31 COM2B
L 32 YB TB30 YA
External power supply for output 33 COM2A TB31 COM2B
L 34 YC TB32 YB
35 COM3B RA
TB33 COM2A
L 36 YD
37 COM3B TB34 YC
L 38 YE TB35 COM3B
39 COM3B RA
TB36 YD
L 40 YF
External power supply for output 41 COM3A
TB37 COM3B
TB38 YE
TB39 COM3B
TB40 YF
TB41 COM3A

6 - 22 6 - 22
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.12 AJ65SBTB32-16KDR combined module

Form DC input relay output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB32-16KDR Surface shape
Input Output
Number of output points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Relay
Rated input voltage Rated load voltage 24 V DC (resistive load)
24 V DC 240 V AC (cos =1)
2 A/point 4A/common
Rated input current Number of simultaneous
Approx. 7 mA All points
ON points
Operating voltage range 20.4 to 28.8V DC Min. open/close load
5 V DC/1 mA
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON Max. switching voltage
100 % 264 V AC 125 V DC
input points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/ Service life Mechanical
More than 20 million times
4 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current Electrical
5.5 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower Rated switching voltage/current
Input resistance loads 100 thousand times or more
Approx. 3.3 kΩ 200 V AC 1.5 A, 240 V AC 1 A
Response Input (cosφ =0.7):100 thousand times or
more200 V AC 1 A, 240 V AC 0.5 A
time response 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 5 ms 10 ms
(cosφ =0.35):100 thousand times
speed
or more24 V DC 1 A, 100 V DC 0.1
OFF ON 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 5 ms 10 ms A (L/R=7ms): 100 thousand times
or or or or or more
lower lower lower lower
ON OFF 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 5 ms 10 ms Max.
or or or or switching 3600 times/hour
lower lower lower lower frequency
Wiring method for common Response OFF ON
8 points/common 10 ms or lower
time
(terminal block 3-wire type)
ON OFF 12 ms or lower
Input form Wiring method for 4 points/common
Positive/Negative common
common (terminal block 2-wire type)
shared type
(sink/source shared type) Surge suppressor
None

Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply Current 100 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability AC type noise voltage 1500 Vp-p, DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 2830 V AC rms/3 cycles between all AC external terminals and ground (2000 m above sea level)
500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all AC external terminals and ground
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP1X
Weight 0.29 kg
External Communication 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring part, I/O module M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system power supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module mounting screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 23 6 - 23
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal No. Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA TB3 DG
2 DB TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation
TB5 +24V
4 SLD
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC TB7 24G
6 FG
7 24G TB8 X0
I/O module power supply
TB9 COM1A
TB10 X1
8 X0
TB11 COM1B
3-wire type sensor 9 COM1A TB12 X2
10 X1 TB13 COM1A
11 COM1B
TB14 X3
2-wire type sensor 12 X2
13 COM1A TB15 COM1B
14 X3 TB16 X4
15 COM1B TB17 COM1A
16 X4
TB18 X5
17 COM1A
18 X5 TB19 COM1B
19 COM1B TB20 X6
20 X6 TB21 COM1A
21 COM1A
TB22 X7
22 X7
23 COM1B TB23 COM1B
24 DC24A TB24 DC24A
25 DC24B
TB25 DC24B
L 26 Y8
27 COM2B
TB26 Y8
RA
L 28 Y9 TB27 COM2B
29 COM2B TB28 Y9
L 30 YA
RA
TB29 COM2B
External power 31 COM2B
supply for output L 32 YB TB30 YA
33 COM2A TB31 COM2B
L 34 YC TB32 YB
35 COM3B RA
TB33 COM2A
L 36 YD
37 COM3B TB34 YC
L 38 YE TB35 COM3B
External power 39 COM3B RA
TB36 YD
supply for output L 40 YF
TB37 COM3B
41 COM3A
TB38 YE
TB39 COM3B
TB40 YF
TB41 COM3A

6 - 24 6 - 24
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.13 AJ65SBTB1-32DT combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB1-32DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.5 A/point 3.6 A/common)
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A

Y1F COM-
Input resistance Output form Sink type

Y1E COM+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Protection function Overload protection function,
Approx. 3.3 k Ω

Y1D
STATION NO.
overvoltage protection function,

Y1C
Y1B
overheat protection function

Y1A
Y19
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

Y18
ON

Y17
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

Y16
Y15
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

Y14
Y13
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y12
supply for

Y18 19 1A1B 1C1D1E 1F

Current 30 mA or lower (24 V DC/common)

Y11
Y10
output part Not including external load current

XF
XE
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

XD
XC
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

XB
XA
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

X9
X8
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X7
X6
supply Current 60mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X8 9 A B C D E F

X5
X4
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

AJ65SBTB1-32DT

X3
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X2
X1
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

X0
PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

(FG)
24G
between all DC external terminals and ground

DA DG +24V
Protection of degree IP2X

SLD
Weight 0.25 kg

DB
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 25 6 - 25
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module TB8 X0
power supply TB9 X1
8 X0 TB10 X2
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2
TB12 X4
11 X3
12 TB13 X5
X4
13 X5 TB14 X6
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7 TB16 X8
16 X8 TB17 X9
17 X9 TB18 XA
18 XA
TB19 XB
19 XB
TB20 XC
20 XC
21 XD TB21 XD
22 XE TB22 XE
23 XF TB23 XF
L 24 Y10 TB24 Y10
25 Y11 TB25 Y11
26 Y12
TB26 Y12
27 Y13
TB27 Y13
28 Y14
29 Y15 TB28 Y14
30 Y16 TB29 Y15
31 Y17 TB30 Y16
32 Y18 TB31 Y17
33 Y19
TB32 Y18
34 Y1A
TB33 Y19
35 Y1B
36 Y1C TB34 Y1A
37 Y1D TB35 Y1B
38 Y1E TB36 Y1C
39 Y1F TB37 Y1D
COM+ Constant
40 voltage circuit TB38 Y1E
External power supply 41 COM-
for output TB39 Y1F
TB40 COM+
Load power supply
TB41 COM-
When external power supply
L
for output and load power supply
40 COM+ are common.
41 COM-

6 - 26 6 - 26
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.14 AJ65SBTB1-32DT1 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB1-32DT1 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current 0.5 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 3.6 A/common
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3.0 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,

Y1F COM-
3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower

Y1E COM+
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Input resistance Output form Sink type

Y1D
STATION NO.
Protection function Overload protection function,

Y1C
Approx. 4.7 k Ω

Y1B
overvoltage protection function,

Y1A
overheat protection function

Y19
Y18
ON
Response time OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

Y17
0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time

Y16
ON OFF ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

Y15
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

Y14
Y13
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y12
supply for Current 24.2 mA or lower

Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Y18 19 1A1B 1C1D 1E 1F

Y11
Y10
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

XF
Not including external load current

XE
XD
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

XC
XB
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

XA
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

X9
X8
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X7
supply

X6
Current 60 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X8 9 A B C D E F

X5
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X4
AJ65SBTB1-32DT1

X3
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X2
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

X1
X0
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
between all DC external terminals and ground

(FG)
24G
Protection of degree IP2X

+24V
Weight 0.25 kg

SLD
DG
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

DB
DA
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 27 6 - 27
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module TB8 X0
power supply TB9 X1
8 X0 TB10 X2
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2
TB12 X4
11 X3
TB13 X5
12 X4
13 X5 TB14 X6
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7 TB16 X8
16 X8 TB17 X9
17 X9 TB18 XA
18 XA
TB19 XB
19 XB
TB20 XC
20 XC
21 XD TB21 XD
22 XE TB22 XE
23 XF TB23 XF
L 24 Y10 TB24 Y10
25 Y11 TB25 T11
26 Y12
TB26 Y12
27 Y13
28 Y14 TB27 Y13
29 Y15 TB28 Y14
30 Y16 TB29 Y15
31 Y17 TB30 Y16
32 Y18 TB31 Y17
33 Y19
TB32 Y18
34 Y1A
TB33 Y19
35 Y1B
36 Y1C TB34 Y1A
37 Y1D TB35 Y1B
38 Y1E TB36 Y1C
Constant
39 Y1F voltage circuit TB37 Y1D
40 COM+ TB38 Y1E
External power supply
41 COM-
for output TB39 Y1F

Load power supply TB40 COM+

TB41 COM-
When external power supply
L
for output and load power supply
40 COM+ are common.
41 COM-

6 - 28 6 - 28
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.15 AJ65SBTB1-32DT2 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB1-32DT2 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.5 A/point 3.6 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower

Y1F COM-
Y1E COM+
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A

Y1D
STATION NO.
Input resistance Output form Sink type

Y1C
Approx. 3.3 k Ω

Y1B
Protection function None

Y1A
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

Y19
Y18
ON
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

Y17
Y16
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

Y15
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y14
Y13
supply for Current 30 mA or lower

Y12
output part

Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Y18 19 1A1B 1C1D1E 1F

(when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y11
Y10
Not including external load current

XF
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

XE
XD
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

XC
XB
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

XA
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X9
X8
supply Current 60 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON), Not including external load current

X7
X6
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X8 9 A B C D E F

X5
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X4
AJ65SBTB1-32DT2

X3
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

X2
X1
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X0
between all DC external terminals and ground

PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Protection of degree IP2X

(FG)
24G
Weight 0.25 kg

DA DG +24V
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

SLD
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

DB
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 78 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 29 6 - 29
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
1 DA TB5 +24V
2 DB
TB6 (FG)
3 DG Insulation
TB7 24G
4 SLD
5 +24V TB8 X0
DC/DC
6 FG TB9 X1
7 24G TB10 X2
I/O module power supply TB11 X3
TB12 X4
8 X0
9 X1 TB13 X5
10 X2 TB14 X6
11 X3 TB15 X7
12 X4 TB16 X8
13 X5
TB17 X9
14 X6
TB18 XA
15 X7
L 16 Y8 TB19 XB
17 Y9 TB20 XC
18 YA TB21 XD
19 YB TB22 XE
20 YC TB23 XF
21 YD
TB24 Y10
22 YE
TB25 T11
23 YF
TB26 Y12
TB27 Y13
TB28 Y14
Constant
voltage circuit TB29 Y15
24 COM+ TB30 Y16
External power
supply for output 25 COM-
TB31 Y17

Load power supply TB32 Y18

TB33 Y19
When external power supply TB34 Y1A
L
for output and load power supply TB35 Y1B
24 COM+ are common. TB36 Y1C
25 COM-
TB37 Y1D
TB38 Y1E
TB39 Y1F
TB40 COM+
TB41 COM-

6 - 30 6 - 30
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.16 AJ65SBTB1-32KDT2 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB1-32KDT2 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 20.4 to 28.8 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 20.4 to 28.8 V DC Max. load current
0.5 A/point 3.6 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simulataneous ON input 100 % simultaneous ON Max. inrush current
points (when 26.4 V DC)
1.0 A 10 ms or lower
75 % simultaneous ON
(when 28.8 V DC)
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/4 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
5.5 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Output form Sink type
Approx. 3.0 k Ω
Protection function None
Response time Input Response OFF ON
response 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 5 ms 10 ms time
speed
0.5 ms or lower
OFF ON 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 10 ms
5 ms or
or or or
lower
lower lower lower
ON OFF 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 10 ms ON OFF
5 ms or
or or or 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
lower
lower lower lower
External Voltage 19.2 to 28.8 V DC
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for Current 15 mA or lower
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Not including external load current
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply Current 65 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.26 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 31 6 - 31
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA TB3 DG
2 DB TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G TB8 X0
I/O module power supply
TB9 X1
TB10 X2
8 X0
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2 TB12 X4
11 X3 TB13 X5
12 X4
TB14 X6
13 X5
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7 TB16 X8
16 X8 TB17 X9
17 X9
TB18 XA
18 XA
19 XB TB19 XB
20 XC TB20 XC
21 XD
TB21 XD
22 XE
TB22 XE
23 XF
L 24 Y10 TB23 XF
25 Y11 TB24 Y10
26 Y12
TB25 T11
27 Y13
28 TB26 Y12
Y14
29 Y15 TB27 Y13
30 Y16 TB28 Y14
31 Y17
TB29 Y15
32 Y18
33 Y19 TB30 Y16
34 Y1A TB31 Y17
35 Y1B TB32 Y18
36 Y1C
TB33 Y19
37 Y1D
38 Y1E TB34 Y1A
39 Y1F TB35 Y1B
Constant
40 COM+ TB36 Y1C
voltage circuit
External power 41 COM-
supply for output TB37 Y1D
TB38 Y1E
Load power supply
TB39 Y1F
TB40 COM+
When external power supply for
L output and load power supply are TB41 COM-
40 COM+ common.
41 COM-

6 - 32 6 - 32
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.17 AJ65SBTB1-32DT3 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB1-32DT3 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current 0.5 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 3.6 A/common
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points

Y1F COM-
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3.0 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower

Y1E COM+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower

Y1D
STATION NO.
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A

Y1C
Input resistance Output form Sink type

Y1B
Approx. 4.7 k Ω

Y1A
Protection function None

Y19
Response time OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

Y18
ON

Y17
ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

Y16
Y15
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

Y14
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y13
supply for Current 24.2 mA or lower

Y12
Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Y18 19 1A1B 1C1D1E 1F

Y11
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y10
Not including external load current

XF
XE
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

XD
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

XC
XB
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

XA
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X9
X8
supply Current 60 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X6
X8 9 A B C D E F

X5
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X4
AJ65SBTB1-32DT3
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

X3
X2
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X1
between all DC external terminals and ground

X0
PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.25 kg

(FG)
24G
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

DG +24V
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

SLD
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.

DB
DA
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 33 6 - 33
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module TB8 X0
power supply TB9 X1
8 X0 TB10 X2
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2
TB12 X4
11 X3
TB13 X5
12 X4
13 X5 TB14 X6
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7 TB16 X8
16 X8 TB17 X9
17 X9 TB18 XA
18 XA
TB19 XB
19 XB
TB20 XC
20 XC
21 XD TB21 XD
22 XE TB22 XE
23 XF TB23 XF
L 24 Y10 TB24 Y10
25 Y11 TB25 T11
26 Y12
TB26 Y12
27 Y13
28 Y14 TB27 Y13
29 Y15 TB28 Y14
30 Y16 TB29 Y15
31 Y17 TB30 Y16
32 Y18 TB31 Y17
33 Y19
TB32 Y18
34 Y1A
TB33 Y19
35 Y1B
36 Y1C TB34 Y1A
37 Y1D TB35 Y1B
38 Y1E TB36 Y1C
Constant
39 Y1F voltage circuit TB37 Y1D
40 COM+ TB38 Y1E
External power supply 41 COM-
for output TB39 Y1F

Load power supply TB40 COM+

TB41 COM-

When external power supply

L
for output and load power supply
40 COM+ are common.
41 COM-

6 - 34 6 - 34
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.18 AJ65SBTB1-32KDT8 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB1-32KDT8 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 12 V DC Rated load voltage 12 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 10.2 to 14.4 V DC
Approx. 11 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 10.2 to 14.4 V DC Max. load current
0.5 A/point 3.6 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 5.6 V or higher/4 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
2.4 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Output form Sink type
Approx. 1.0 k Ω
Protection function None
Response time Input Response OFF ON
response 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 5 ms 10 ms time
speed
0.5 ms or lower
OFF ON 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 10 ms
5 ms or
or or or
lower
lower lower lower
ON OFF 0.2 ms 1.5 ms 10 ms ON OFF
5 ms or
or or or 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
lower
lower lower lower
External Voltage 10.2 to 14.4V DC
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for Current 15 mA or lower
output part (when 12 V DC, all points ON)
Not including external load current
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply Current 65 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.26 kg
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 35 6 - 35
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA TB3 DG
2 DB TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G TB8 X0
I/O module power supply
TB9 X1
TB10 X2
8 X0
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2 TB12 X4
11 X3 TB13 X5
12 X4
TB14 X6
13 X5
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7 TB16 X8
16 X8 TB17 X9
17 X9
TB18 XA
18 XA
19 XB TB19 XB
20 XC TB20 XC
21 XD
TB21 XD
22 XE
TB22 XE
23 XF
L 24 Y10 TB23 XF
25 Y11 TB24 Y10
26 Y12
TB25 T11
27 Y13
28 Y14 TB26 Y12
29 Y15 TB27 Y13
30 Y16 TB28 Y14
31 Y17
TB29 Y15
32 Y18
33 Y19 TB30 Y16
34 Y1A TB31 Y17
35 Y1B TB32 Y18
36 Y1C
TB33 Y19
37 Y1D
38 Y1E TB34 Y1A
39 Y1F TB35 Y1B
Constant
40 COM+ TB36 Y1C
voltage circuit
External power 41 COM-
TB37 Y1D
supply for output
TB38 Y1E
Load power supply
TB39 Y1F
TB40 COM+
When external power supply for
L output and load power supply are TB41 COM-
40 COM+ common.
41 COM-

6 - 36 6 - 36
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.19 AJ65SBTB1-32DTE1 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTB1-32DTE1 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current 0.5 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 3.6 A/common
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points

Y1B Y1D Y1F COM-

Y10 Y12 Y14 Y16 Y18 Y1A Y1C Y1E COM+
B RATE
4 2 1
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.5 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,

40 20 10 8 4 2 1
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower

STATION NO.
0.8 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Output form Source type
Approx. 3.3 k Ω
Protection function None

Y19
ON
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

Y17
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

Y15
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

Y13
supply for Current 10 mA or lower

Y18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F

Y11
output part (TYP.24 V DC/common)
Not including external load current

XF
XE
Input form Negative common (source type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

XD
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (terminal block 1-wire type)

XC
Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

XB
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

XA
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

X9
X8
supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X6
X8 9 A B C D E F

X5
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X4
AJ65SBTB1-32DTE1
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

X3
X2
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X1
between all DC external terminals and ground

X0
PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.26 kg

24G
(FG)
External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG]

DA DG +24V
wiring I/O module power M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm

DB SLD
system supply part Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
I/O power supply part, 34-point direct-mount terminal block [I/O power supply, I/O signal]
I/O part M3 5.2 Tightening torque range: 59 to 88 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 37 6 - 37
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection (Sink input)

Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG
TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module TB8 X0
power supply TB9 X1
8 X0 TB10 X2
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2 TB12 X4
11 X3 TB13 X5
12 X4
TB14 X6
13 X5
TB15 X7
14 X6
15 X7 TB16 X8
16 X8 TB17 X9
17 X9 TB18 XA
18 XA TB19 XB
19 XB TB20 XC
20 XC
TB21 XD
21 XD
TB22 XE
22 XE
23 XF TB23 XF
L 24 Y10 TB24 Y10
25 Y11 TB25 T11
26 Y12 TB26 Y12
27 Y13 TB27 Y13
28 Y14
TB28 Y14
29 Y15
TB29 Y15
30 Y16
31 Y17 TB30 Y16
32 Y18 TB31 Y17
33 Y19 TB32 Y18
34 Y1A TB33 Y19
35 Y1B TB34 Y1A
36 Y1C
TB35 Y1B
37 Y1D
TB36 Y1C
38 Y1E
Load power supply 39 Y1F TB37 Y1D
40 COM+ Constant
TB38 Y1E
41 COM- voltage circuit
TB39 Y1F
External power supply TB40 COM+
for output
TB41 COM-
L
When external power supply
for output and load power supply
40 COM+ are common.
41 COM-

6 - 38 6 - 38
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.20 AJ65DBTB1-32DT1 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65DBTB1-32DT1 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 10.2 to 31.2 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range Max. load current 0.5 A/point
20.4 to 31.2 V DC
4 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
(2 A/terminal)
Max. simulataneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % (when 24 V DC) 2.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3.0 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
5 V or lower/1.5 mA or lower
6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
AJ65DBTB1- 32DT1
Input resistance Output form Sink type 6 PW L RUN L ERR.

Approx. 4.7 k Ω ~0
1
5 0
4 1 0 8 10 18
3 2
1 9 11 19
Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower STATI ON NO.
6
7 8
9
2 A 12 1A
5 0 ~
1 3 B 13 1B

Response time OFF ON time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive

4
3 2
1
4
5
C
D
14
15
1C
1D
10 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
ON OFF
6 E 16 1E

load) B RATE
4
3 2
1
0
7 F 17 1F

ON OFF External Voltage 10.2 to 31.2 V DC

10 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
power supply (ripple ratio: within 5 %) DA NC

for output Current 30 mA or lower

DG NC
DB +24V
part (when 24 V DC, all points ON) NC CTL+
SLD
Not including external load NC
( FG)
CTLG
24G 24G
current
X0 Y10
Wiring method for common 16 points/common 16 points/common
Wiring method for X1 Y11

(2 points) (2 points) X2 Y12

common X3 Y13
(terminal block 1-wire type) (terminal block 1-wire type) X4 Y14
X5 Y15
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode X6 Y16
X7 Y17
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points) COM1 COM3
X8 Y18
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %) X9 Y19
XA Y1A
supply Current 55 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) XB Y1B
XC Y1C
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs, XD Y1D
XE Y1E
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition) XF Y1F
COM4
COM2
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground AJ65DBTB1
- 32DT1

Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.65 kg
External wiring system 50-point terminal block
[Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG, I/O power supply, I/O signal]
M3.5 7 Tightening torque range: 68 to 92 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round
(tightening torque range: 78 to 108 N•cm)
Applicable solderless terminal R1.25-3.5 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
RAV2-3.5
Accessory User's Manual
Parts sold separately A6DIN1C, A2CCOM-TB

6 - 39 6 - 39
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal Signal Terminal Signal
number name number name
TB1 DA TB26 Empty
TB2 DG TB27 Empty
TB3 DB Insulation TB28 +24V
1 DA Empty 26
TB4 Empty 2 DG DC/DC Empty 27 TB29 CTL+
TB5 SLD 3 DB +24V 28 24 V DC TB30 (FG)
Constant voltage
4 Empty circuit CTL+ 29
TB6 Empty 5 SLD FG 30 TB31 CTLG
6 Empty CTLG 31
TB7 24G TB32 24G
7 24G 24G 32
TB8 X0 I/O Module TB33 Y10
power supply
TB9 X1 TB34 Y11
TB10 X2 TB35 Y12
TB11 X3 8 X0 Y10 33 L
TB36 Y13
9 X1 Y11 34
TB12 X4 10 X2 Y12 35 TB37 Y14
11 X3 Y13 36
TB13 X5 TB38 Y15
12 X4 Y14 37
TB14 X6 13 X5 Y15 38 TB39 Y16
14 X6 Y16 39
TB15 X7 15 X7 Y17 40 L
TB40 Y17
TB16 COM1 16 COM1 COM341 TB41 COM3
17 X8 Y18 42 L

TB17 X8 18 X9 Y19 43 TB42 Y18

TB18 X9 19 XA Y1A 44 TB43 Y19
20 XB Y1B 45
TB19 XA 21 XC Y1C 46 TB44 Y1A
22 XD Y1D 47
TB20 XB TB45 Y1B
23 XE Y1E 48
TB21 XC 24 XF Y1F 49 L TB46 Y1C
25 COM2 COM4 50
TB22 XD 24 V DC TB47 Y1D
TB23 XE TB48 Y1E
TB24 XF TB49 Y1F
TB25 COM2 TB50 COM4

6 - 40 6 - 40
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.1.21 AJ65DBTB1-32DR combined module

Form DC input relay output combined module

Item AJ65DBTB1-32DR Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input
16 points Number of output points 16 points
points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC (resistive load), 240 V AC
24 V DC Rated load voltage/current (cos φ = 1)/
2 A/point 4 A/common (2 A/terminal)
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA Min. switching load 5 V DC 1 mA
Operating voltage 20.4 to 31.2 V DC
Max. switching voltage 264 V AC 125 V DC
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max.
simulataneous ON 100 % (when 24 V DC) Mechanical 20 million times or more
input points
Rated switching voltage/current load
100 thousand times or more
Life 200 V AC 1.5 A, 240 V AC 1 A (cosφ
ON voltage/ON 15 V or higher/3.0 mA or = 0.7) 100 thousand times or more
Electrical
current higher 200 V AC 1 A, 240 V AC 0.5 A (cosφ
= 0.35) 100 thousand times or more
24 V DC 1 A, 100 V DC 0.1 A (L/R = 7
ms) 100 thousand times or more
AJ65DBTB1- 32DR
OFF voltage/OFF 5
6
0 ~0
1
PW L RUN L ERR.

5 V or lower/1.5 mA or lower Max. switching frequency 3600 times/hour 4

3 2
1 0 8 10 18

current STATI ON NO.

6
7 8
9
1
2
9
A
11
12
19
1A
5 0 ~
1 3 B 13 1B

Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ Response OFF ON 10 ms or lower 4

3 2
1 4
5
C
D
14
15
1C
1D

Response OFF 10 ms or lower time B RATE

4 1
0
6
7
E
F
16
17
1E
1F

ON→OFF 12 ms or lower 3 2

time ON (when 24 V DC)

ON 10 ms or lower External power 24 V DC ± 10 % ripple ratio 4 Vp-p or
Voltage DA NC
OFF (when 24 V DC) supply for output lower DG NC

part DB +24V

90 mA or lower NC CTL+
(CTL+/CTLG Current SLD
(when 24 V DC, all points ON) NC
( FG)
CTLG
terminal) 24G 24G

Wiring method for 16 points/common (2 points) 8 points/common

Wiring method for common X0 Y10
common (terminal block 1-wire type) (terminal block 1-wire type) X1 Y11
X2 Y12
Input form Positive/Negative common X3 Y13

shared type Surge suppressor None X5

X4
Y15
Y14

(sink/source shared type) X6 Y16

X7 Y17
Number of stations COM1 COM3
1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
occupied X8
X9
Y18
Y19

I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %) XA Y1A

XB Y1B
power Current XC Y1C
60 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
supply XE
XD
Y1E
Y1D

Noise durability Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs, XF

COM4
Y1F
COM2
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition) AJ65DBTB1
- 32DR

Withstand voltage 1500 V AC for 1 minute between all AC external terminals and ground
500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
resistance between all AC external terminals and ground
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of
IP1X
degree
Weight 0.65 kg
50-point terminal block
External wiring [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG, I/O power supply, I/O signal]
system M3.5 7 Tightening torque range: 68 to 92 N•cm
Applicable solderless terminals: 2 max.
Module installation M4 screw with plain washer finished round
screw (tightening torque range: 78 to 108 N•cm)
Applicable R1.25-3.5 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
solderless terminal RAV2-3.5
Accessory User's Manual
Parts sold
A6DIN1C, A2CCOM-TB
separately

6 - 41 6 - 41
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal Signal Terminal Signal
number name number name
TB1 DA TB26 Empty
TB2 DG TB27 Empty
TB3 DB Insulation TB28 +24V
TB4 Empty 1 DA Empty 26 TB29 CTL+
2 DG Empty 27 24V DC
DC/DC (FG)
TB5 SLD 3 DB CTL+ +24V 28 TB30
4 Empty CTL 29
TB6 Empty TB31 CTLG
5 SLD FG 30
TB7 24G 6 Empty CTLG CTL 31 TB32 24G
7 24G 24G 32
TB8 X0 I/O Module
TB33 Y10
power supply
TB9 X1 TB34 Y11
TB10 X2 8 X0 CTL+ Y10 33 L
TB35 Y12
9 X1 Y11 34
TB11 X3 10 X2 Y12 35 TB36 Y13
11 X3 Y13 36
TB12 X4 12 X4 Y14 37
TB37 Y14
TB13 X5 13 X5 Y15 38 TB38 Y15
RA
14 X6 Y16 39
TB14 X6 15 X7 CTLG Y17 40 L TB39 Y16
TB15 X7 16 COM1 COM3 41 TB40 Y17
17 X8 CTL+ Y18 42 L

TB16 COM1 18 X9 Y19 43 TB41 COM3

19 XA Y1A 44
TB17 X8 TB42 Y18
20 XB Y1B 45
TB18 X9 21 XC Y1C 46 TB43 Y19
22 XD Y1D 47
TB19 XA 23 XE RA
Y1E 48
TB44 Y1A
CTLG
TB20 XB 24 XF Y1F 49 L
TB45 Y1B
25 COM2 COM4 50
TB21 XC TB46 Y1C
24V DC
TB22 XD TB47 Y1D
TB23 XE TB48 Y1E
TB24 XF TB49 Y1F
TB25 COM2 TB50 COM4

6 - 42 6 - 42
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.2 Spring Clamp Terminal Block Type Combined Module

6.2.1 AJ65VBTS32-16DT combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65VBTS32-16DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.5 A/point 4 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Output form Sink type
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Protection function None
Response OFF ON 1 ms or lower
time ON OFF 1 ms or lower (resistive load)
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for Current 15 mA or lower
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Not including external load current
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

YF
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (spring clamp terminal block type 3-wire type: Input

YD YE
Spring clamp terminal block type 2-wire type: Output)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

YC
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5%)

NC
YB
power supply Current 40mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

YA
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1μs,

Y9
noise frequency 25 to 60Hz (noise simulator condition)

COM+
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

Y8
AJ65VBTS32-16DT
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

X7
between all DC external terminals and ground

X6
Protection of degree IP1XB

X5
Weight 0.24 kg

X4

COM-
External Communication One-touch connector for communication

X3
wiring part [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type)

X2
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P
X1
< option >
X0
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P

COM+

COM-
NC

Power supply One-touch connector for power supply and FG

part [I/O module power supply, FG] (5 pins pressure welding type)

D
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

< option >

L RUN L ERR.

C
Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
I/O part Spring clamp terminal block (two-piece)
ONPW

[I/O power supply, I/O signal]

B RATE STATION NO.
1 2 4 1 2 4 8 1020 40

Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)

CON A

Applicable Connector for

Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for 0.66 to 0.98 mm (18 AWG) 2

power supply [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]

and FG wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
I/O spring clamp Stranded wire 0.08 to 1.5 mm2 (28 to 16 AWG) 1
terminal block Wire strip length: 8 to 11 mm
Applicable TE0.5 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.5 mm2]
terminal TE0.75 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.75 mm ]
TE1 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.9 to 1.0 mm ]
TE1.5 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 1.5 mm ]
FA-VTC125T9 (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.65 mm ]
FA-VTCW125T9 (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.65 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation

1: Basically, insert a wire into a terminal.

6 - 43 6 - 43
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2 Pin No Signal name
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG 1 DA
4
4 Empty 2 DB
5
5 SLD
CON A,B 3 DG
CONB
1 4 Empty
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB 5 SLD
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4 1 (FG)
4 Empty
5
One-touch connector 5 SLD 2 +24V (UNIT)
for communication
CON C,D 3 24G (UNIT)
CONC Insulation
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 4 Empty
1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT) 5 Empty
3 DC/DC
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty Terminal block
5
5 Empty Column A Column B Column C
COND
1 1 Empty 1 COM+ 1 COM-
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 FG
2 2 X0 2 COM+ 2 COM-
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT) 3 X1 3 COM+ 3 COM-
4
4 Empty
5 4 X2 4 COM+ 4 COM-
5 Empty
One-touch connector for
power supply and FG 1 Constant 5 X3 5 COM+ 5 COM-
voltage circuit
TB1A Empty 6 X4 6 COM+ 6 COM-
TB1B COM+ 7 X5 7 COM+ 7 COM-
TB1C COM-
TB2A X0 8 X6 8 COM+ 8 COM-
TB2B COM+ 9 X7 9 COM+ 9 COM-
TB2C COM-
TB3A X1 10 Y8 10 COM+ 10 Empty
TB3B COM+ 11 Y9 11 COM+ 11 Empty
TB3C COM-
TB4A X2 12 YA 12 COM+ 12 Empty
TB4B COM+ 13 YB 13 COM+ 13 Empty
TB4C COM-
TB5A X3
14 YC 14 COM+ 14 Empty
TB5B COM+ 15 YD 15 COM+ 15 Empty
TB5C COM-
16 YE 16 COM+ 16 Empty
TB6A X4
TB6B COM+ 17 YF 17 COM+ 17 Empty
TB6C COM-
TB7A X5
TB7B COM+
TB7C COM-
TB8A X6
TB8B COM+
TB8C COM-
TB9A X7
TB9B COM+
TB9C COM-
L TB10A Y8
TB10B COM+
TB10C Empty
TB11A Y9
TB11B COM+
TB11C Empty
TB12A YA
TB12B COM+
TB12C Empty
TB13A YB
TB13B COM+
TB13C Empty
TB14A YC
TB14B COM+
TB14C Empty
TB15A YD
TB15B COM+
TB15C Empty
TB16A YE
TB16B COM+
TB16C Empty
L TB17A YF
TB17B COM+
TB17C Empty

1:The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

6 - 44 6 - 44
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication

CONC
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
5 Empty
COND
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
One-touch connector 5 Empty
for power supply
and FG 1
Online connector
for power supply and FG

1:The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

Pin arrangement

NC X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF

1
2 COM+ COM+
3
4
5
COM- COM- NC

CON A B C D

A module view from the top

6 - 45 6 - 45
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.2.2 AJ65VBTS32-32DT combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module
Item AJ65VBTS32-32DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 10.2 to 26.4V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.5 A/point 4 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input 100 %/75 % Max.inrush current
1.0 A 10ms or lower
(refer to Chapter 1.3)
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Output form Sink type
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Protection function None

XA XB XC XD XE XF NC Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y18 Y19 Y1A Y1B Y1C Y1D Y1E Y1F
Response OFF ON 1 ms or lower
time ON OFF 1 ms or lower (resistive load)
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC
power (ripple ratio: 5 %)
supply for Current 30 mA or lower
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Not including external load current

COM2+

NC
Wiring method for common 16 points/common Wiring method for 16 points/common
(spring clamp terminal block type common (spring clamp terminal block type
3-wire type) 2-wire type)
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

AJ65VBTS32-32DT
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1μs,

COM2+

COM2-
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP1XB
Weight 0.41 kg

X9
External Communication One-touch connector for communication

COM1+

COM1-
X8
wiring part [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type)
X7
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P X6

< Option >

X5

Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P

X4

Power supply One-touch connector for power supply and FG

X3

part [I/O module power supply, FG] (5 pins pressure welding type)
X2

The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD

X1

< Option >

X0

Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P

COM1+

COM1-
NC

I/O part Spring clamp terminal block (two-piece)

[I/O power supply, I/O signal]
D

Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)

8 9 A B CD E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
L ERR.

Applicable Connector for

C

Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110

PW L RUN

wire size communication

Connector for 2
B

0.66 to 0.98 mm (18 AWG)

ON

B RATESTATION NO.

power supply and [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]

1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040
CON A

FG wire diameter 0.16 mm or more

Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
I/O spring clamp Stranded wire 0.08 to 1.5 mm2 (28 to 16 AWG) 1
terminal block Wire strip length: 8 to 11 mm
Applicable TE0.5 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.5 mm2]
terminal TE0.75 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.75 mm ]
TE1 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.9 to 1.0 mm ]
TE1.5 (NICHIFU Co., ltd)
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 1.5 mm ]
FA-VTC125T9 (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.65 mm ]
FA-VTCW125T9 (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.65 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation
1: Basically, insert a wire into a terminal.

6 - 46 6 - 46
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE
(IN)
2
3
2 DB Pin No. Signal name
3 DG
4
5
4 Empty 1 DA
5 SLD

1
CONB 2 DB
1 DA
LINK CABLE
(OUT)
2
2 DB CON A, B 3 DG
3
3 DG
4
5
4 Empty 4 Empty
One-touch connector 5 SLD
for communication 5 SLD
CONC Insulation
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1
2
1 FG 1 (FG)
2 +24V(UNIT)
3 DC/DC
4
3 24G(UNIT) 2 +24V (UNIT)
4 Empty
5
5 Empty CON C, D 3 24G (UNIT)
COND
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT)
2
1 FG 4 Empty
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
4
3
4
24G(UNIT)
Empty
5 Empty
5
One-touch connector for
5 Empty
Terminal block
power supply and FG 1
TB1A Empty Column A Column B Column C
TB1B COM1+
TB1C COM1- 1 Empty 1 COM1+ 1 COM1-
TB2A X0
TB2B COM1+ 2 X0 2 COM1+ 2 COM1-
TB2C COM1-
TB3A X1 3 X1 3 COM1+ 3 COM1-
TB3B COM1+
TB3C COM1-
TB4A X2
4 X2 4 COM1+ 4 COM1-
TB4B COM1+
TB4C COM1-
5 X3 5 COM1+ 5 COM1-
TB5A X3
TB5B COM1+
6 X4 6 COM1+ 6 COM1-
TB5C COM1-
TB6A X4 7 X5 7 COM1+ 7 COM1-
TB6B COM1+
TB6C COM1- 8 X6 8 COM1+ 8 COM1-
TB7A X5
TB7B COM1+ 9 X7 9 COM1+ 9 COM1-
TB7C COM1-
TB8A X6 10 X8 10 COM1+ 10 COM1-
TB8B COM1+
TB8C COM1- 11 X9 11 COM1+ 11 COM1-
TB9A X7
TB9B COM1+
TB9C COM1-
12 XA 12 COM1+ 12 COM1-
TB10A X8
TB10B COM1+
13 XB 13 COM1+ 13 COM1-
TB10C COM1-
TB11A X9 14 XC 14 COM1+ 14 COM1-
TB11B COM1+
TB11C COM1- 15 XD 15 COM1+ 15 COM1-
TB12A XA
TB12B COM1+ 16 XE 16 COM1+ 16 COM1-
TB12C COM1-
TB13A XB 17 XF 17 COM1+ 17 COM1-
TB13B COM1+
TB13C COM1- 18 Empty 18 COM2+ 18 COM2-
TB14A XC
TB14B COM1+
TB14C COM1-
19 Y10 19 COM2+ 19 Empty
TB15A XD
TB15B COM1+
20 Y11 20 COM2+ 20 Empty
TB15C COM1-
TB16A XE 21 Y12 21 COM2+ 21 Empty
TB16B COM1+
TB16C COM1- 22 Y13 22 COM2+ 22 Empty
TB17A XF
TB17B COM1+
Constant
23 Y14 23 COM2+ 23 Empty
TB17C COM1- voltage circuit
External power supply for output TB18A Empty 24 Y15 24 COM2+ 24 Empty
TB18B COM2+
TB18C COM1- 25 Y16 25 COM2+ 25 Empty
L TB19A Y10
TB19B COM2+
TB19C Empty
26 Y17 26 COM2+ 26 Empty
TB20A Y11
TB20B COM2+
27 Y18 27 COM2+ 27 Empty
TB20C Empty
TB21A Y12 28 Y19 28 COM2+ 28 Empty
TB21B COM2+
TB21C Empty 29 Y1A 29 COM2+ 29 Empty
TB22A Y13
TB22B COM2+ 30 Y1B 30 COM2+ 30 Empty
TB22C Empty
TB23A Y14 31 Y1C 31 COM2+ 31 Empty
TB23B COM2+
TB23C Empty 32 Y1D 32 COM2+ 32 Empty
TB24A Y15
TB24B COM2+
TB24C Empty
33 Y1E 33 COM2+ 33 Empty
TB25A Y16
TB25B COM2+
34 Y1F 34 COM2+ 34 Empty
TB25C Empty
TB26A Y17
TB26B COM2+
TB26C Empty
TB27A Y18
TB27B COM2+
TB27C Empty
TB28A Y19
TB28B COM2+
TB28C Empty
TB29A Y1A
TB29B COM2+
TB29C Empty
TB30A Y1B
TB30B COM2+ 1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to
TB30C Empty
TB31A Y1C empty of connector for the power supply and FG.
TB31B COM2+
TB31C Empty
TB32A Y1D
TB32B COM2+
TB32C Empty
TB33A Y1E
TB33B COM2+
TB33C Empty
L TB34A Y1F
TB34B COM2+
TB34C Empty

6 - 47 6 - 47
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication

CONC
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
5 Empty
COND
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
One-touch connector 5 Empty
for power supply
and FG 1

Online connector
for power supply and FG

1: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

Pin arrangement

NC X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF NC Y10Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y18 Y19 Y1AY1BY1CY1DY1EY1F

A module view from the top 1

COM1+ COM1+ COM2+ COM2+
2
3
4
5
COM1- COM1- COM2- NC

CON A B C D

6 - 48 6 - 48
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.3 Sensor Connector (e-CON) Type Combined Module

6.3.1 AJ65VBTCE32-16DT combined

Form DC input transistor output combined module
Item AJ65VBTCE32-16DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5%)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.1 A/point 0.8 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input 100 % Max.inrush current 0.7 A 10 ms or lower
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower Max. voltage drop at ON 0.1 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A,
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ 0.2 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Output form Sink type
ON OFF Protection function Overload protection function,
1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) overvoltage protection function and
overheat protection function
Response OFF ON 1 ms or lower
time ON OFF 1 ms or lower (resistive load)
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: 5%)
power Current 5 mA or lower
supply for (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

F
7
output part

AJ65VBTCE32-16DT
Not including external load current

E
6
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

D
5
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (sensor connector (e-CON) 3-wire type: Input
Sensor connector (e-CON) 2-wire type: Output)

C
4
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

B
3
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

A
2
power supply Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1μs,

9
noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

8
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

Y
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

D
between all DC external terminals and ground
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
PW L RUNL ERR.

Protection of degree IP1XB

C
Weight 0.11 kg
External Communication One-touch connector for communication

B
ON

B RATE STATION NO.

wiring part [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type) 1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040

system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P

CON A
<Option>
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P
Power supply One-touch connector for power supply and FG
part [I/O module power supply, Load power supply, External power supply for I/O and FG]
(5 pins pressure welding type)
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD
<Option>
Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
I/O part Sensor connector (e-CON) [I/O signal]
(4 pins pressure welding type) The plug for the connector is sold separately 1
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Connector for
Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for 2
0.66 to 0.98 mm (18 AWG)
power supply [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]
and FG wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
Connector for Sensor connector (e-CON)
I/O part Plug for connector is sold separately 1
2
(Applicable wire size : 0.08 to 0.5 mm , depending on the plug for connector)
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation

1: Refer to Section 1.6.2 for details.

6 - 49 6 - 49
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

CONA Pin No. Signal name

1
1 DA 1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3 2 DB
3 DG
4
4 Empty CON A,B 3 DG
5
5 SLD
CONB
4 Empty
1
LINK CABLE 2
1 DA 5 SLD
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG 1 (FG)
4
5
4 Empty 2 +24V (UNIT)
5 SLD
One-touch connector CON C,D 3 24G (UNIT)
for communication
4 +24V(I/O)
CONC Insulation
1
1
5 24G(I/O)
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT) Signal Signal
3
3 24G(UNIT)
DC/DC Pin No. Pin No.
4
4 +24V(I/O)
name name
5
5 24G(I/O) 1 +24V 1 +24V
I/O POWER CABLE(IN) COND
CON CON
1 2 +V 2 Empty 1
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 FG 1 9
2
2 +24V(UNIT) 3 24G 3 Empty 2
3 (X0) (Y8)
3 24G(UNIT) 4 X0 4 Y8
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5 1 +24V 1 +24V
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(OUT) CON CON
2 +V 2 Empty 1
One-touch connector 2 10
for power supply and FG 3 CON1 3 24G 3 Empty 2
Constant
voltage circuit (X1) (Y9)
Brown 1 4 X1 4 Y9
2
3 wire type Blue 3 1 +24V 1 +24V
sensor Detection
Black 4 CON CON
(sink output)
circuit 2 +V 2 Empty 1
3 11
3 24G 3 Empty 2
(X2) (YA)
CON8
4 X2 4 YA
1 1 +24V CON 1 +24V
2 CON
3
2 +V 12 2 Empty 1
4
4 3 24G (YB) 3 Empty 2
(X3)
4 X3 4 YB
CON9 1 +24V 1 +24V
1 CON CON
2 2 +V 2 Empty 1
5 13
3 3 24G 3 Empty 2
L
4 (X4) (YC)
4 X4 4 YC
2 1 1 +24V 1 +24V
CON CON
2 +V 2 Empty 1
CON16 6 14
1 3 24G 3 Empty 2
(X5) (YD)
2
4 X5 4 YD
3
4 1 +24V 1 +24V
L
CON CON
2 +V 2 Empty 1
7 15
3 24G 3 Empty 2
(X6) (YE)
4 X6 4 YE
1 +24V 1 +24V
CON CON
1: No.2 pins of CON9 to 16 are internally connected and unusable. 2 +V 2 Empty 1
8 16
2: No.3 pins of CON9 to 16 are internally connected and unusable. 3 24G 3 Empty 2
(X7) (YF)
3: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG. 4 X7 4 YF

6 - 50 6 - 50
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication

CONC
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1
1 FG
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT)
3
CABLE(OUT) 3 24G(UNIT)
4
I/O POWER 4 +24V(I/O)
5
CABLE(OUT) 5 24G(I/O)
One-touch connector
for power supply
and FG 3
Online connector
for power supply and FG

3: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

Pin arrangement
CON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1
2
3
4

1 CON 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2
3
4 1
2
5 3
4

CON A B C D
A module view from the top

6 - 51 6 - 51
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.3.2 AJ65VBTCE32-32DT combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Specification AJ65VBTCE32-32DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.1 A/point 1.6 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input 100 % Max.inrush current 0.7 A 10 ms or lower
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower Max. voltage drop at ON 0.1 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A,
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ 0.2 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Output form Sink type
ON OFF Protection function Overload protection function,
1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) overvoltage protection function and
overheat protection function
Response OFF ON 1 ms or lower
time ON OFF 1 ms or lower (resistive load)

1F
F
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: 5 %)

1E
E
power Current 10 mA or lower

1D
D
supply for (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

1C
C
output part Not including external load current

1B
B
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

1A
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (sensor connector (e-CON) 3-wire type: Input

A
Sensor connector (e-CON) 2-wire type: Output)

19
9
AJ65VBTCE32-32DT
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

18
8
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

17
7
power supply Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

16
6
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1μs,

15
5
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

14
4
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

13
3
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

12
2
between all DC external terminals and ground

11
1
Protection of degree IP1XB

10
0
Weight 0.16 kg

Y
External Communication One-touch connector for communication

D
wiring part [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type)
8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
PW L RUN L ERR.

system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P

C
<Option>
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P

B
ON

B RATE STATI ON NO.

1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040

Power supply One-touch connector for power supply and FG

CON A
part [I/O module power supply, Load power supply, External power supply for I/O and FG]
(5 pins pressure welding type)
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD
<Option>
Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
I/O part Sensor connector (e-CON) [I/O signal]
(4 pins pressure welding type) The plug for the connector is sold separately 1
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Connector for
Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for 2
0.66 to 0.98 mm (18 AWG)
power supply [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]
and FG wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
Connector for Sensor connector (e-CON)
I/O part Plug for connector is sold separately 1
2
(Applicable wire size: 0.08 to 0.5 mm , depending on the plug for connector)
Accessory User's Manual, Holding fixtures for screw installation

1: Refer to Section 1.6.2 for details.

6 - 52 6 - 52
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name

1 DA 1 (FG)
CONA 2 DB 2 +24V (UNIT)
1 CON CON
LINK CABLE 2
1
2
DA
DB
A,B 3 DG C,D 3 24G (UNIT)
(IN) 3 4 Empty 4 +24V(I/O)
3 DG
4
4 Empty 5 SLD 5 24G(I/O)
5
5 SLD Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name
1
CONB 1 +24V 1 +24V
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
CON1 2 +V CON17 2 Empty 1
(OUT) 3
3 DG (X0) 3 24G (Y10) 3 Empty 2
4
5
4 Empty 4 X0 4 Y10
5 SLD
One-touch connector 1 +24V 1 +24V
for communication
CON2 2 +V CON18 2 Empty 1
CONC Insulation (X1) 3 24G (Y11) 3 Empty 2
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG 4 X1 4 Y11
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
DC/DC 1 +24V 1 +24V
4
5
4 +24V(I/O) CON3 2 +V CON19 2 Empty 1
5 24G(I/O) (X2) 3 24G (Y12) 3 Empty 2
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1 4 X2 4 Y12
UNIT POWER CABLE(OUT) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT) 1 +24V 1 +24V
3
4
3 24G(UNIT) CON4 2 +V CON20 2 Empty 1
4 +24V(I/O) (X3) (Y13)
5
5 24G(I/O)
3 24G 3 Empty 2
I/O POWER CABLE(OUT) 4 X3 4 Y13
One-touch connector
for power supply and FG 3 1 +24V 1 +24V
CON1 Constant
voltage circuit CON5 2 +V CON21 2 Empty 1
Brown 1
2
(X4) 3 24G (Y14) 3 Empty 2
3 wire type
Detection
Black 3 4 X4 4 Y14
sensor Blue 4
(sink output)
circuit 1 +24V 1 +24V
CON6 2 +V CON22 2 Empty 1
(X5) 3 24G (Y15) 3 Empty 2
CON16
1
4 X5 4 Y15
2 1 +24V 1 +24V
3 CON7 2 +V CON23 2 Empty 1
4 (X6) (Y16)
3 24G 3 Empty 2
4 X6 4 Y16
CON17
1 +24V 1 +24V
1
2 CON8 2 +V CON24 2 Empty 1
3 (X7) 3 24G (Y17) 3 Empty 2
4
L 4 X7 4 Y17
1 +24V 1 +24V
2 1
CON9 2 +V CON25 2 Empty 1
CON32 (X8) 3 24G (Y18) 3 Empty 2
1 4 X8 4 Y18
2
3
1 +24V 1 +24V
L
4 CON10 2 +V CON26 2 Empty 1
(X9) 3 24G (Y19) 3 Empty 2
4 X9 4 Y19
1 +24V 1 +24V
CON11 2 +V CON27 2 Empty 1
(XA) 3 24G (Y1A) 3 Empty 2
4 XA 4 Y1A
1: No.2 pins of CON17 to 32 are internally connected and unusable.
1 +24V 1 +24V
2: No.3 pins of CON17 to 32 are internally connected and unusable. CON12 2 +V 2 Empty 1
CON28
(XB)
3: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the 3 24G (Y1B) 3 Empty 2
power supply and FG. 4 XB 4 Y1B
1 +24V 1 +24V
CON13 2 +V CON29 2 Empty 1
(XC) 3 24G (Y1C) 3 Empty 2
4 XC 4 Y1C
1 +24V 1 +24V
CON14 2 +V CON30 2 Empty 1
(XD) 3 24G (Y1D) 3 Empty 2
4 XD 4 Y1D
1 +24V 1 +24V
CON15 2 +V CON31 2 Empty 1
(XE) 3 24G (Y1E) 3 Empty 2
4 XE 4 Y1E
1 +24V 1 +24V
CON16 2 +V CON32 2 Empty 1
(XF) 3 24G (Y1F) 3 Empty 2
4 XF 4 Y1F

6 - 53 6 - 53
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication

CONC
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 +24V(I/O)
5
5 24G(I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1
1 FG
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT)
CABLE(OUT) 3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
I/O POWER 4 +24V(I/O)
5
CABLE(OUT) 5 24G(I/O)
One-touch connector
for power supply
and FG 3
Online connector
for power supply and FG

3: The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

Pin arrangement

CON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1
2
3
4

1 CON 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
2
3
4 1
2
5 3
4

CON A B C D
A module view from the top

6 - 54 6 - 54
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.4 One Touch Connector Type Combined Module

6.4.1 AJ65SBTC4-16DT combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTC4-16DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.5 A/point 2.4 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simulataneous ON input points 100 % Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/ Leakage current at OFF
0.25 mA or lower
3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/ Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
1.7 mA or lower 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ Output form Sink type
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower Protection function
Overload protection function,
(when 24 V DC)
overvoltage protection function,
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower overheat protection function
(when 24 V DC)
Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
time 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
ON OFF

ON
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

COM-
CTL+
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
supply for Current 13 mA or lower

+24V
24G
output part

YF
X7
(when 24 V DC, all points ON)

STATION NO.
Not including external load current

+24V
24G
YE
X6
Input form Positive common Surge suppressor
Zener diode
(sink type)

+24V
24G
YD
X5
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (one-touch connector plug 4-wire type)

+24V
24G
YC
X4
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

+24V
24G
YB
X3
Y8 9 A B C D E F
supply Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

+24V
24G
YA
A J65SBTC4-16DT
X2
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

+24V
24G
X1
Y9
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

+24V
24G
X0
Y8
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

between all DC external terminals and ground
(FG)
24G

Protection of degree IP2X

Weight 0.15 kg
+24V

External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:
SLD
DG

wiring I/O module power supply [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG] 59 to 88 N•cm
DB

system part Applicable solderless terminals:

DA

I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block 2 max.

[External power supply for I/O]
I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal]
(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately)
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Appli- Communication Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
2
cable part, I/O module solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
wire power supply terminal • V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
size part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0mm ]
I/O power
supply part
I/O part Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm ]
Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 55 6 - 55
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
<Connection example for 4-wire, 3-wire, 2-wire sensor> Terminal
Pin arrangement Signal name
number
1 DA TB1 DA
2 DB
3 DG Insulation
TB2 DB
4 SLD TB3 DG
5 +24V
6 FG
DC/DC TB4 SLD
7 24G TB5 +24V
I/O module power supply
TB6 (FG)
4-wire sensor (sink output sink input)
TB7 24G
CON1
Black 1
Pin signal Signal name
Detection
circuit White 2 1 X0
Brown 3
Blue 4 2 Y8
CON1
The color of core conforms to
3 +24V
JIS C 4524. 4 24G
The color of core conforms to
IEC60947-5-2. 1 X1
3-wire sensor (sink output)
2 Y9
CON2
CON2 3 +24V
Black 1 4 3 2 1
Detection
circuit 2 4 24G
Brown 3 CON1
Blue 4
1 X2
CON2 2 YA
CON3
CON3 3 +24V
4 24G
CON4
1 X3
CON5
2-wire sensor (sink output) 2 YB
CON4
CON8 CON6 3 +24V
Brown 1
Detection 2 CON7 4 24G
circuit
3 1 X4
Blue 4 CON8
2 YC
CON5
3 +24V
A module view 4 24G
from the top. 1 X5
8 CTL+
Constant
voltage 2 YD
9 COM-
circuit CON6
External power supply for output
3 +24V
4 24G
<Another connection example> 1 X6
2 YE
1 DA CON7
2 DB
3 +24V
3 DG Insulation 4 24G
4 SLD
1 X7
5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG 2 YF
CON8
7 24G 3 +24V
I/O module power supply
4 24G
Terminal
Signal name
number
(sink input) CON1
1 TB8 CTL+
2 TB9 COM-
3
4

CON8
1
(sink output)
L
2
3
4

Constant
8 CTL+ voltage
circuit
9 COM-
External power supply for output

6 - 56 6 - 56
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.4.2 AJ65SBTC4-16DT2 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module
Item AJ65SBTC4-16DT2 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.5 A/point, 2.4 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simulataneous ON input points 100 % Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/ Leakage current at OFF
0.1 mA or lower
3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/ Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
1.7 mA or lower 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 k Ω Output form Sink type
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower Protection function
None
(when 24 V DC)
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
(when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

ON

COM-
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

CTL+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
supply for Current 13 mA or lower
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

+24V
24G
YF
X7
STATION NO.
Not including external load current

+24V
24G
YE
X6
Input form Positive common Surge suppressor
Zener diode

+24V
24G
YD
(sink type)

X5
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (one-touch connector plug 4-wire type)

+24V
24G
YC
X4
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)

+24V
24G
YB
X3
Y8 9 A B C D E F
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

A J65SBTC4-16DT2

+24V
Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

24G
YA
X2
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

+24V
24G
X1
Y9
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

+24V
24G
X0
Y8
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

(FG)
24G
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X +24V
SLD
Weight 0.15 kg
DG

External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:
DB
DA

wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG] 59 to 88 N•cm
system I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block Applicable solderless terminals:
[External power supply for I/O] 2 max.
I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal]
(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately)
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Appli- Communication part, Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
cable I/O module power solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
wire supply part terminal • V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
size I/O power supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
I/O part Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 57 6 - 57
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
<Connection example for 4-wire, 3-wire, 2-wire sensor> Pin arrangement Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
2 DB TB2 DB
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD
TB3 DG
5 +24V
DC/DC TB4 SLD
6 FG
7 24G TB5 +24V
I/O module power supply
TB6 (FG)
4-wire sensor (sink output sink input)
TB7 24G
CON1
Detection Black 1 Pin signal Signal name
circuit White 2
Brown 3 1 X0
Blue 4
2 Y8
The color of core conforms to CON1
JIS C 4524. 3 +24V
The color of core conforms to
IEC60947-5-2. 4 24G
3-wire sensor (sink output)
1 X1
CON2
2 Y9
Detection
1 CON2
circuit 2 3 +24V
3
4 4 3 2 1 4 24G
CON1 1 X2
CON2 2 YA
CON3
CON3
3 +24V

2-wire sensor (sink output)

4 24G
CON4
CON8 1 X3
1 CON5
Detection 2 2 YB
circuit
3 CON6
CON4
4 3 +24V
CON7
4 24G
CON8 1 X4
2 YC
A module view CON5
Constant 3 +24V
8 CTL+
9 COM-
voltage
circuit from the top.
External power supply for output 4 24G
1 X5
<Another connection example> 2 YD
CON6
3 +24V
1 DA
2 DB 4 24G
3 DG Insulation
1 X6
4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC
2 YE
6 FG CON7
7 24G
3 +24V
I/O module power supply 4 24G
1 X7
2 YF
CON1 CON8
(sink input) 3 +24V
1
2 4 24G
3
4 Terminal number Signal name
TB8 CTL+
TB9 COM-

CON8
1
(sink output)
L 2
3
4

Constant
8 CTL+ voltage
circuit
9 COM-
External power supply for output

6 - 58 6 - 58
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.4.3 AJ65SBTC1-32DT combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTC1-32DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.1 A/point 1.6 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 % Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/ Leakage current at OFF
0.25 mA or lower
3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/ Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V DC or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A,
1.7 mA or lower 0.6 V DC or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ Output form Sink type
Response time OFF ON Protection function Overload protection function,
1.5 ms or lower
overvoltage protection function,
(when 24 V DC)
overheat protection function
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
(when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

ON

COM-
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

COM+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for Current 17 mA or lower

Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
STATION NO.
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y1A
Y1B
Y18
Y19
Not including external load current
Input form Positive common Surge suppressor

Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
Zener diode
(sink type)

Y10-Y1F
X0-XF

Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (one-touch connector plug 1-wire type)

XC
XD
XE
XF
Y101112 1314 1516 17 Y1819 1A1B1C1D1E1F
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

X8 9 A B C D E F
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

XA
XB
X8
X9
A J65SBTC1-32DT
Current 50 mA or lower lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X4
X5
X6
X7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X0
X1
X2
X3
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground

(FG)
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
24G
between all DC external terminals and ground DA DG +24V

Weight 0.16 kg
SLD

External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:
DB

wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG] 59 to 88 N•cm
system I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block Applicable solderless terminals:
[External power supply for I/O] 2 max.
I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal]
(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Appli- Communication part, Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
cable I/O module power solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
wire supply part terminal • V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
size I/O power supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
I/O part Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User’s Manual

6 - 59 6 - 59
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal Signal
Pin arrangement
number name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
1 DA
2 DB TB6 (FG)
3 DG Insulation TB7 24G
4 SLD Signal
5 +24V Pin number
DC/DC name
6 FG
7 24G
1 X0
I/O module power supply
CON1 to CON4 2 X1
CON1
1 3 X2
2 4 X3
3 1 X4
4
2 X5
CON2
4 3 2 1
3 X6

CON1
4 X7
1 X8
CON2
CON5 to CON8 2 X9
CON3
CON3
L
1 3 XA
2 CON4 4 XB
3 1 XC
CON5
L 4
2 XD
CON6 CON4
3 XE
CON7
4 XF
CON8 1 Y10
2 Y11
CON5
A module view 3 Y12
from the top 4 Y13
External power 1 Y14
supply for output
Constant 2 Y15
8 COM+ voltage CON6
circuit 3 Y16
9 COM-
4 Y17
Load power supply
1 Y18
2 Y19
CON7
L
When external power supply 3 Y1A
for output and load power supply
are common.
4 Y1B
8 COM+ 1 Y1C
9 COM-
2 Y1D
CON8
3 Y1E
4 Y1F
Terminal Signal
number name
TB8 COM+
TB9 COM-

6 - 60 6 - 60
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.4.4 AJ65SBTC1-32DT1 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTC1-32DT1 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
(ripple ratio: within 0.1 A/point 1.6 A/common
5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 % Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/ Leakage current at OFF
0.25 mA or lower
3 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 3 V or lower/ Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V DC or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A,
0.5 mA or lower 0.6 V DC or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ Output form Sink type
Response time OFF ON Protection function Overload protection function,
0.2 ms or lower
overvoltage protection function,
(when 24 V DC)
overheat protection function
ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
(when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

ON

COM-
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

COM+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for Current 17 mA or lower

Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
STATION NO.
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y1A
Y1B
Y18
Y19
Not including external load current
Input form Positive common Surge suppressor

Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
Zener diode
(sink type)

Y10-Y1F
X0-XF

Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (one-touch connector plug 1-wire type)

XC
XD
XE
XF
Y1011121314 1516 17 Y1819 1A1B1C1D1E1F
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

X8 9 A B C D E F
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

A J65SBTC1-32DT1

XA
XB
X8
X9
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X4
X5
X6
X7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X0
X1
X2
X3
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
(FG)
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester 24G

between all DC external terminals and ground

DA DG +24V

Protection of degree IP2X

SLD

Weight 0.16 kg
DB

External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:
wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG] 59 to 88 N•cm
system I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block Applicable solderless terminals:
[External power supply for I/O] 2 max.
I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal]
(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Appli- Communication part, Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
cable I/O module power solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
wire supply part terminal • V2-MS3,RAP2-3SL,TGV2-3N
size I/O power supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
I/O part Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User’s Manual

6 - 61 6 - 61
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal Signal
Pin arrangement
number name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
1 DA
2 DB TB6 (FG)
3 DG Insulation TB7 24G
4 SLD Signal
5 +24V Pin number
DC/DC name
6 FG
7 24G 1 X0
I/O module power supply 2 X1
CON1 to CON4 CON1
1 3 X2
2 4 X3
3 1 X4
4
2 X5
CON2
4 3 2 1
3 X6

CON1
4 X7
1 X8
CON2
CON5 to CON8 2 X9
CON3
CON3
L
1 3 XA
2 CON4 4 XB
3 1 XC
CON5
L
4
2 XD
CON6 CON4
3 XE
CON7
4 XF
CON8 1 Y10
2 Y11
CON5
A module view 3 Y12
from the top 4 Y13
External power 1 Y14
supply for output
Constant 2 Y15
8 COM+ voltage CON6
circuit 3 Y16
9 COM-
4 Y17
Load power supply
1 Y18
2 Y19
CON7
L When external power supply 3 Y1A
for output and load power supply
are common. 4 Y1B
8 COM+ 1 Y1C
9 COM-
2 Y1D
CON8
3 Y1E
4 Y1F
Terminal Signal
number name
TB8 COM+
TB9 COM-

6 - 62 6 - 62
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.4.5 AJ65SBTC1-32DT2 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module
Item AJ65SBTC1-32DT2 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.1 A/point 1.6 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 % Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/ Leakage current at OFF
0.1 mA or lower
3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/ Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V DC or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A,
1.7 mA or lower 0.6 V DC or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ Output form Sink type
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower Protection function
None
(when 24 V DC)
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower Response OFF ON
0.5 ms or lower
(when 24 V DC) time
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

ON

COM-
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

COM+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
supply for Current 17 mA or lower
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
STATION NO.
Not including external load current

Y1A
Y1B
Y18
Y19
Input form Positive common Surge suppressor
Zener diode

Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
(sink type)
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (one-touch connector plug 1-wire type)

Y10-Y1F
X0-XF

Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

XC
XD
XE
XF
Y1011 12 13141516 17 Y18191A1B1C1D1E1F
X8 9 A B C D E F
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

A J65SBTC1-32DT2

XA
XB
X8
X9
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X4
X5
X6
X7
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X0
X1
X2
X3
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

(FG)
between all DC external terminals and ground 24G

Protection of degree IP2X

+24V
SLD

Weight 0.16 kg
DG

External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:
DB
DA

wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG] 59 to 88 N•cm
system I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block Applicable solderless terminals:
[External power supply for I/O] 2 max.
I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal]
(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately)
M4 screws with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module installation screw
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Appli- Communication part, Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
cable I/O module power solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
wire supply part terminal • V2-MS3,RAP2-3SL,TGV2-3N
size I/O power supply [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
part
I/O part Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm ]
Accessory User’s Manual

6 - 63 6 - 63
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal Signal
Pin arrangement
number name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
1 DA
2 DB TB6 (FG)
3 DG Insulation TB7 24G
4 SLD Signal
5 +24V Pin number
DC/DC name
6 FG
7 24G 1 X0
I/O module power supply
CON1 to CON4
2 X1
CON1
1 3 X2
2 4 X3
3 1 X4
4
2 X5
CON2
3 X6
4 3 2 1
4 X7
CON1
1 X8
CON2
CON5 to CON8 2 X9
CON3
1 CON3 3 XA
L
2 CON4 4 XB
3 1 XC
L
4 CON5
2 XD
CON6 CON4
3 XE
CON7 4 XF
CON8 1 Y10
2 Y11
CON5
A module view 3 Y12
from the top. 4 Y13
External power 1 Y14
supply for output
Constant 2 Y15
8 COM+ voltage CON6
circuit 3 Y16
9 COM-
4 Y17
Load power supply
1 Y18
2 Y19
CON7
L
When external power supply 3 Y1A
for output and load power supply
4 Y1B
are mutual.
8 COM+ 1 Y1C
9 COM-
2 Y1D
CON8
3 Y1E
4 Y1F
Terminal Signal
number name
TB8 COM+
TB9 COM-

6 - 64 6 - 64
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.4.6 AJ65SBTC1-32DT3 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTC1-32DT3 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.1 A/point 1.6 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 % Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/ Leakage current at OFF
0.1 mA or lower
3 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 3 V or lower/ Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V DC or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A,
0.5 mA or lower 0.6 V DC or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ Output form Sink type
Response time OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower Protection function
None
(when 24 V DC)
ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower Response OFF ON
0.5 ms or lower
(when 24 V DC) time
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

ON
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC

COM-
COM+
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
supply for Current 17 mA or lower

Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

STATION NO.
Not including external load current

Y1A
Y1B
Y18
Y19
Input form Positive common Surge suppressor

Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
Zener diode
(sink type)

Y10-Y1F
X0-XF

Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Wiring method for common 32 points/common (one-touch connector plug 1-wire type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)

XC
XD
XE
XF
Y1011 12 13141516 17 Y18191A1B1C1D1E1F
X8 9 A B C D E F
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)

A J65SBTC1-32DT3

XA
XB
X8
X9
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,

X4
X5
X6
X7
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

X0
X1
X2
X3
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
(FG)
24G
between all DC external terminals and ground +24V

Protection of degree IP2X

SLD

Weight 0.16 kg
DG
DB

External Communication part, 7-point terminal block (two-piece) M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:
DA

wiring I/O module power supply part [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG] 59 to 88 N•cm
system I/O power supply part 2-point direct-mount terminal block Applicable solderless terminals:
[External power supply for I/O] 2 max.
I/O part Dedicated one-touch connector [I/O signal]
(4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold separately)
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Appli- Communication part, Applicable • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
cable I/O module power solderless [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
wire supply part terminal • V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
size I/O power supply part [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
I/O part Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
[Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
Finished dimensions:
φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514),
φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User’s Manual

6 - 65 6 - 65
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal
Pin arrangement Signal name
number
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
1 DA TB5 +24V
2 DB TB6 (FG)
3 DG Insulation
TB7 24G
4 SLD
5 +24V Pin number Signal name
DC/DC
6 FG 1 X0
7 24G 2 X1
I/O module power supply CON1
CON1 to CON4 3 X2
1
4 X3
2
3 1 X4
4 2 X5
CON2
3 X6
4 3 2 1 4 X7
CON1 1 X8
CON2 2 X9
CON5 to CON8 CON3
CON3
3 XA
1
L
4 XB
2 CON4
3 1 XC
CON5
L
4 2 XD
CON4
CON6 3 XE
CON7 4 XF
1 Y10
CON8
2 Y11
CON5
3 Y12
A module view
4 Y13
from the top.
1 Y14
External power
supply for output 2 Y15
Constant CON6
8 COM+ voltage
circuit
3 Y16
9 COM- 4 Y17
Load power supply 1 Y18
2 Y19
CON7
When external power supply 3 Y1A
L
for output and load power supply 4 Y1B
are common.
8 COM+ 1 Y1C
9 COM- 2 Y1D
CON8
3 Y1E
4 Y1F
Terminal
Signal name
number
TB8 COM+
TB9 COM-

6 - 66 6 - 66
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.5 FCN Connector Type Combined Module

6.5.1 AJ65SBTCF1-32DT combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module
Item AJ65SBTCF1-32DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current 0.1 A/point 1.6 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 % Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/ Max. voltage drop at ON 0.1 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A,
3.5 mA or higher 0.2 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/ Output form
Sink type
1.7 mA or lower
Input resistance Protection function Overload protection function,
Approx. 4.7kΩ overvoltage protection function,

ON
overheat protection function

X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF COM NC Y18 Y19 Y1A Y1B Y1C Y1D Y1E Y1F COM- CTL+

X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 COM NC Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 COM- CTL+
B RATE
Response time 1.5 ms or lower Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
OFF ON
(when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
1.5 ms or lower External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC

STATION NO.
ON OFF
(when 24 V DC) power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Wiring method for common 16-points /common supply for Current 30 mA or lower
(FCN connector output part (TYP. 24 V DC/common)
1-wire type) Not including external load current

Y10-Y1F
X0-XF
Input form Positive/Negative Wiring method for 16 points/common
common shared type common (FCN connector 1-wire type)

Y10 111213 1415 1617 Y18191A1B1C1D1E1F

X8 9 A B C D E F
(sink/source shared type) Surge suppressor Zener diode

A J65SBTCF1-32DT
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)

(FG)
24G
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

+24V
between all DC external terminal and ground

SLD
DG
Protection of degree IP2X
DB
Weight 0.15 kg DA

External Communication part, M3 5.2 Tightening torque range:

wiring I/O module power supply part 7-point terminal block (two-piece) 59 to 88 N•cm
system [Transmission circuit, I/O module power supply, FG] Applicable solderless terminals:
2 max.
I/O power supply part, 40-pin connector [External power supply for I/O, I/O signal]
I/O part (A6CON1, A6CON2, A6CON3, A6CON4)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range: 79 to 108 N•cm)
Module can be mounted using DIN rail and can be mounted in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Appli- Communication part, Applicable 2
cable I/O module power solderless • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm2]
wire supply part terminal
size I/O power supply part, 2
0.3 mm (22 AWG) or lower (For A6CON1 and A6CON4)
I/O part 0.2 to 0.08 mm2 (24 to 28 AWG) (For A6CON2)
2
0.08 mm (28 AWG) stranded cable, φ0.25 mm (30 AWG) single cable (For A6CON3)
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 67 6 - 67
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Pin arrangement Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24 V
5 +24V TB6 (FG)
DC/DC
6 FG
TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module power Pin Signal Pin Signal
supply
No. name No. name
B20 X0 B20 X0 A20 X8
B19 X1
B19 X1 A19 X9
B18 X2
B17 X3
B18 X2 A18 XA
B16 X4 B17 X3 A17 XB
B15 X5 B16 X4 A16 XC
B14 X6 B15 X5 A15 XD
B13 X7
A1 B1 B14 X6 A14 XE
A20 X8
A2 B2 B13 X7 A13 XF
A19 X9 A3 B3
A18 XA A4 B4 B12 COM A12 COM
A17 XB A5 B5 B11 Empty A11 Empty
A6 B6
A16 XC B10 Y10 A10 Y18
A7 B7
A15 XD A8 B8 B9 Y11 A9 Y19
A14 XE A9 B9
A10 B10 B8 Y12 A8 Y1A
A13 XF
A11 B11 B7 Y13 A7 Y1B
A,B12 COM
A12 B12
A,B11 Empty A13 B13 B6 Y14 A6 Y1C
B10 Y10 A14 B14 B5 Y15 A5 Y1D
L B9 Y11 A15 B15
A16 B16 B4 Y16 A4 Y1E
B8 Y12
A17 B17 B3 Y17 A3 Y1F
B7 Y13 A18 B18
B6 Y14 A19 B19
B2 COM- A2 COM-
B5 Y15 A20 B20 B1 CTL+ A1 CTL+
B4 Y16
B3 Y17
A10 Y18
A9 Y19 A module view
A8 Y1A
from the top.
A7 Y1B
A6 Y1C
A5 Y1D
A4 Y1E
External power supply L A3 Y1F
for output Constant
A,B1 CTL+ voltage circuit
A,B2 COM-

L A3 Y1F When external power supply

A,B1 CTL+ for output and load power
A,B2 COM- supply are mutual.

6 - 68 6 - 68
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.5.2 AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1 combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Specification AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1 Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 16 points Number of output points 16 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 12/24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current 0.1 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 1.6 A/common
Max. simultaneous ON input 100 %/60 % Max. inrush current
0.7 A 10 ms or lower
points (refer to Section 1.3 (1))
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current 3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower Voltage drop at ON 0.1 V or lower (TYP.) 0.1 A,
Input resistance Approx. 4.7kΩ 0.2 V or lower (MAX.) 0.1 A
Response time OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower Output form Sink type
(when 24 V DC) Protection function Overload protection function,
ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower overvoltage protection function,
(when 24 V DC) overheat protection function
Wiring method for common Response OFF ON 1 ms or lower
16-points /common
time ON OFF 1ms or lower AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1
(FCN connector 1-wire type)
(rated load, resistive load)
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %) LINK X0 Y10
supply for Current 10 mA or lower CON.A CON.B XF Y1F
output part ((when 24 V DC, all points ON) PW
Not including external load current L RUN
Input form Positive/Negative common Wiring method for 16 points/common L ERR
shared type common (FCN connector 1-wire type) 0
(sink/source shared type) Surge suppressor Zener diode 1
2
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points) 3

I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %) 4

5
supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON) 6
7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 μs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition) 8
9
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground A
PW/AUX. B
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester C
CON.C CON.D
between all DC external terminal and ground D
E
Protection of degree IP1XB F
Weight 0.16 kg
External Communication part One-touch connector for communication
wiring [Transmission circuit] (5 pins pressure welding type)
system The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-L5P
<Option>
Online connector for communication: A6CON-LJ5P
Power supply part One-touch connector for power supply and FG
[I/O module power supply and FG] (5 pins pressure welding type)
The plug for the connector is sold separately: A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD
<Option>
Online connector for power supply: A6CON-PWJ5P
I/O part Connector for I/O
(40-pin connector) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88 N•cm)
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to IEC 60715)
Applicable Connector for
Applicable cable: FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for power 0.66 to 0.98 mm2 (18 AWG)
supply and FG [φ2.2 to 3.0 mm (A6CON-PW5P), φ2.0 to 2.3 mm (A6CON-PW5P-SOD)]
Wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Outer insulation layer material PVC (Heat-resistant vinyl)
2
Connector for I/O 0.3 mm (22 AWG)
Applicable I/O connector A6CON1 (soldering-type), A6CON2 (crimp-contact-type),
A6CON3 (pressure-displacement-type), A6CON4 (soldering-type)
Accessory User's Manual

6 - 69 6 - 69
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

Pin arrangement

CONA CONA CONB CON1

1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2 1
2 DB
(IN) 3 2 B20 A20
3 DG 3 B19 A19
4 Empty
4 4 B18 A18
5 B17 A17
5 SLD 5 B16 A16
B15 A15
CONB B14 A14
1
1 DA B13 A13
LINK CABLE 2 B12 A12
2 DB B11 A11
(OUT) 3
3 DG B10 A10
4 B9 A9
4 Empty B8 A8
5
5 SLD B7 A7
B6 A6
One-touch connector B5 A5
for communication B4 A4
B3 A3

1
CONC Insulation CONC COND B2 A2
B1 A1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2 1
2 +24V(UNIT)
3 24G(UNIT) DC/DC 2
3
4
4 Empty 3
5
5 Empty
4
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
5
COND
1 FG
1
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT) A module view
CABLE(OUT) 3 24G(UNIT)
3
4 from the top
I/O POWER 4 Empty
5
CABLE(OUT) 5 Empty

One-touch connector Signal

for power supply Pin No. Signal name Pin No.
and FG 1 CON1 name
B20,A20 1 DA
2 DB
CON
3 DG
A,B
4 Empty
B13,A13 5 SLD
20 X0 20 X8
B12,A12 19 X1 19 X9
18 X2 18 XA
17 X3 17 XB
CON1
B10,A10 16 X4 16 XC
L
15 X5 15 XD
14 X6 14 XE
13 X7 13 XF
12 COM 12 COM
L
B3,A3 CON 11 Empty CON 11 Empty
1-B 10 Y10 1-A 10 Y18
B1,A1
9 Y11 9 Y19
B2,A2 8 Y12 8 Y1A
Constant voltage 7 Y13 7 Y1B
circuit
6 Y14 6 Y1C
External power supply
for output 5 Y15 5 Y1D
4 Y16 4 Y1E
B3,A3
L

B1,A1
When external power supply 3 Y17 3 Y1F
for output and load power supply
B2,A2 are mutual 2 COM- 2 COM-
1 CTL+ 1 CTL+
1 (FG)
2 +24V(UNIT)
CON
1:The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG. 3 24G(UNIT)
C-D
4 Empty
5 Empty

6 - 70 6 - 70
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<When using online connector>

Online connector
for communication
CONA
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
CONB
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB
(OUT) 3
3 DG
4
4 Empty
5
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication
CONC
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2
2 +24V(UNIT)
3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
4 Empty
5
5 Empty
I/O POWER CABLE(IN)
COND
1
1 FG
2
UNIT POWER 2 +24V(UNIT)
CABLE(OUT) 3
3 24G(UNIT)
4
I/O POWER 4 Empty
5
CABLE(OUT) 5 Empty
One-touch connector
for power supply
and FG 1

1:The connector in non-divided line should be installed to empty of connector for the power supply and FG.

6 - 71 6 - 71
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.6 Waterproof Type Combined Module

6.6.1 AJ65FBTA42-16DT combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65FBTA42-16DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of output points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 20.4 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
0.5 A/point 2.4 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
AJ65FBTA42-16DT
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.15 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
0.25 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ Output form Sink type Y8
Y9
YA

Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Protect function Overload protection function,
YB
YC
YD
YE

ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) overheat protection function YF

Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower

time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
External Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for Current 10 mA or lower Y
Y
output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Not including external load current
Input form Positive common (sink type) Surge suppressor Zener diode Y
Y
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (waterproof connector 2 to 4-wire type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %) Y
Y
supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
DC type noise withstand voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1µs,
Noise durability
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition) Y
Y
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Insulation resistance
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP67
Weight 0.40 kg
Accessory User's Manual
Option Waterproof cap: A6CAP-WP2
Other connected protection Refer to section 1.6.1

6 - 72 6 - 72
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Pin arrangement Communication connector
Pin
LINK IN LINK IN LINK OUT
4 No.
2
1 SLD SLD
3
1 2 DB DB

110 Commu- 3 DG DG
nication 4 DA DA
130 circuit
LINK OUT 5 No pins Empty
4
2 Power connector
3 Terminal
1 Pin
resistance UNIT POWER AUX.
5 select switch No.
LINK IN
1 +24V(UNIT) +24V(I/O)
Male
2 Empty Empty
2 1
Insulation 3 4 3 24G(UNIT) 24G(I/O)
UNIT POWER
1 4 Empty Empty
3 DC/DC LINK OUT 5 FG FG
5
2 Female I/O connector
1 2
4 4 5
3 Signal Signal
Module installation Pin No. Pin No.
screw name name
UNIT POWER/AUX. 1 +24V 1 +24V
AUX. 2 X1 2 Y9
1 Male
X0 Y8
3 2 5
1
X1 3 24G Y9 3 Empty
3 4
5
4 X0 4 Y8
2
4 I/O connector
5 Empty 5 Empty
4 wire type sensor
Female
1 +24V 1 +24V
(sink output) Constant
voltage circuit
1
4 5
2 2 X3 2 YB
3 X2 YA
X3 3 24G YB 3 Empty
Black 4
Detecting
White 2 4 X2 4 YA
circuit
Brown 1 Front view 5 Empty 5 Empty
Blue 3 1 +24V 1 +24V
3 wire type sensor 5
2 X5 2 YD
(sink output) X4 YC
X5 3 24G YD 3 Empty
Black 4 4 X4 4 YC
Detecting
circuit 2 5 Empty 5 Empty
Brown 1
1 +24V 1 +24V
Blue 3
5 2 X7 2 YF
2 wire type sensor X6 YE
(sink output) X7 3 24G YF 3 Empty
4 X6 4 YE
Brown 4 5 Empty 5 Empty
Detecting 2
circuit 1
Blue 3
5

Load
L
4
L
2
1
3
5

6 - 73 6 - 73
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.6.2 AJ65FBTA42-16DTE combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65FBTA42-16DTE Surface shape
Input Output
Number of output points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 7 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 20.4 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current
1.0 A/point 4.0 A/common
(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Max. simultaneous ON input Max. inrush current
100 % 2.0 A 10 ms or lower
points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.3 mA or lower
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower Max. voltage drop at ON 0.15 V or lower (TYP.) 1.0 A,
AJ65FBTA42-16DTE
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ 0.2 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower PROTECT

ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y8
Y9
YA
YB

Output form Source type YC

YD
YE
YF
Protection function Overload protection function,
overheat protection function LED
lights up when protection is occurring.
External Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC
power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y
supply for Current 15mA or lower Y

output part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)

Not including external load current
Input form Negative common (source type) Surge suppressor Zener diode Y
Y
16 points/common (waterproof connector 2 to 4-wire type: input
Wiring method for common
waterproof connector 2-wire type: output))
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points) Y
Y
I/O module power Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
DC type noise withstand voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1µs, Y
Noise durability Y
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Insulation resistance
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP67
Weight 0.40 kg
Accessory User's Manual
Option Waterproof cap: A6CAP-WP2
Other connected protection Refer to Section 1.6.1

6 - 74 6 - 74
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Pin arrangement Communication connector
Pin
LINK IN LINK IN LINK OUT
4 No.
2
3 1 SLD SLD
1 2 DB DB
110 Commu- 3 DG DG
nication
4 DA DA
130 circuit
LINK OUT
4 5 No pins Empty
2 Power connector
3
1 Pin
UNIT POWER AUX.
5 No.
LINK IN
1 +24V(UNIT) +24V(I/O)
Male
2 Empty Empty
2 1
Insulation 3 4 3 24G(UNIT) 24G(I/O)
UNIT POWER 4 Empty Empty
1
3 DC/DC LINK OUT 5 FG FG
5 Female I/O connector
2 1 2
4 4 5
3 Signal Signal
Pin No. Pin No.
Module installation name name
screw
UNIT POWER/AUX. 1 +24V 1 Empty
AUX. Male 2 X1 2 Y9
1 X0 Y8
3
2
3
5
1
4 X1 3 24G Y9 3 24G
5 4 X0 4 Y8
2 5 Empty 5 Empty
4 I/O connector
Female
1 +24V 1 Empty
4 wire type sensor
(Souce output) 1
4 5
2 2 X3 2 YB
Constant
voltage circuit
3 X2 YA
X3 3 24G YB 3 24G
Black 4 4 X2 4 YA
Detecting
circuit White 2 5 Empty 5 Empty
Front view
Brown 1
Blue 3 1 +24V 1 Empty
5 2 X5 2 YD
3 wire type sensor X4 YC
(Souce output) 3 24G 3 24G
X5 YD
4 X4 4 YC
Black 4 5 Empty 5 Empty
Detecting
circuit 2
Brown 1 1 +24V 1 Empty
Blue 3 2 X7 2 YF
5 X6 YE
X7 3 24G YF 3 24G
2 wire type sensor
(Souce output) 4 X6 4 YE
5 Empty 5 Empty
Brown 4
2
Detecting
circuit 1
Blue 3
5

L
4
L
2
1
3
5

6 - 75 6 - 75
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

6.6.3 AJ65SBTW4-16DT combined module

Form DC input transistor output combined module

Item AJ65SBTW4-16DT Surface shape
Input Output
Number of input points 8 points Number of output points 8 points
Isolation method Photocoupler Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Rated load voltage 24 V DC
Rated input current Operating load voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC
Approx. 5 mA
range (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Operating voltage range 20.4 to 26.4 V DC Max. load current 0.5 A/point
(ripple ratio: within 5 %) 2.4 A/common
Max. simultaneous ON input points 100 % Max. inrush current 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/ Leakage current at OFF
0.25 mA or lower
3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/ Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP.) 0.5 A,
1.7 mA or lower 0.6 V or lower (MAX.) 0.5 A
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ Output form Sink type
Response time OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower Protection function
Overload protection function,
(When 24 V DC)
overvoltage protection function,
1.5 ms or lower

AJ65SBTW4-16DT
ON OFF overheat protection function

L ERR.
L RUN
(When 24 V DC)

YC
YD
YA
YB

YE
YF
Y8
Y9

STATION NO.
Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)

X0
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
PW
External Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC

MITSUBISHI
power supply (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
for output Current 13 mA or lower

CON7

CON8
part (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Not including external load current
Input form Positive common Surge suppressor
Zener diode
(sink type)

CON5

CON6
Wiring method for common 16 points/common (waterproof connector plug 4-wire type)
Common to I/O module power supply
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module power supply Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5%)

CON3

CON4
Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC, all points ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs,
noise frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester

CON1

CON2
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP67
POWER CABL

OUT POWER CABL

Weight 0.70 kg
External wiring system 7-point terminal block (two-piece) (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
(M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88 N•cm), Waterproof connector
IN

[conforms to NECA 4202 (IEC 947-5-2); 4 pins, male,

LINK CABL

LINK CABL

M12-type, protection construction IP67] (Connector for I/O part)

<Options>
Dustproof caps: A6CAP-DC1 (20 caps)
Waterproof caps: A6CAP-WP1 (20 caps)
Applicable Transmission circuit, • RAV1.25-3 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
wire size I/O module power supply [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
part • V2-MS3, RAP2-3SL, TGV2-3N
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Connector for I/O part -
Tightening Module top-cover
54 to 64 N•cm
torque installation screw (M3)
value Module front-cover
54 to 64 N•cm
installation screw (M3)
Module installation
screws (M4 screw with
127 to 147 N•cm
plain washer finished
round)
Through pipe 99 to 148 N•cm
Through pipe specifications Applicable cable size: φ5.0 to 8.0 mm
Accessory User's Manual: Waterproof plugs (2 plugs)

6 - 76 6 - 76
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection
Terminal Signal
<Connection example for 4-wire, 3-wire, 2-wire sensor> Pin arrangement
number name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
LINK CABLE TB3 DG
1 DA TB4 SLD
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD TB6 (FG)
5 +24V
DC/DC TB7 24G
6 FG
7 24G Pin Signal
I/O module power POWER CABLE
Constant
voltage
number name
supply/external power
circuit
supply for output shared 1 +24V
2 Y8
Module CON1
4-wire sensor mounting 3 24G
(sink output/sink input) screw
4 X0
1 +24V

3
2

2
CON1
4
2 Y9

4
1

1
Detecting
circuit 2 CON2

CON7

CON8
1 3 24G
3 4 X1

3
2

2
1 +24V

4
2 YA

CON5

CON6
CON3
3-wire sensor 3 24G
(sink output)
4 X2

3
CON2 1 +24V

4
1

1
4

CON3

CON4
Detecting
2
2 YB
circuit CON4
1 3 24G
3

3
4 X3

2
1

4
1 +24V

CON1

CON2
2 YC
A module view CON5
3 24G
from the top.
4 X4
2-wire sensor
(sink output) 1 +24V
CON8 2 YD
4 CON6
Detecting
3 24G
2
circuit
1 4 X5
3
1 +24V
2 YE
CON7
3 24G
4 X6
1 +24V
2 YF
CON8
3 24G
4 X7

6 - 77 6 - 77
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A

External connection

<Another connection example>

LINK CABLE
1 DA
2 DB
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG
7 24G
I/O module power POWER CABLE
Constant
supply/external power voltage
supply for output shared circuit

Module
mounting
screw

(sink input) CON1

4
2
1
3

CON8
4
(sink output)
L
2
1
3

6 - 78 6 - 78
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES

7.1 Precautionary Notes for Handling and Installation
The precautionary notes when handling and installing the compact remote I/O module
for the CC-Link system are described below.

• Do not touch the terminals or connector while the power is on.

DANGER Doing so may cause shock or erroneous operation.

• Make sure that there are no foreign substances such as sawdust or wiring debris
CAUTION inside the module.
Such debris could cause fire, failure or malfunction.
• Do not disassemble or modify the module.
Doing so could cause failure, malfunction, injury or fire.
• Do not directly touch the module's conductive parts.
Doing so could cause malfunction or failure in the module.
• Do not drop or apply any strong impact to the module. Doing so may damage the
module.
• Completely turn off the externally supplied power used in the system before
mounting or removing the module to/from the panel. Not doing so could result in
damage to the product.
• Tighten the terminal screws within the range of specified torque.
If the terminal screws are loose, it may result in fire or malfunction.
Tightening the screws too far may cause damage to the screws, resulting in short
circuit or malfunction.
• When disposing of this product, treat it as industrial waste.
• Use the module in an environment that meets the general specifications contained
in this manual.
Using this module in an environment outside the range of the general specifications
could result in electric shock, fire, malfunction, and damage to or deterioration of the
product.
• Make sure to fix the module with DIN rail or installation screws and tighten the 7
installation screws with the specified torque.
If the screws are loose, it may result in fallout, short circuits, or malfunctions.
Tightening the screws too far may cause damage to the screw, resulting in fallout
and short circuits.

(1) Tighten the module installation screws and terminal block screws using torque
within the following ranges. Tightening the screws too far may cause damage to
the module case:
(a) Terminal block, quick connector type remote I/O module
Screw location Tightening torque range
Module installation screws (M4 screws with polished, round flat washers) 78 to 108 N·cm
Terminal block screws (M3 screws) 59 to 88 N·cm
Terminal block installation screw (M3.5 screws) 68 to 98 N·cm

(b) Waterproof type remote I/O module (AJ65SBTW -16 )

Screw location Tightening torque range
Module top cover installation screws (M3 screws) 54 to 64 N·cm
Module front cover installation screws (M3 screws) 54 to 64 N·cm
Through pipe 99 to 148 N·cm
Module installation screws (M4 screws with polished, round flat washers) 127 to 147 N·cm
Terminal block screws (M3 screws) 59 to 88 N·cm
Terminal block installation screw (M3.5 screws) 68 to 98 N·cm

7-1 7-1
 7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(c) Low profile waterproof remote I/O module (AJ65FBTA -16 )

Screw location Tightening torque range
Communication adaptor installation screws (M4 screws) 42 to 58 N·cm
Module installation screws (M4 screws) 78 to 118 N·cm
Waterproof cap (A6CAP-WP2) 29 to 34 N·cm

(d) Spring clamp terminal block, sensor connector (e-CON) remote I/O modules
Screw location Tightening torque range
Screwing fixture (M4 screw) 82 to 111 N·cm

(2) A protective film is attached on the module’s surface for the purpose of scratch
prevention during transportation.
Prior to use, be sure to remove it.

(3) When using a DIN rail, attach the DIN rail after taking the following items into
consideration:
(a) Applicable DIN rail types (conform to JIS C 2812)
TH35-7.5Fe
TH35-7.5Al
(b) Intervals between the DIN rail installation screws
Tighten the screws using a pitch of 200mm(7.87 in.) or less when attaching a
DIN rail.
The conventional remote I/O module has furthermore been reduced in size.
(c) Area where screws cannot used for Din rail installation
When installing the AJ65VBTCE -16 and AJ65VBTCE -32 to the DIN
rail horizontally as shown below, tighten a screw so that a certain distance will
be ensured between the screw and the DIN rail hook on the right side of
module.
Failure to do so may cause the screw to interfere with the DIN rail hook.
7 1) For AJ65VBTCE -16
Tighten a screw keeping a distance of 50mm (1.97 in.) or more from the
DIN rail hook on the right side of module.
DIN rail hook
3M 35610 B

3M 35610 A

50mm (1.97 in.)

1
1

7-2 7-2
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

2) For AJ65VBTCE -32

Tighten a screw keeping a distance of 80mm (3.15 in.) or more from the
DIN rail hook on the right side of module.
DIN rail hook

3M 35610 B

3M 35610 A
1
80mm (3.15 in.)
1

(4) To attach the compact remote I/O module to the DIN rail, press the centerline area
of the DIN rail hook beneath the module until a click is heard.
For AJ65SBTB1-8 , AJ65SBTB1-16 , For AJ65SBTB1B-16 , AJ65SBTB1-32 ,
AJ65SBTC4-16 , AJ65SBTC1-32 , AJ65SBTB2-16 , AJ65SBTB2N-16 ,
AJ65SBTCF1-32 , AJ65SBTB2-8 , AJ65SBTB3-16 , AJ65SBTB32-16 ,
AJ65SBTB2N-8 , AJ65SBTB32-8 , AJ65VBTS -32 , AJ65VBTCE -32
AJ65VBTS -16 , AJ65VBTCE -8 , compact remote I/O modules
AJ65VBTCE -16
compact remote I/O modules

DIN rail
DIN rail DIN rail hook
DIN rail hook

Note: Do not touch the board

as described below.
It may result in failure.

Board

DIN rail

7-3 7-3
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(5) When mounting the compact remote I/O module on the DIN rail, put its upper
hook onto the fixing bracket and push the module until it clicks.

Click

[Mounting dimensions]
(a) A6PLT-J65V1 (For module width 41mm only) (b) A6PLT-J65V2 (For module width 60mm only)
M4 screw 8mm M4 screw 8mm
long or more long or more
6 29 7.5 45

35
35

17.5
17.5

41 60 7.5

Unit : mm

(6) Avoid the following conditions for the installation location of a compact remote I/O
module:
(a) Location where the ambient temperature exceeds the range of 0 to 55°C.
(0 to 45°C for waterproof remote I/O module)
(b) Location where the ambient humidity exceeds the range of 10 to 90%.
(c) Location where condensation occurs due to a sudden temperature change.
(d) Location where corrosive gas or flammable gas exists.
(e) Location where a lot of conductive powdery substance such as dust and iron
filing, oil mist, salt, or organic solvent exists.
(f) Location exposed to direct sunlight.
(g) Location where strong electric fields or magnetic fields form.
(h) Location where vibration or impact is directly applied to the main module.

7-4 7-4
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(7) When installing the compact remote I/O module into a panel, etc., provide 60 mm
(2.36 in.) or more of space between the top and bottom of the module and other
structures or parts so that good ventilation and ease of operation when
exchanging modules can be secured.

(8) Install the compact remote I/O module on a level surface.

If the surface is uneven, unnecessary force is applied to the printed circuit board,
causing malfunctions.

(9) When installing the waterproof-type remote I/O module, provide the space shown
in the figure below between the top and bottom of the module and other structures
or parts so that good ventilation can be secured and that interference and
application of load on the waterproof connector can be prevented.
When connecting two modules in parallel, secure 5 mm (0.2 in.) of space between
them.

5 (0.20) or more

3 (0.12) or more

Installation
surface

80 (3.15) or more 1

3 (0.12) or more 3 (0.12) or more

1 Provide a space so that no load is applied to the cable

(the space differs depending on the waterproof connector used).

<When two modules are installed in parallel>

7 (0.28) or more

Unit : mm (in.)

7-5 7-5
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(10) If a waterproof cap is being installed on the low profile waterproof type remote I/O
module, in order to improve ventilation and also to prevent interference, as well as
to prevent a load from bearing on the waterproof connector, all the distances
shown in the following figures between the module's side surfaces and the
structure or parts.

1 2
0 or more 0 or more

1 2
0
or more
1
0 or more

2
2 or more

* 1 If you disconnect and connect the communications adapter, set the operating
distance using a screwdriver, etc.
* 2 If you are using a right angle type waterproof plug or Y branch connector, set a
distance where no load will be brought to bear on the cable.

7-6 7-6
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.2 Wiring Procedures for One-touch Connector Plugs

7.2.1 List of one-touch connector plug types

The one-touch connector plugs compatible with the compact remote I/O modules for
CC-Link are listed below:
Specifications
Mitsubishi model Part model name Applicable Maximum Color of the
Product name Applicable cable core size cable outer rated
name (manufacturer) cover
2
(mm ) diameter current
(mm) (A)
Plug for 33104-6000FL
A6CON-P214 φ1.0 to 1.4 Transparent
one-touch 5 0.14 to 0.2
2
connector 33104-6100FL (26 to 24 AWG)
A6CON-P220 φ1.4 to 2.0 Yellow
1, 4 5
33104-6200FL
A6CON-P514 φ1.0 to 1.4 Red
5 0.3 to 0.5
3
33104-6300FL (22 to 20 AWG)
A6CON-P520 φ1.4 to 2.0 Blue
5
One-touch communication 0.5
φ2.2 to 3.0
connector for 35505-6000- line (20 AWG)
A6CON-L5P Red
communication B0M GF 5 0.5
shielded cable
2, 4 (20 AWG)
One-touch 0.75 (0.66 to 0.98)
35505-6080-A00
connector for A6CON-PW5P (18 AWG) wire diameter φ2.2 to 3.0 Gray
GF 5
power supply 0.16 mm or more
and FG 7
Outer insulation layer
2, 4, 6 A6CON-PW5P- 35505-6180-A00 material PVC φ2.0 to 2.3 Blue
SOD GF 5 (Heat-resistant vinyl)

Online
connector for 35720-L200-B00
A6CON-LJ5P — — — — —
communication AK 5
3, 4
Online
connector for 35720-L200-A00
A6CON-PWJ5P — — — — —
power supply AK 5
3, 4

1 Mitsubishi's A6CON-P includes 20 plugs.

2 Mitsubishi's A6CON- 5P includes 10 plugs.
3 Mitsubishi's A6CON- J5P includes 5 plugs.
4 The contacts for the plug manufacturers are listed below:
5 Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.
6 Confirm the outer sheath diameter of the applicable cable and select the
connector.

7-7 7-7
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.2.2 Wiring procedures for the one-touch connector

The following are the wiring procedures for the one-touch connector of the one-touch
connector type or connector type compact remote I/O module.

Plug cover
Plug body
1) Check the connector.
Check that the plug cover is attached to the plug body.

Note: Do not push the plug cover into the plug body.
Once pressed, the plug cannot be used any more.
Metal contact

2) Insert the cable. ( 1)

ss Lift the end of the plug cover and insert the cable until it almost
r le
mo
1m reaches the plug body (within 1mm from the other end of the
plug cover).
Insufficient cable insertion may cause improper press fitting.

Note: When inserting the cable, prevent the cable from sticking
Metal contacts
out from the plug cover end.

3) Set the plug cover.

After inserting the cable, put down the plug cover so that its
face is horizontal to the plug surface, allowing the metal
contacts to be fitted into the plug cover.
Metal contacts

4) Press the center part of the plug cover.

Pliers Using pliers, press the center part of the plug cover vertically
and strongly.

For the one-touch connectors, use adjustable pliers so that their

jaws can be widely opened.

5) Press both ends of the plug cover

Pliers After pressing the center part of the plug cover, press both ends
Latches of the plug cover where latches are located.
Verify that the latches engage with the plug body.

(To the next page)

7-8 7-8
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(From the previous page)

[Correct example] 6) Check the press-fit condition (viewing from the wiring side).
Viewing from the wiring side, check that the plug surface is
flush with the plug cover.
Do not allow the plug cover to protrude from the plug surface.

Note: The condition where the plug cover is tilted or protrudes

[Wrong example] from the plug surface as shown in [Wrong example] is an
improper press-fit condition.
Press the plug cover firmly with pliers until it looks like
[Correct example] condition illustrated on the left.

[Correct example] 7) Check the press-fit condition (viewing from the top).
Viewing from the top, check that there is no clearance between
the plug body and plug cover.

Note: Clearance may occur between the plug body and plug
cover when the latches do not engage securely as shown
in [Wrong example].
[Wrong example] Press the plug cover firmly with pliers until it looks like
[Correct example] condition illustrated on the left.

Latches

Latch

Clearance

(Wiring completed)

1 When using a cabtyre cable:

Strip the cable 2cm or more.
If the electric wire lengths are not even, trim their ends with a nipper to the same
length so as to insert them neatly into a connector.
2cm or more

Trim the wire ends to the same length

7-9 7-9
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.2.3 Wiring procedures for the one-touch connector for communication

This section provides the wiring procedures of the one-touch connector for
communication used for the connector type compact I/O module.

Plug cover
Plug body 1) Check the connector.
Check that the plug cover is attached to the plug body.

Note: Do not push the plug cover into the plug body.
Once pressed, the plug cannot be used any more.
Metal contact

2) Processing for communication cable

Cut the shield wire, aluminum tape and braid.
Strip the cable 3cm or more and perform the processing
DA (Blue) indicated at left.
DB (White) If the electric wire lengths are not even, trim their ends with a
DG (Yellow)
Drain wire (20 AWG) nipper to the same length so as to insert them neatly into a
connector.
Stretch the drain wire and twist it from the base.
(3cm in length, 7 times or more)

3) Insert the cable.

ss
o r le Lift the end of the plug cover and insert the cable until it almost
m
1m
reaches the plug body (within 1mm from the other end of the
plug cover).
Insufficient cable insertion may cause improper press fitting.

Metal contacts Note: When inserting the cable, prevent the cable from sticking
out from the plug cover end.

4) Set the plug cover.

After inserting the cable, put down the plug cover so that its
face is horizontal to the plug surface, allowing the metal
contacts to be fitted into the plug cover.
Metal contacts

5) Press the center part of the plug cover.

Pliers Using pliers, press the center part of the plug cover vertically
and strongly.

For the one-touch connectors, use adjustable pliers so that their

jaws can be widely opened.

(To the next page)

7 - 10 7 - 10
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(From the previous page)

6) Press both ends of the plug cover

Pliers After pressing the center part of the plug cover, press both ends
Latches of the plug cover where latches are located.
Verify that the latches engage with the plug body.

[Correct example] 7) Check the press-fit condition (viewing from the wiring side).
Viewing from the wiring side, check that the plug surface is
flash with the plug cover.
0.2mm or less

The difference between the plug cover and the plug surface
must be 0.2mm or less.

Note: The condition where the plug cover is tilted as shown in

[Wrong example] [Wrong example] or protrudes from the plug surface
0.2mm or more is an improper press-fit condition.
Press the plug cover securely with pliers until it looks like
[Correct example] condition illustrated on the left.

[Correct example] 8) Check the press-fit condition (viewing from the top).
Viewing from the top, check that there is no clearance between
the plug body and plug cover.

Note: Clearance may occur between the plug body and plug
cover when the latches do not engage securely as shown
in [Wrong example].
Press the plug cover firmly with pliers until it looks like
[Wrong example]
[Correct example] condition illustrated on the left.

Latches

Latch

Clearance

(Wiring completed)

7 - 11 7 - 11
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.2.4 Wiring procedures for the one-touch connector for power supply and FG

The following are the wiring procedures for the one-touch connector used for power
supply and FG of the connector type compact I/O module.

Plug cover
Plug body 1) Check the connector.
Check that the plug cover is attached to the plug body.

Note: Do not push the plug cover into the plug body.
Once pressed, the plug cannot be used any more.
Metal contact

2) Insert the cable. ( 1)

ss Lift the end of the plug cover and insert the cable until it almost
r le
mo
1m reaches the plug body (within 1mm from the other end of the
plug cover).
Insufficient cable insertion may cause improper press fitting.

Note: When inserting the cable, prevent the cable from sticking
Metal contacts
out from the plug cover end.

3) Set the plug cover.

After inserting the cable, put down the plug cover so that its
face is horizontal to the plug surface, allowing the metal
contacts to be fitted into the plug cover.
Metal contacts

4) Press the center part of the plug cover.

Pliers Using pliers, press the center part of the plug cover vertically
and strongly.

For the one-touch connector for power supply and FG, use
adjustable pliers so that their jaws can be widely opened.

5) Press both ends of the plug cover

Pliers
After pressing the center part of the plug cover, press both ends
Latches
of the plug cover where latches are located.
Verify that the latches engage with the plug body.

(To the next page)

7 - 12 7 - 12
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(From the previous page)

[Correct example] 6) Check the press-fit condition (viewing from the wiring side).
Viewing from the wiring side, check that the plug surface is
flush with the plug cover.

0.2mm or less
Set the plug cover so that it protrudes 0.2mm or less from the
plug surface.

Note: The condition where the plug cover is tilted or protrudes

[Wrong example] 0.2mm or more from the plug surface as shown in [Wrong
example] is an improper press-fit condition.
Press the plug cover firmly with pliers until it looks like
[Correct example] condition illustrated on the left.

[Correct example] 7) Check the press-fit condition (viewing from the top).
Viewing from the top, check that there is no clearance between
the plug body and plug cover.

Note: Clearance may occur between the plug body and plug
cover when the latches do not engage securely as shown
in [Wrong example].
Press the plug cover firmly with pliers until it looks like
[Wrong example]
[Correct example] condition illustrated on the left.

Latches

Latch

Clearance

(Wiring completed)

1 When using a cabtyre cable:

Strip the cable 2cm or more.
If the electric wire lengths are not even, trim their ends with a nipper to the same
length so as to insert them neatly into a connector.
2cm or more

Trim the wire ends to the same length

7 - 13 7 - 13
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.3 Handling of the Waterproof-type Remote I/O Module

7.3.1 List of dust-proof and waterproof cap models

The following table shows the model names of dust-proof caps and waterproof caps
compatible with the CC-Link system waterproof-type remote I/O module:
Mitsubishi Model Name Specifications
1
Dust-proof cap A6CAP-DC1 —
1
Waterproof cap A6CAP-WP1 Protection of degree IP67

1 Mitsubishi's A6CAP- 1 includes 20 caps.

7.3.2 Waterproof plug attachment procedure

The attachment procedure for the waterproof plug supplied with the AJ65SBTW4-16
is shown below. In order to prevent water leakage, attach a waterproof plug to the
penetrating pipe for the transmission and module power-supply lines in the following
way.

1) Remove the nut and bushing from the penetrating pipe attached to the
module.

Nut Bush Penetrating pipe

2) Insert the waterproof plug into the penetrating pipe and secure it by tightening
the nut.

Waterproof pulg

7 - 14 7 - 14
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.3.3 Wiring procedure for the terminal block

The following shows the procedure for wiring the terminal block of the waterproof-type
remote I/O module.
1) Remove the module front cover, and pass the cables through the through
pipe for the transmission and module power-supply lines.

2) Open the module top cover and remove the terminal block, then perform
wiring to the terminal block.

Terminal layout diagram

DA DG +24V 24G
CC-Link
DB SLD FG
cable

Power
cable

3) Secure the terminal block using screws, then fasten the module front and top
covers using screws.

4) Tighten the nut on the through pipe for the transmission and module power-
supply lines.

POINT
• Always install a waterproof plug to the unused through pipe for the transmission
and module power-supply lines. (Refer to Section 7.3.2)
• When wiring the transmission and module power-supply lines, please take care
not to apply force in excess of 39 N·cm excessive force to the wiring at the inlet.
• In the event of the ambient temperature exceeding 56 °C after wiring the unit,
make sure to re-tighten the nuts.

7 - 15 7 - 15
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.4 Handling of the Low Profile Waterproof Type Remote I/O Module

7.4.1 List of model names of waterproof caps

The model name of the waterproof cap applicable to the CC-Link system low profile
waterproof type remote I/O module (AJ65FBTA -16 ) is shown below.

Mitsubishi Product
Use
Model Name
Waterproof Cap
A6CAP-WP2 For Link Out connector, I/O Connector
(20 pcs., Sold separately)

POINT
• Cannot be used with the previous type of waterproof cap (A6CAP-WP1).

7.4.2 Waterproof cap installation method

The installation method for the waterproof caps packed with the product is shown
below.
In order to prevent water penetration, install the waterproof caps on the unused Link
Out side connectors and I/O connectors using the following method.

1) Insert the waterproof cap in the empty connector on the main module, then
tighten it.
Tightening Torque Range: 29 to 34 N·cm

7 - 16 7 - 16
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.5 Connectors and Tools Used for Connecting the FCN Connector Cables

• When connecting the connector cables by crimp-contact, pressure-displacement or

DANGER
soldering, make sure to use the tools listed in the table below. Attach the connectors
securely to the module.

Three types of 40-pin connectors are available for the AJ65 BTCF1-32 ; they are
soldering type, pressure-displacement type and crimp-contact type.
Please purchase the required 40-pin connector, and either pressure-displacement or
crimp-contact type tool according to the listing below.

(1) Connector types

Type Model name
Soldering type connector (Straight-out type) A6CON1
Crimp-contact type connector (Straight-out type) A6CON2
Pressure-displacement type connector (Flat cable type) A6CON3
Soldering type connector (Straight-out/diagonal-out type) A6CON4

(2) Crimp-contact and pressure-displacement type tools

Type Model name Cable size Manufacturer
Crimp-contact tool FCN-363T-T005/H 24 to 28 AWG
FCN-367T-T012/H
(locator plate) 28 AWG
FUJITSU COMPONENT
Pressure- FCN-707T-T001/H (strand cable)
LIMITED
displacement tool (cable cutter) 30 AWG
FCN-707T-T101/H (single cable)
(hand press)

7 - 17 7 - 17
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.6 Attaching and Removing the Protective Cover for the Compact Remote I/O Module

Covering the front of CC-Link system compact remote I/O module with a protective
cover can prevent the following accidents:
• Improper contact to the terminal block or connector.
• Module malfunction resulted from connector drop.
For the model name of the protective cover for the compact remote I/O module, see
Section 1.5.

Follow the procedure illustrated below to mount the protective cover on the module.

(1) In the case of A6CVR-8/16/32

<How to mount>
Hook the top of the protective cover onto the top of the remote I/O module, then
push the lower part of the cover toward the module until you hear a click sound.

Click

<How to remove>
Place your thumb under the protective cover and pull it upwards.

7 - 18 7 - 18
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(2) In the case of A6CVR-VCE8/16

<How to mount>
Confirm the orientation of the protective cover as shown in the diagram below.
Then, attach the cover straight to the module as shown by the arrow and push in
securely until it stops.

CON A,B,C,D

Model No. of
protective cover

: Attach the protective cover, keeping its model No. and the CON A, B, C and D
in the same orientation.
Otherwise, the cover cannot be attached.

Securely fix tabs of the protective cover to the groove of the module as shown
below.
Note that the fixing tab positions vary with the protective cover used.

In the case of A6CVR-VCE16

Tab

Tab

(Left side) (Right side)

In the case of A6CVR-VCE8

Tab Tab

(Left side) (Right side)

7 - 19 7 - 19
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

<How to remove>
Extend the width of protective cover slightly as shown by the arrow 1). Then, pull
it out vertically from the module as shown by the arrow 2).

1)

1)

2)

POINT
(1) When attaching the protective cover, ensure the space of 50mm or more between the target
module and the modules on the right and left sides. Also, ensure the space of 100mm or more
over the upper part of the module, so that the cover can be pulled upward.
Structure, other device, parts, etc. Structure, other device, parts, etc.

Control panel, etc.

CON A

1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040
B RATE STATI ON NO.
ON
B

PWL RUN L ERR.

8 9 A BC DE F

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
C
DY

X
8

0
9

1
A

2
B

AJ65VBTCE32- 16DT
C

4
D

100mm or more
>PC<
6
E

7
F

5mm or more 5mm or more

(2) Fix the wiring with a clamp or similar parts. Failure to do so may apply force to the protective
cover, resulting in it falling from the module. In addition, the wiring cable may be damaged.
(3) When mounting both of the Terminal resistor attached one-touch connector plug (A6CON-
TR11) and Online connector for communication (A6CON-LJ5P), make sure to follow the
procedure provided below.
Failure to do so may cause the terminating resistor, protective cover and communication cable
to interfere with each other.
• Tilt the terminating resistor toward 1) or 2) as shown in the diagram below, and then attach
the protective cover.
• Connect the Terminal resistor attached one-touch connector plug to CON B.
1) 2) Terminating resistor

Communication cable

Online connector for communication

CON A B C D

7 - 20 7 - 20
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.7 Connection Method of CC-Link Dedicated Cable

The procedure for connecting the master module and compact remote I/O module CC-
Link dedicated cable is shown below.

• Completely turn off the externally supplied power used in the system when installing
DANGER
or placing wiring. Not completely turning off all power could result in electric shock
or damage to the product.
• When turning on the power or operating the module after installation or wiring work,
make sure that the module's terminal covers are correctly attached.
Failure to attach the terminal covers may result in electric shock.
• Switch off all phases of the externally supplied power used in the system when
cleaning the module or retightening the terminal or module mounting screws. Not
doing so could result in electric shock.

• Do not bunch the control wires or communication cables with the main circuit or
CAUTION
power wires, or install them close to each other.
They should be installed 100 mm (3.9 in.) or more from each other.
Not doing so could result in noise that would cause malfunction.
• The FG terminals should always be grounding using the class-D (class-3) or higher
grounding designed specially for the programmable controller.
• Be sure to tighten any unused terminal screws within a tightening torque range (42
to 50N.cm). Failure to do so may cause a short circuit due to contact with a
solderless terminal.
• Use applicable solderless terminals and tighten them with the specified torque. If
any solderless spade terminal is used, it may be disconnected when the terminal
screw comes loose, resulting in failure.
• When wiring the module, check the rated voltage and terminal layout and make sure
the wiring is done correctly.
Connecting a power supply that differs from the rated voltage or wiring it incorrectly
may cause fire or failure.
• Make sure to connect the connector of each connecting cable to the attachment
part.
Defective contact could cause malfunction.
• Be sure to fix the wires or cables by ducts or clamps when connecting them to the
module. Failure to do so may cause damage of the module or the cables due to
accidental pull or unintentional shifting of the cables, or malfunctions due to poor
contact of the cable.
• Do not install the control lines together with the communication cables, or bring them
close to each other. Failure to do so may cause malfunctions due to noise.
• Do not pull the cable part by hand when removing a communication cable and
power supply cable from a module. For a cable with connector, remove it while
holding the connector by hand. For a cable with no connector, loosen the screw
securing the cable to the module and then remove it. Pulling a cable with connected
to the module may damage the module or cable, or result in malfunction due to
cable poor connection.

7 - 21 7 - 21
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(1) The procedure for connecting the master module and compact remote I/O module
is shown below:
Master module
Terminal
resistor
NC
(Blue) DA
NC
(White) DB
NC
(Yellow) DG
Compact remote I/O module 1 Compact remote I/O module 2
NC
SLD DA DG +24V 24G DA DG +24V 24G
NC
FG DB SLD FG DB SLD FG
Terminal
resistor 1

CC-Link dedicated cable 2

[Simplified diagram]
Compact remote Compact remote
Master module I/O module 1 I/O module 2
(Blue)
Terminal DA DA DA Terminal
resistor (White) resistor
DB DB DB
(Yellow)
DG DG DG
SLD CC-Link SLD CC-Link SLD
FG dedicated cable FG dedicated cable FG

1 Connect the terminal resistor to the compact remote I/O module terminating
station in the locations shown below:
(The terminal resistor is provided with the master module.)
DA DG +24V 24G

DB SLD FG

Terminal resistor

2 Use the CC-Link dedicated cables in the CC-Link system.

If the cables other than the CC-Link dedicated cables are used, we cannot
guarantee the performance of the CC-Link system.
Refer to the CC-Link Partner Association Home Page: http://www.cc-link.org/ for
the specifications and contact information of the CC-Link dedicated cables.

POINT
Compact remote I/O modules with an input response of 0.2 ms are more
susceptible to noise interference than other modules. Keep the wiring of the I/O
module away from power cables as much as possible.

7 - 22 7 - 22
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(2) The procedure for connecting the master module and compact remote I/O module
is shown below:
Master module CONA CONA
Terminal 1 1
resistor 1 DA 1 DA
NC 2 2
2 DB 2 DB
(Blue) DA 3 3 DG 3 3 DG
NC 4 4 NC 4 4 NC
5 5
(White) DB 5 SLD 5 SLD
NC CONB CONB
(Yellow) DG 1 1 DA 1 1 DA
NC 2 2 DB 2 2 DB
3 3 DG 3 3 DG
SLD 4 4
4 NC 4 NC
NC 5 5
5 SLD 5 SLD
FG Terminal
resistor
*1

Version 1.10 compatible

CC-Link dedicated cable *2

[Simplified diagram]
Connector type remote Connector type remote
Master module I/O module 1 I/O module 2
(Blue)
Terminal DA DA DA Terminal
resistor (White) resistor
DB DB DB
(Yellow) A6CON-TR11
DG DG DG
SLD Version 1.10 SLD Version 1.10 SLD
FG compatible FG compatible FG
CC-Link CC-Link
dedicated cable dedicated cable

1 Use the following terminal resistor whe using connector type remote I/O at the
terminal station. (Sold separately)
5 4 3 2 1
54 32 1

A6CON-TR11

2 Use the CC-Link dedicated cables in the CC-Link system.

If the cables other than the CC-Link dedicated cables are used, we cannot
guarantee the performance of the CC-Link system.
Refer to the CC-Link Partner Association Home Page: http://www.cc-link.org/ for
the specifications and contact information of the CC-Link dedicated cables.

POINT
Compact remote I/O modules with an input response of 0.2 ms are more
susceptible to noise interference than other modules. Keep the wiring of the I/O
module away from power cables as much as possible.

7 - 23 7 - 23
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(3) The following show the connection of the one-touch connector and online
connector are shown below.

Online connector for

communication
(A6CON-LJ5P)

One-touch connector
for communication plug
(A6CON-L5P)

Online connector for

power supply and FG
(A6CON-PWJ5P)

One-touch connector for power supply and FG

(A6CON-PW5P, A6CON-PW5P-SOD)

7 - 24 7 - 24
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.8 Handling of Spring Clamp Terminal Block Type Remote I/O Module

7.8.1 Installation and removal of the spring clamp terminal block

(1) Installing the spring clamp terminal block

How to install a 2-piece spring clamp terminal block is shown below.
Secure the terminal block part using the following method. Incomplete
installation may cause fall, short circuit or malfunction.

1) Push the spring clamp terminal block fixing tabs of the 2-piece terminal block
in the arrow direction until a click can be heard.

2-piece terminal block

Spring clamp terminal
block fixing tabs

2) Connect the connector (female) of the 2-piece terminal block to the connector
(male) of the module body and press it until a click can be heard. Check that
both of two fixing tabs are inserted completely.

Connector

Module body

3) Tighten the 2-piece terminal block fixing screws. (Tightening torque range:
34 to 46N·cm)
2-piece terminal
block fixing screws

Screwdriver

C
D

(2) Removing the spring clamp terminal block

Remove the spring clamp terminal block in reverse order of the above installation
procedure.
1) Loosen the 2-piece terminal block fixing screws.
2) Pull out the spring clamp terminal block fixing tabs.
3) Lift the 2-piece terminal block to remove it from the main body.

7 - 25 7 - 25
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.8.2 Procedure for wiring the spring clamp terminal block

This section describes the procedure for wiring the spring clamp terminal block remote
I/O module.

(1) Cable Installation

Insert the tool into the square shaped hole (AJ65VBTS - ), which
corresponds to the terminal you wish to use.
While the tool is inside the hole, insert the wire into the circular shaped hole (as
shown below).
Remove the tool from the square shaped hole, taking care not to remove the
wire.
After the wire has been clamped, gently pull the wire to confirm that it is secure.

Square shaped hole

Circular shaped hole

Wire
Tool

Wire strip length:

8mm to 11mm 1

1: Take care that the wire strip length is between 8mm to 11mm.
If the wire strip length is too long, this will expose the bare wire, which increases
the risk of electric shock or short circuit.
If the wire strip length is too short, this will result in the wire not being securely
attached.

(2) Cable removal

Insert the tool into the corresponding square shaped hall until it stops.
Pull the wire out of the hall completely.

POINT
• When mounting/removing the cable, make sure to use the dedicated tool, i.e., a
tool dedicated to spring clamp terminal block, and insert the tool vertically into the
hole.
If a general slotted screwdriver is used instead of the dedicated tool, or the tool is
not vertically inserted, the spring clamp terminal part or terminal block resin part
might be broken.
• Do not insert two or more wires into one terminal.

7 - 26 7 - 26
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(3) Recommended product list

Product name Model name Applicable wire size Contact
Tool (for insertion) KD-5339 — Mitsubishi Electric System Service Co., Ltd.
FA-VTC125T9 2
Bar solderless terminal 1 0.3 to 1.65 mm
FA-VTCW125T9
Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co., Ltd.
Dedicated bar solderless
FA-NH65A —
terminal tool
2
TE 0.5 0.5 mm
2
TE 0.75 0.75 mm
Bar solderless terminal 1 2
TE 1 0.9 to 1.0 mm
2 NICHIFU TERMINAL MFG. Co., Ltd.
TE 1.5 1.25 to 1.5 mm
Dedicated bar solderless
NH79 —
terminal tool

1 Use the product used when inserting a terminated wire into the spring clamp
terminal block or when inserting two or more wires into one terminal.

7 - 27 7 - 27
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.9 Installing Holding Fixtures for Screw Installation

7.9.1 Installation procedure for holding fixtures for screw installation

When directly installing the AJ65VBTS - or AJ65VBTCE - to a control

panel, take the following steps to fix it using the holding fixtures for screw installation.
Incomplete installation may cause fall, short circuit or malfunction.

(1) Align the projected parts of the holding fixture with the corresponding holes in the
module.

(2) Tilt the holding fixture, insert the projected parts into the holes in the module and
press the holding fixture in the direction of an arrow until it clicks.

(3) Tighten the screws to fix to the control panel. (Tightening torque range: 82 to
111N·cm)

C
D

Control panel

7 - 28 7 - 28
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.9.2 Precautions for installing holding fixtures for screw installation

Care must be taken for the holding fixtures for screw installation since the orientation
depends on the module type.
Install the holding fixtures to 2 locations.

(1) AJ65VBTS -16 Two installation orientations are applicable as shown below.

ON ON
PW L RUN L ERR. PW L RUN L ERR.
B RATE STATION NO.

B RATE STATION NO.

1 2 4 1 2 4 8 1020 40

1 2 4 1 2 4 8 1020 40
AJ65VBTS2-16T AJ65VBTS2-16T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 A B C D E F 8 9 A B C D E F

NC Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF NC Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF

COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+

COM- NC COM- NC

CON A B C D CON A B C D

(2) AJ65VBTS -32 Only one installation orientation shown below is allowed.
ON
PW L RUN
L ERR.
B RATESTATION NO.
1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040

AJ65VBTS3-32D
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 A B CD E F
NC X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF NC X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X17 X18 X19 X1A X1B X1C X1D X1E X1F

COM1+ COM1+ COM2+ COM2+

COM1- COM1- COM2- COM2-

CON A B C D

(3) AJ65VBTCE -8 Two installation orientations are applicable as shown below.

CON ON CON ON
1 1
2 2
A 3 A 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
B 10 B 10

40 S 40 S
T T
20 A 20 A
10 T
C 10 T
C I I
8 O 8 O
4 N 4 N
2 N 2 N
1 O. 1 O.
D 4 B D 4 B
R R
2 A 2 A
T T
1 E 1 E

AJ65VBTCE3-8D A J65VBTCE3-8D
PW PW
X0 L RUN
X0 L RUN
L ERR. L ERR.
X1 X1
0 0
1 1
X2 2
X2 2
3 3
X3 4 X3 4
5 5
6 6
X4 7 X4 7

X5 X5

X6 X6

X7 X7

7 - 29 7 - 29
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(4) AJ65VBTCE -16 , AJ65VBTCE -32

Two installation orientations are applicable as shown below.

ON ON
PW L RUNL ERR. AJ65VBTCE3-16D PW L RUNL ERR. AJ65VBTCE3-16D
1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040

1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040
B RATE STATION NO.

B RATE STATION NO.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 A B C D E F 8 9 A B C D E F

X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

CON A B C D X 8 9 A B C D E F CON A B C D X 8 9 A B C D E F

POINT
• Do not install the holding fixtures in any positions other than those above.

ON
PW L RUN L ERR.
B RATE STATION NO.
1 2 4 1 2 4 8 1020 40

AJ65VBTS2-16T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 A B C D E F

NC Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF

COM+ COM+

COM- NC

CON A B C D

7 - 30 7 - 30
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.10 Installing a DIN Adapter

7.10.1 Specifications

The following table shows the specifications of the DIN adapter.

Model
A6DINC
Item
Installable module AJ65DBTB1-32D, AJ65DBTB1-32T1,
AJ65DBTB1-32R, AJ65DBTB1-32DT1,
AJ65DBTB1-32DR
External dimensions 174 mm (6.85 in.) 68 mm (2.68 in.) 10 mm
(0.39 in.)
Weight 0.05 kg
Applicable DIN rail type (conforms to IEC TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al, TH35-15Fe
60715)

7.10.2 Handling precautions

(1) Since the DIN adapter is made from resin, do not drop it or apply any
strong impact to it.

(2) Intervals between the DIN rail installation screws

When using the DIN rail adapter, tighten the screws on the DIN rail with a pitch of
200 mm (7.87 in.) or less.

7.10.3 Installing the DIN adapter to the module

Install the DIN adapter to the AJ65DBTB1-32 type compact remote I/O module with
two M4 screws (length: 10 mm (0.39 in.)).
The tightening torque range is from 78 to 118 N•cm.

7 - 31 7 - 31
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.10.4 Installation to the DIN rail

This section explains the methods for installing/removing the module to/from the DIN
rail.

(1) Installation to the DIN rail

Install the module to which DIN adapter attached to the DIN rail as follows.
(a) Insert the groove for DIN rail adapter into the topside of the DIN rail.
(b) Fix the module by pressing it against the DIN rail.

(c) When multiple DIN adapters are installed on the DIN rail, even though the
gaps among DIN adapters are filled, the spaces of 4 mm (0.16 in.) are left
among the modules.

(M4screw
2-M4 installation mounting screw)
2(0.08) 66(2.60)
10(0.39)
55(2.17)
172(6.77)
161(6.34)
2(0.08)

Unit: mm(in.)

7 - 32 7 - 32
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(2) Removal from the DIN rail

Remove the module from the DIN rail as follows.
(a) Pull the hook at the bottom of the DIN adapter downward with flathead
screwdriver (6 100).
(b) With the hook pulled out, pull the module forward and remove the module
from the DIN rail.

7 - 33 7 - 33
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

7.11 Common Terminal Block

Model
Item A2CCOM-TB
Installable module AJ65DBTB1-32D, AJ65DBTB1-32T1, AJ65DBTB1-32R,
AJ65DBTB1-32DT1, AJ65DBTB1-32DR
External dimensions 125 mm (4.92 in.) 64 mm (2.52 in.) 13 mm (0.51 in.)
Weight 0.12 kg

64(2.52)

(0.33 9 = 3.01)
8.5 9 = 76.5

125(4.92)
76.5(3.01)

17.6(0.69)
13.35(0.53)

8(0.31)

4(0.16) 4.5(0.18)
44(1.73)
54(2.13)
3(0.12)
2.5(0.10)

2(0.08)

32.5(1.28)
13(0.51)
3.5(0.14)

21(0.83)
32(1.26)

7 - 34 7 - 34
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A

(1) Usage example of common terminal block

(a) Example of usage for input module, AJ65DBTB1-32D
Input terminal block

Common terminal block

Common terminal block

(b) Example of usage for output module, AJ65DBTB1-32R

output terminal block

Common terminal block

Common terminal block

7 - 35 7 - 35
 8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A

8 TROUBLESHOOTING

8.1 Verifying Errors from LED Status

The following table lists causes and corrective actions for errors indicated by LEDs on
the compact remote I/O module when the SW, M/S and PRM LEDs are all off (i.e. the
master module is set properly) in the system configuration example shown below.
Power supply

CPU Master
module

Station number 1 Station number 2 Station number 3

Compact remote Compact remote Compact remote
I/O module A I/O module B I/O module C

LED status
Master Remote I/O module Cause Corrective action
module A B C
PW PW PW
L RUN L RUN L RUN Normal —
L ERR L ERR L ERR
PW PW PW Since the LEDs on the compact remote Check the voltage of the 24 V power supply,
L RUN L RUN L RUN I/O module A are all off, the 24 V power and supply the proper power to the compact
L ERR L ERR L ERR is not supplied or voltage is low. remote I/O module.
PW PW PW The compact remote I/O module A is Exchange the compact remote I/O module.
L RUN L RUN L RUN malfunctioning and the LEDs are
L ERR L ERR L ERR unstable (all lights are off, in many
cases).
PW PW PW The L RUN lights on the compact Identify the disconnected point by referring to
TIME
L RUN L RUN L RUN remote I/O module B and beyond are the LED status, and correct it.
LINE
L ERR L ERR L ERR off, indicating the transmission cable
or
between the compact remote I/O
TIME
module A and B has been disconnected
LINE
or removed from the terminal block.

8 PW PW PW The transmission cable is shorted. Find the shorted cable among the three
L RUN L RUN L RUN transmission cables and repair it.
L ERR L ERR L ERR
PW PW PW The transmission cable is wired Verify wiring in the terminal box of the compact
L RUN L RUN L RUN incorrectly. remote I/O module and correct.
L ERR L ERR L ERR
PW PW PW The L RUN lights on the compact Restart the power supply after the overlapped
L RUN L RUN L RUN remote I/O modules A and C are off, station numbers for the compact remote I/O
L ERR L ERR L ERR indicating the station numbers for A and modules are corrected.
C are overlapping.
: lit, : unlit, : flashing, : lit, flashing or unlit

8-1 8-1
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A

LED status
Master Remote I/O module Cause Corrective action
module A B C
PW PW PW The L RUN light on the compact remote Restart the power supply after the transmission
L RUN L RUN L RUN I/O module B is off, indicating the speed is set correctly.
L ERR L ERR L ERR transmission speed setting for module B
is invalid within the setting range (0 to 4).
PW PW PW The L ERR of the compact remote I/O Return the setting switch of the compact remote
TIME L RUN L RUN L RUN module C is flashing at fixed intervals, I/O module to the original position.
LINE L ERR L ERR L ERR indicating the setting switch for module
or C has been changed during normal
TIME operation.
LINE PW PW PW The L RUN of the compact remote I/O Correct the setting switch of the compact remote
L RUN L RUN L RUN module A is off and L ERR of the same I/O module, and restart the power supply.
L ERR L ERR L ERR module is lit, indicating the setting
switch for module A is set out of range
(transmission speed: 5 to 9, station
number: 65 or greater).
PW PW PW The L ERR of the compact remote I/O Correctly perform grounding of the FGs for the
L RUN L RUN L RUN module B is lit, indicating that module B master module and all compact remote I/O
L ERR L ERR L ERR is being affected by noise. (L RUN may modules.
be off.)
TIME
PW PW PW The L ERR lights on the compact Verify the grounding of the SLD of the
LINE
L RUN L RUN L RUN remote I/O module B and beyond are lit, transmission cable.
or
L ERR L ERR L ERR indicating the transmission cable is Separate the wire from the power cable as
TIME
affected by noise in the area between much as possible (100 mm (3.94 in.)or more).
LINE
modules A and B. (L RUN may be off.)
PW PW PW A terminal resistor is not attached. Check if a terminal resistor is attached.
L RUN L RUN L RUN (L RUN may be off.)
L ERR L ERR L ERR
: lit, : unlit, : flashing, : lit, flashing or unlit

8-2 8-2
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A

8.2 Examples of Errors for Compact Remote I/O Modules

This section explains examples of errors that occur in the input circuit, and the
appropriate corrective actions.

8.2.1 Errors occurring in the input circuit and corrective actions

Examples of errors that occur in the input circuit and corrective actions are explained
below:

Error status Cause Corrective action

Example 1 Input signals do not turn off. • Activation via the LED display switch. • Connect an appropriate resistor as shown
below so that the current flowing along the
DC input (sink) input module becomes lower than OFF

current.
Leakage current Input DC input (sink)
module
Resistor Input
module

A calculation example used to obtain the

resistance value to be connected is shown
on the following page.
Example 2 Input signals do not turn off. • Sneak path due to the use of two power • Reduce the number of power supplies
supplies. from two to one.
DC input • Connect a diode to prevent sneak path.
(as below)
Input DC input
E1 E2
module
Input
E1 E2 module
E1 > E2

Example 3 Input signals do not turn off. • Input switch leakage current (driving with a • Connect the appropriate resistor so that the
contactless switch). terminal-to-terminal voltage of the input
module is below the OFF voltage value.
AC input AC input

Leakage Input Input

current R module
module

Power supply 0.1 to 0.47µF + 47 to 120Ω (1/2W) is

recommended for the CR constant.
Example 4 Input signals do not turn off. • Driving using a limit switch with neon • Same as Example 3.
lamp. • Or, create a completely separate display
AC input circuit.

Leakage Input
current module

Power supply

Example 5 Input signals do not turn off. • Leakage current due to line capacity of the • Same as Example 3.
wiring cable. • However, this problem will not occur if the
The line capacity "C" of a twisted pair wire power supply as shown below is provided
is about C=100PF/m. at the input device side.
AC input AC input

Leakage Input Input

current module module

Power supply Power supply

8-3 8-3
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A

<Sample calculation for Example 1>

When a switch with LED indicator, giving leakage current of 3mA at maximum when
24VDC power is supplied to the AJ65SBTB1-16D
AJ65SBTB1-16D

Leakage Input module

current 3mA

24VDC

(1) 1.7mA or less OFF current of the AJ65SBTB1-16D is not satisfied. Hence, connect a
resistor as shown below.
AJ65SBTB1-16D
3mA
Iz=1.7mA

IR=1.3mA Input impedance

R
3.3K

24VDC

(2) Calculate the resistance value R as shown below.

To satisfy 1.7mA or less OFF current of the AJ65SBTB1-16D, connect a resistor
which flows 1.3mA or more.

IR: IZ=Z (Input impedance): R

IZ 1.7
R Z (Input impedance) = 3.3=4.31[k ]
IR 1.3

Supposing that the resistance R is 3.9k , the power capacity W of resistor R is:
W = (Input voltage) 2 ÷ R = 26.42 ÷ 3900 = 0.179 (W)

(3) Connect a resistor of 3.9 (k ) and 1 to 2 (W) to a terminal which may cause an error,
since the power capacity of a resistor is selected so that it will be 3 to 5 times greater
than the actual power consumption.

(4) Also, OFF voltage when resistor R is connected will be as follows.

1
3[mA] 5.36[V]
1 1
3.9[k ] 3.3[k ]

This satisfies 6V or less OFF voltage of AJ65SBTB1-16D.

8-4 8-4
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A

8.2.2 Errors occurring in the output circuit and corrective action

Examples of errors that may occur in the output circuit and the respective corrective
action are described below.

(1) When AJ65SBTB1-16T or AJ65SBTB1-32T is used

Condition Cause Corrective action

Example 1 When an LED is connected as a load, sometimes For the output modules Connect a resistor with 5 to
the LED dimly lights up even when the output listed below, the output 50 k Ω in parallel to the
module is turned off. module specification and load LED.
(Example) LED push button by Izumi Electric, Co.: the leak current
ALFN22211DNR specification value during
CC-Link compact-type
OFF are 24 V DC 0.5 A
Countermeasure
remote output module and 0.25 mA, respectively
(the leak current during
LED OFF is specified as above
since an MOS with a built-
24 V DC
power in protection function and
supply
PET transistor output are
Example 2 When a segment LED display device is connected used.) Connect a pull-up resistor
as a load, the display contents sometimes become <Applicable modules> with 5 to 50 k Ω and 0.5(W)
incorrect. AJ65SBTB1-16T, between the 24 V DC
(Example) M7E digital display unit (height of AJ65SBTB1-32T power supply and the
character 14mm) by Omron, Co.: M7E- output module output.
01DBN2
CC-Link compact-
type remote Digital display unit
Countermeasure (input signal section)
output module

Dedicated
24 V DC IC
power
supply

8-5 8-5
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A

(2) When AJ65SBTB2(N)-8S or AJ65SBTB2(N)-16S is used

Condition Cause Corrective action

Example 1 Excessive voltage • The load is half-wave rectified internally. • Connect a resistor of several tens
is applied to the (Some solenoids do this process.) K Ω to several hundreds K Ω to both
output OFF load. CC-Link compact remote
ends of the load.
triac output module
When this type of method is used,
D1 [1]
no problems will occur in the output
elements, but the diode that is built
in the load may deteriorate and
Load may be damaged.

Resistor
[2]

• When the polarity of the power supply is

[1], C is charging. When the polarity is [2],
Load
the voltage charged in C + power supply
voltage is applied to both ends of D1. The
maximum value of the voltage is about
2.2E.

Example 2 The load is not • Leakage current due to built-in surge • Connect a resistor to both ends of the
turned OFF. suppressor. load.
(Triac output) Caution is required when the wiring
CC-Link compact remote
distance from the output card to
triac output module the load is long, since there may
Load be leakage current due to the line
capacity.
Leakage current
Resistor

Load

Example 3 Time limit • Drive the relay first, and then drive the
changes when CR type timer at that contact.
the load is a CR
Caution is required as indicated in
type timer. Example 1 since the internal circuit
(Triac output) CC-Link compact remote may be half-wave rectified
triac output module CR depending on the timer.
timer
Resistor
Leakage current

CR timer

Calculate the resistor

constant according to
the load.

8-6 8-6
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A

Condition Cause Corrective action

Example 4 The load is not • The load current is lower than the minimum load current. • Connect a resistor to both
turned OFF. Surge suppressor ends of a load so that the
CC-Link compact remote
(Triac output) triac output module load current is higher than
the minimum load current.
Phototriac
Resistor

Control
circuit Load

Load

Triac

• When the load current is lower than the minimum load

current of the output module, the triac does not operate
since the load current flows into a phototriac as shown
below.
When an inductive load is connected, the load may not
be turned OFF since surge at the time of OFF is applied
to the phototriac.

8-7 8-7
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A

(3) When AJ65AJ65SBTB1-8T, AJ65SBTB2-8T, AJ65SBTB1-16T, AJ65SBTB2-16T,

AJ65SBTB1-32T, AJ65SBTC1-32T, AJ65SBTB32-8DT, AJ65SBTB1-16DT,
AJ65SBTB1-16DT1, AJ65SBTB32-16DT, AJ65SBTB1-32DT,
AJ65SBTB1-32DT1, AJ65SBTC4-16DT, AJ65SBTC1-32DT,
AJ65SBTC1-32DT1, or AJ65SBTW4-16DT is used

Condition Cause Corrective action

Example 1 The load does When the load built into the capacitor is connected to the external load, • Install fast
not turn Off. a resonance may occur due to the inductor of the wiring and the load of recovery diode
the capacitor. This may lead to reverse current in output transistor. (1A, 100V or
Due to the reverse current, the protection circuit for output transistor more) in series
might operate, and the outputs might not be turned on. with the
external load.
Note: Such as SSR (Solid state relay) may incorporate a capacitor for
countermeasures against noise, etc. When the situation above
occurs, confirm if a capacitor is incorporated to the manufacturer.

Install fast recovery diode.

CC-Link system compact type remote I/O module

Load with built-in condenser

Yn

24VDC 24VDC
COM Constant
COM
voltage circuit

8-8 8-8
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A

(4) When output module, combined module is used

Condition Cause Corrective action

Example 1 When the Erroneous output due to the stray capacitance (C) (1) When the external power turns
external power between collector and emitter of hotocoupler. ON/OFF, check that the external
supply turns There is no erroneous output at normal road. power supply rising edge must be
on, the load An erroneous output may occur at high 10ms or more, and switch the SW1
sensitivity load (such as solid state relay)
turns on for a to the primary side of external
moment. Output module, Combined module power supply.
Photocoupler Primary side Secondary
external power side
C Tr1
SW1 supply programmable
Ic Y0
controller

(2) When switching to the secondary

L
side of the external power supply is
required, the external power supply
rising edge connected a condenser
CTL+
SW must be slow, and measured 10ms
Constant
voltage circuit COM- or more.
24V

Y0

(1) If the external power supply is turned on

precipitously, Ic current flows due to the stray Load
capacitance (C) between collector and emitter
of hotocoupler.
(2) Ic current flows to the next stage of transister
Tr1 gate and Y0 output turns on by 100 s R1
CTL+
SW
C1
COM-
24V
SW: External power
supply (24V) at On

10ms or less R1: Several tens of ohms

Power capacity (external power supply

current*1)2
resistance value
(3 to 5)*2
Output Y0

C1: several hundreds of microfarads 50V

Approx.100 s
*1 Refer to consumption current of the
external power supply for modules used
in this manual.
*2 Select the power capacity of resistance to
be 3 to 5 times lager than the actual
power consumption.

(Example)
R1=40 , C1=300 F
Use the below expression to calculated a
time constant
C1 R1=300 10-6 40
=12 10-3s
=12ms

8-9 8-9
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A

Condition Cause Corrective action

Example 2 The load which The load [2] which was turned OFF may be turned To prevent the generation of the back
was turned OFF ON due to back electromotive force at the time of electromotive force, connect diode in
is turned ON for power-off [1] if an inductive load is used. parallel with load where the back
a moment at electromotive force has been
Output module,
power-off. ombined module [3] generated.
(Transistor Back electromotive
Source output force
output) Load
ON TB1 ON Source output
[3]
[2]
TB2 OFF
Load Back electromotive
OFF force
Load
[1]
Shut off

COM+

CTL-

Output module,
Sink output
ombined module [3] [3]
Back electromotive
Sink output force
Back electromotive
Load force
ON TB1 ON
Load
[2]
TB2 OFF
Load
OFF

[1]
Shut off

COM-

CTL+

8 - 10 8 - 10
 APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

APPENDIX
Appendix 1 External Dimensions
Appendix 1.1 AJ65SBTB1-8 remote I/O module
The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTB1-8 remote I/O module are shown below.
(1.57)
40

87.3 (3.44)
78.3 +10 (3.1 +0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 5.1 Mounting hole
(M4 mounting screw)
STATION NO. B RATE
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(0.65)

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
16.5

ON
(A

A J65SBTB1-8D
bo

(0.3)
7.5
ut

DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 COM

(1.97)

10

DB SLD (FG) X1 X3 X5 X7 COM

50

5°

DIN rail center

)

7.9
(0.31)
(0.16)
4

(0.08)

11
(When the protective cover attached.) (0.43)
2

STATION NO. B RATE

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

A J65SBTB1-8D
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 COM
DB SLD (FG) X1 X3 X5 X7 COM
(2.44)
62

(1.36)
34.5

PULL
A6CVR-8

APP 87.3 (3.44)

4 38.5 (1.52)
59 (2.32)
(0.16) 52.5 (2.07)
30.5 (1.20)

Unit: mm (in.)

App - 1 App - 1
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.2 AJ65SBTB1-16 remote I/O module

The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTB1-16 remote I/O module are shown
below.
(1.57)
40

118 (4.65)
109 +10 (4.29 +0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)

2-4.5 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F STATION NO. B RATE

(0.65)

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
16.5

ON

AJ65SBTB1-16D (A
bo

(0.3)
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 X8 XA XC XE COM ut

7.5
(1.97)

DB SLD (FG) X1 X3 X5 X7 X9 XB XD XF COM 10

5°
50

) DIN rail
center
7.9
(0.31)
(0.16)
4

2(0.08)

11
(When the protective cover attached.) (0.43)

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F STATION NO. B RATE

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB1-16D
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 X8 XA XC XE COM
DB SLD (FG) X1 X3 X5 X7 X9 XB XD XF COM
(2.44)
62

(1.36)
34.5

PULL
A6CVR-16

118 (4.65) 4 38.5

90 (3.54)
(0.16) (1.52) APP
52.5
46 (1.81)
(2.07)

Unit: mm (in.)

App - 2 App - 2
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Remark
For AJ65SBTB1-16D, AJ65SBTB1-16T Remote I/O Module of hardware version D
or before, side face diagram of the module is as follows.

20
(0.79)

(0.43)
11
(A
bo
ut

(0.3)
7.5
11
0°
)

DIN rail center

7.9
(0.31)

App - 3 App - 3
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.3 AJ65SBTW4-16 remote I/O module

The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTW4-16 remote I/O module are shown
below.

184.7 (7.27)

2.1 180 +20 (7.09) (Mounting pitch) (2.6)

(0.08) (0.10)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)

(2.36)
60
(1.18)
30

(0.47)
12
(1.00)
25.5

2.1 180 +20 (7.09 +0.04

0 ) (Mounting pitch) (2.6)
(0.08) (0.10)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)

LINK CABL IN POWER CABL PW L RUN

L ERR.
X0 Y8
X1 Y9
57.9 (2.28)
4.5 (0.18)

X2 YA
X3 YB
CON1 CON3 CON5 CON7 X4 YC
LINK CABL OUT POWER CABL X5 YD
CON2 CON4 CON6 CON8
X6 YE
X7 YF

STATION NO.

MITSUBISHI AJ65SBTW4-16DT

Unit : mm (in.)

App - 4 App - 4
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.4 AJ65SBTB1-32 remote I/O module

The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTB1-32 remote I/O module are shown
below.
(1.57)
40

179 (7.05)
+2 +0.04
170 0 (6.7 0 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
(0.65)

PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F X10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 X18 19 1A1B 1C1D1E 1F STATION NO. B RATE

(1.97) 16.5

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

‹
ON

(A
AJ65SBTB1-32D

bo

(0.3)
7.5
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 X8 XA XC XE X10 X12 X14 X16 X18 X1A X1C X1E COM

ut
50

DB SLD (FG) X1 X3 X5 X7 X9 XB XD XF X11 X13 X15 X17 X19 X1B X1D X1F COM

10
DIN rail

5°
7.9 center

)
(0.31)

89 (3.5)
(0.16)
4

2 (0.08)

(When the protective cover attached.) 11

(0.43)
PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F X10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 X18 19 1A 1B 1C1D1E 1F STATION NO. B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB1-32D
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 X8 XA XC XE X10 X12 X14 X16 X18 X1A X1C X1E COM
DB SLD (FG) X1 X3 X5 X7 X9 XB XD XF X11 X13 X15 X17 X19 X1B X1D X1F COM
(2.44)
62

34.5 (1.36)

PULL

A6CVR-32

4 38.5 (1.52)
179 (7.05) (0.16) 52.5 (2.07)
151 (5.94)
76.5 (3.01)

Unit: mm (in.)

App - 5 App - 5
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Remark
For AJ65SBTB1-32D, AJ65SBTB1-32T Remote I/O Module of hardware version D
or before, side face diagram of the module is as follows.

20
(0.79)

(0.43)
11
(A
bo
ut

(0.3)
7.5
101
°)

DIN rail center

7.9
(0.31)

App - 6 App - 6
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.5 AJ65SBTC1-32 , and AJ65SBTC4-16 remote I/O module

The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTC1-32 , and AJ65SBTC4-16 remote I/O
modules are shown below.
(1.57)
40

118 (4.65)
+1 +0.04
109 0 (4.29 0 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)

STATION NO. B RATE

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F
(0.65)
16.5

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1 ON

A J65SBTC4-16DN (A
bo

(0.3)
7.5
(1.97)

DA DG +24V 24G COM+

X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 ut
50

DB SLD (FG) Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF COM-

+24V
24G
+24V
24G
+24V
24G
+24V
24G
+24V
24G
+24V
24G
+24V
24G
+24V
24G
10
5° DIN rail center
)
7.9
(0.31)
(0.16)
4

2 (0.08)

11
(When the protective cover attached.)
(0.43)
STATION NO. B RATE
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1 ON

A J65SBTC4-16DN
DA DG +24V 24G
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 COM+
DB SLD (FG) Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF COM-
+24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V
(2.44)

24G 24G 24G 24G 24G 24G 24G 24G

62

(1.36)
34.5

PULL
A6CVR-16

118 (4.65) 4 38.5 (1.52)

90 (3.54) (0.16)
46 (1.81)
52.5 (2.07)

Unit: mm (in.)

App - 7 App - 7
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Remark
(1) For the AJ65SBTC4-16D remote I/O module, the side view of the module is
shown below.

20
(0.79)

(0.43)
11
(A
bo
ut
11

(0.3)
7.5
0°
)

DIN rail center

7.9
(0.31)

(2) For the modules given in the following table, the side view is shown below.

Model Hardware Version

AJ65SBTC1-32D N or before
AJ65SBTC1-32D1 N or before
AJ65SBTC1-32T Q or before
AJ65SBTC1-32T1 E or before
AJ65SBTC1-32DT Q or before
AJ65SBTC1-32DT1 Q or before
AJ65SBTC1-32DT2 D or before
AJ65SBTC1-32DT3 D or before
AJ65SBTC4-16DT J or before
AJ65SBTC4-16DT2 C or before

20
(0.79)
(0.43)
11
(A
bo
ut
11

(0.30)
7.5
0°
)

DIN rail center

7.9
(0.31)

App - 8 App - 8
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.6 AJ65SBTCF1-32 remote I/O module

The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTCF1-32 remote I/O module are shown
below.
(1.57)
40

118 (4.64)
109 +10 (4.29+0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
(0.65)

X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F STATION NO. B RATE

X0-XF 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
16.5

ON

X10 11121314151617 X18191A1B1C1D1E1F

A J65SBTCF1-32D
(A
X10-X1F

(0.3)
7.5
bo
DA DG +24V 24G X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X17 X18 X19 X1AX1B X1C X1D X1E X1F NC NC NC NC
(1.57)

DB SLD (FG)
ut
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF NC NC COM COM
50

DIN rail center

10
5

7.9
°)

(0.31)
(0.16)
4

Unit : mm (in.)

Remark
For the modules given in the following table, the side view is shown below.

Model Hardware Version

AJ65SBTCF1-32D F or before
AJ65SBTCF1-32T F or before
AJ65SBTCF1-32DT F or before

20
(0.79)
(0.43)
11
(A
bo
ut
11

(0.30)
7.5
0°
)

DIN rail center

7.9
(0.31)

App - 9 App - 9
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.7 AJ65SBTB2-8 , AJ65SBTB3-8 , and AJ65SBTB32-8 remote I/O module

The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTB2-8 , AJ65SBTB3-8 , and

AJ65SBTB32-8 remote I/O modules are shown below.
(1.57)
40

118 (4.65)
109 +10 (4.29 +0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)

2-4.5 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)

Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 STATION NO. B RATE

(0.65)

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
16.5

ON

AJ65SBTB2-8T (A

(0.3)
bo

7.5
DA DG +24V 24G Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 DC24V
50 (1.97)

DB SLD (FG) COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM DC24G ut
10
5°
) DIN rail
7.9
(0.31)
4 (0.16)

2 (0.08)

11
(When the protective cover attached.) (0.43)
STATION NO. B RATE
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB2-8T
DA DG +24V 24G Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 DC24V

DB SLD (FG) COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM DC24G
(2.44)
62

(1.36)
34.5

PULL
A6CVR-16

118 (4.65) 4 38.5 (1.52)

90 (3.54) (0.16)
52.5 (2.07)
46 (1.81)

Unit: mm (in.)

App - 10 App - 10
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.8 AJ65SBTB1B-16 , AJ65SBTB2-16 , AJ65SBTB3-16 , and

AJ65SBTB32-16 remote I/O module

The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTB1B-16 , AJ65SBTB2-16 , AJ65SBTB3-

16 , and AJ65SBTB32-16 remote I/O modules are shown below.
(1.57)
40

179 (7.05)
107 +10 (4.2 +0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
PW L RUN L ERR. Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Y8 9 A B C D E F STATION NO. B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
(0.65)
16.5

ON

(A
AJ65SBTB2-16T

bo

(0.3)
7.5
DA DG +24V 24G Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF DC24V

ut
(1.97)

DB SLD (FG) COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM DC24G
50

10
DIN rail center

5°
7.9

)
(0.31)
4 (0.16)

2 (0.08)
89 (3.5)
(When the protective cover attached.) 11
(0.43)
PW L RUN L ERR. Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Y8 9 A B C D E F STATION NO. B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1

ON

AJ65SBTB2-16T
DA DG +24V 24G Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF DC24V
(2.44)

DB SLD (FG) COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM DC24G
62

(1.36)
34.5

PULL

A6CVR-32

4 38.5 (1.52)
179 (7.05) (0.16)
52.5 (2.07)
151 (5.94)
76.5 (3.01)

Unit: mm (in.)

App - 11 App - 11
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.9 AJ65SBTB2N-8 remote I/O module

The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTB2N-8 remote I/O module are shown
below.
(1.57)
40

118 (4.65)
109 +10 (4.29 +0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)

2-4.5 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)

STATION NO. B RATE X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

(0.65)

40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
AJ65SBTB2N-8A
16.5

ON

(A

(0.3)
bo

7.5
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 COMA
50 (1.97)

COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB

ut
DB SLD (FG) 10
DIN rail center
5°
)
7.9
(0.31)
4 (0.16)

2 (0.08)

11
(When the protective cover attached.) (0.43)

MITSUBISHI STATION NO. B RATE PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

AJ65SBTB2N-8A 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON

DA DG +24V 24G
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 COM A
DB SLD (FG)
(2.44)

COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B

62

(1.36)
34.5

PULL
A6CVR-16

118 (4.65) 4 38.5 (1.52)

(0.16)
90 (3.54)
52.5 (2.07)
46 (1.81)

Unit: mm (in.)

App - 12 App - 12
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.10 AJ65SBTB2N-16 remote I/O module

The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTB2N-16 remote I/O module are shown
below.
(1.57)
40

179 (7.05)
107 +10 (4.2 +0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
STATION NO. B RATE PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
AJ65SBTB2N-16A
(0.65)
(1.97) 16.5

ON

(0.3)
7.5
(A
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF COMA

bo
DB SLD (FG) COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB
50

DIN rail center

ut
10
7.9

5°
)
(0.31)
4 (0.16)

89 (3.5) 2 (0.08)
11
(When the protective cover attached.) (0.43)
STATION NO. B RATE PW L RUN L ERR. X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
AJ65SBTB2N-16A
ON

DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF COMA

DB SLD (FG) COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB
(2.44)
62

(1.36)
34.5

PULL

A6CVR-32

4 38.5 (1.52)
179 (7.05) (0.16) 52.5 (2.07)
151 (5.94)
76.5 (3.01)

Unit: mm (in.)

App - 13 App - 13
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.11 AJ65VBTCU -8 , AJ65VBTCU -16 , and AJ65VBTCF1-32 remote I/O

module

The external dimensions for the AJ65VBTCU -8 , AJ65VBTCU -16 , and

AJ65VBTCF1-32 remote I/O modules are shown below.

AJ65VBTCU -8

40S
20T
A
10T
8 I
4 O
N
2N
1 O
4 B
B
2 A
T
1 E

41(1.61) 31(1.22) * 62(2.44) 3.5(0.14)

16.5
(0.65)

AJ65VBTCU3-8D1
CON L
A I
N
CON K
B 57.5(2.26)

X0 PW
L RUN
X1
L ERR

X2
0
115(4.53)

1 DIN
X3 2 rail
3
4
X4 5
6
X5 7

X6
57.5(2.26)

X7

P
CON W
C /
A
U
CON X
D

Unit : mm (in.)
: This section should be 14.5 mm (0.57 in.) when an online connector is not installed.

App - 14 App - 14
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

AJ65VBTCU -16

40 S
20 T
A
10 T
8 I
4 O
N
2 N
1 O
4 B
B
2 A
T
1 E

60(2.36) 31(1.22) * 62(2.44) 3.5(0.14)

16.5
(0.65)

AJ65VBTCU3-16D1
CON L
A I
N
CON K
B

57.5(2.26)
PW
L RUN

L ERR

0
1 DIN
2
115(4.53)

rail
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
A
B
C
57.5(2.26)

D
E
X0 to X7 X8 to XF F

CON P
C W
/
A
CON U
D X

Unit : mm (in.)
: This section should be 14.5 mm (0.57 in.) when an online connector is not installed.

App - 15 App - 15
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

AJ65VBTCF1-32

40 S
20 T
A
10 T
8 I
4 O
N
2 N
1 O
4 B
B
2 A
T
1 E

41(1.61) 67(2.64) 3.5(0.14)

46(1.81)

AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1

LINK X0 Y10

CON.A CON.B XF Y1F

57.5(2.26)
PW
L RUN

L ERR

0
1
2
DIN
3
115(4.53)

4 rail
5
6
7

8
9
A
B
PW/AUX.
C
57.5(2.26)

CON.C CON.D D
E
F

16.5(0.65)
31(1.22) *
Unit : mm (in.)
: This section should be 14.5 mm (0.57 in.) when an online connector is not installed.

App - 16 App - 16
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.12 AJ65FBTA -16 remote I/O module

The external dimensions for the AJ65FBTA -16 remote I/O modules are shown
below.

AJ65FBTA -16
2-4.5 6 mounting screw
+1 +0.04
60 0 2.36 0
48(1.89)
50 1 (1.97 0.04)
34 0.5

(0.17)
26.5

4.3
18.3 (1.34 0.02)
(0.72) (1.04) 6(0.24)
(0.84)
21.3
68(2.68)
+0.04

192 1(7.56 0.04)

7.87 0
+1
200 0

24(0.94)

33(1.30)
25(0.98)
25(0.98)
25(0.98)

Storage sheet

6(0.24)

4.1 21.7
(0.16) 35 M4 mounting screw (0.85)
32
(1.38) (1.26)
Unit:mm(in.)

App - 17 App - 17
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.13 AJ65VBTS -16 , and AJ65VBTS -32 remote I/O module

The external dimensions of the AJ65VBTS -16 , and AJ65VBTS -32 remote I/O
modules are shown below.

AJ65VBTS -16
2-M4 installation screw hole
137 (5.39)
15.5

(0.53)
13.5
106 0.5 (4.17 0.02) (0.61) 5.0
(0.20)

(0.47)
12
ON
PW L RUN L ERR.
B RATE STATION NO.

(0.91)
1 2 4 1 2 4 8 1020 40

AJ65VBTS3-16D
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

23

(2.52 0.01)
(1.02 0.01)
8 9 A B C D E F

64 0.3
26 0.3
NC X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF

(1.97)
50

(1.65)
DIN rail center

42
COM+ COM+

4
COM- COM-
(0.16)
CON A B C D

(0.18)
4.5
51.5

(0.53)
13.5
(2.03)
(1.22)
31

(0.65)
16.5
(1.24)
31.5

(0.20)
5

13.5 13.5
151 0.5 (5.94 0.02)
(0.53) (0.53)

Unit : mm (in.)
: This section should be 145 mm (0.57in.) when an online connector is not installed.

App - 18 App - 18
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

AJ65VBTS -32
13.5 222 13.5
(0.53)
2-M4 installation screw hole
(0.53) (8.74)

(1.02 0.01) (0.47)

12
ON
PW L RUN
L ERR.
B RATESTATION NO.

(0.91)
1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040

AJ65VBTS3-32D
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

23
50 (1.97)
8 9 A B CD E F

26 0.3
NC X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF NC X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X17 X18 X19 X1A X1B X1C X1D X1E X1F

(1.65)
42
COM1+ COM1+ COM2+ COM2+
DIN rail center
COM1- COM1- COM2- COM2-

CON A B C D

4
236 0.5 51.5 (0.16)
(9.29 0.02) (2.03)
(1.22)
31

(0.65)
16.5
(1.24)
31.5

(0.20)
5
Unit : mm (in.)
: This section should be 14.5 mm (0.57in.) when an online connector is not installed.

App - 19 App - 19
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.14 AJ65VBTCE -8 , AJ65VBTCE -16 , and AJ65VBTCE -32 remote I/O
module

The external dimensions of the AJ65VBTCE -8 , AJ65VBTCE -16 , and

AJ65VBTCE -32 remote I/O modules are shown below.

AJ65VBTCE -8
54 0.3
(2.13 0.01)

13.5 13.5
40.5 (1.59)

(0.53) (0.53)

31 30.5
(1.22) (1.20)

(0.53)
13.5
40 16.5 26
(1.57) (0.65) (1.02)

CON ON
1
2
A 3
4
5
6
7

(1.63)
8
9

41.5
B 10

40 S
T
20 A
10 T
C I
8 O
4 N
2 N
1 O.
(3.27 0.02)

D 4 B

(4.49 0.02)
R
2 A
T
1 E

114 0.5
83 0.5

A J65VBTCE3-8D
PW
X0 L RUN
(3.94)
100

L ERR.
X1
0
1
X2 2
3
X3 4
5
6
X4 7

X5

X6
DIN rail center
X7
(0.16)
4

(0.53)

2-M4 installation screw hole

13.5

5
10 (0.20)
(0.39)
40.5 (1.59)
43.5 (1.71)

Unit : mm (in.)
: This section should be 14.5mm (0.57in.) when an online connector is not installed.

App - 20 App - 20
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

AJ65VBTCE -8
(When the protective cover attached.)
29
(1.14)

(2.03)
51.5
(0.81)
20.5

89 (3.50)

CON ON

B
40 S
T
20 A
10 T
I
C 8 O
4 N
2 N
1 O.
.
4 B
R
D 2 A
T
1 E

AJ65VBTCE3- 8D
PW

(4.07)
103.5
X0 L RUN

L ERR.
X1
0
1
X2 2
3
X3 4
5
6
X4 7

X5

X6
>PC<

X7

40.5
43.5 (1.71) (1.59)
(1.52)
38.5

29
(1.14)

Unit : mm (in.)

App - 21 App - 21
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

AJ65VBTCE -16
100 2-M4 installation screw hole
(3.94) 8.5 5.0

(0.53)
13.5
(0.33) (0.20)
83 0.5

(0.33)
(3.27 0.02)

8.5
ON
PW L RUNL ERR. AJ65VBTCE3-16D
1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040
B RATE STATION NO.

(0.93)
23.5
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

(1.30 0.01)

(2.52 0.01)
8 9 A B C D E F

33 0.3

64 0.3
(1.97)
50
X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
DIN rail center
4
(0.16)
CON A B C D X 8 9 A B C D E F

(0.18)
4.5
(0.16) 41.5

(0.53)
13.5
(1.63)
DIN rail center 45.5
(1.22)

(1.79)
31

(0.65)
16.5
(1.24)
31.5

(0.20)
5

13.5 41.5 13.5

(0.53) (1.63) (0.53)
114 0.5
(4.49 0.02)

Unit : mm (in.)
: This section should be 14.5mm (0.57in.) when an online connector is not installed.

App - 22 App - 22
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

AJ65VBTCE -16
(When the protective cover attached.)
29
(1.14)

(2.03)
51.5
(0.81)
20.5

90
(3.54)
CON A

1 2 4 1 2 4 8 102040
B RATESTATION NO.
ON
B

PWL RUNL ERR.

8 9 A B C DE F

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
C
D

(4.09)
104
Y

X
8

0
9

1
A

2
3
B

AJ65VBTCE32-16DT
C

4
D

>PC<
6
E

7
F

41.5
54 (2.13) (1.63)
(1.48)
37.5

39
(1.54)

Unit : mm (in.)

App - 23 App - 23
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

AJ65VBTCE -32
2-M4 installation screw hole

(0.53)
13.5 155 (6.10) 13.5 5.0

13.5
(0.53) 129 0.5 (5.08 0.02) (0.53) (0.20)

(0.33)
8.5
ON
PW L RUN L ERR. AJ65VBTCE3-32D
1 2 4 1 2 4 8 1020 40

(0.93)
B RATE STATI ON NO.

(1.02 0.01)

23.5
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

(2.52 0.01)
26 0.3
8 9 A B C D E F

(1.97)

64 0.3
50
X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F

4
CON A B C D X 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F
(0.16)

(0.18)
4

4.5
41.5 (1.63) DIN rail center
(0.16)

(0.53)
13.5
169 0.5 45.5 (1.79)
(6.65 0.02)

DIN rail center

(1.22)
31 *

(0.65)
16.5
(1.24)

(0.20)
31.5

72.5
(2.85)

Unit : mm (in.)
: This section should be 14.5mm (0.57in.) when an online connector is not installed.

App - 24 App - 24
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.15 AJ65DBTB1-32 remote I/O module

The external dimensions of the AJ65DBTB1-32 remote I/O modules are shown
below.

64(2.52) 70( 2. 76)

55(2.17)

AJ65DBTB1- 32D
6 PW L RUN L ERR.
5 0 ~0
1 0 8 10 18
4 1
3 2
STATI ON NO. 1 9 11 19
7 8 2 A 12 1A
6 9
5 0 ~
1 3 B 13 1B
4 1 4 C 14 1C
3 2
5 D 15 1D
6 E 16 1E
B RATE 0
4 1 7 F 17 1F
3 2

DA NC
DG NC
DB +24V
NC NC
161(6.34)
170(6.69)

SLD
( FG)
NC NC
24G 24G

X0 X10
X1 X11
X2 X12
X3 X13
X4 X14
X5 X15
X6 X16
X7 X17
COM1 COM3
X8 X18
X9 X19
XA X1A
XB X1B
XC X1C
XD X1D
XE X1E
XF X1F
COM4
COM2

AJ65DBTB1
- 32D

2- 5 Mounting hole
(M4 mounting screw) 4(0.16)
80(3.15)

Unit : mm (in.)

App - 25 App - 25
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A

Appendix 1.16 AJ65SBTB1-32K , AJ65SBTB3-16KD, and AJ65SBTB32-16K remote I/O

module

The external dimensions of the AJ65SBTB1-32K , AJ65SBTB3-16KD, and

AJ65SBTB32-16K remote I/O modules are shown below.

(1.57)
40
179 (7.05)
170 (6.70 ) (Mounting pitch)
Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
7.9
(0.31)

(0.65)
16.5

(A
pp
oxr
(1.97)

.1
50

05

(0.3)
7.5
)
(0.16)

(DIN rail center)

4

89 (3.50)

Unit : mm (in.)

App - 26 App - 26
WARRANTY
Please confirm the following product warranty details before using this product.

1. Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty Range

If any faults or defects (hereinafter "Failure") found to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the product
within the gratis warranty term, the product shall be repaired at no cost via the sales representative or Mitsubishi Service
Company.
However, if repairs are required onsite at domestic or overseas location, expenses to send an engineer will be solely at
the customer’s discretion. Mitsubishi shall not be held responsible for any re-commissioning, maintenance, or testing on-
site that involves replacement of the failed module.
[Gratis Warranty Term]
The gratis warranty term of the product shall be for one year after the date of purchase or delivery to a designated
place.
Note that after manufacture and shipment from Mitsubishi, the maximum distribution period shall be six (6) months, and
the longest gratis warranty term after manufacturing shall be eighteen (18) months. The gratis warranty term of repair
parts shall not exceed the gratis warranty term before repairs.
[Gratis Warranty Range]
(1) The range shall be limited to normal use within the usage state, usage methods and usage environment, etc.,
which follow the conditions and precautions, etc., given in the instruction manual, user's manual and caution labels
on the product.
(2) Even within the gratis warranty term, repairs shall be charged for in the following cases.
1. Failure occurring from inappropriate storage or handling, carelessness or negligence by the user. Failure caused
by the user's hardware or software design.
2. Failure caused by unapproved modifications, etc., to the product by the user.
3. When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into a user's device, Failure that could have been avoided if functions
or structures, judged as necessary in the legal safety measures the user's device is subject to or as necessary
by industry standards, had been provided.
4. Failure that could have been avoided if consumable parts (battery, backlight, fuse, etc.) designated in the
instruction manual had been correctly serviced or replaced.
5. Failure caused by external irresistible forces such as fires or abnormal voltages, and Failure caused by force
majeure such as earthquakes, lightning, wind and water damage.
6. Failure caused by reasons unpredictable by scientific technology standards at time of shipment from Mitsubishi.
7. Any other failure found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi or that admitted not to be so by the user.

2. Onerous repair term after discontinuation of production

(1) Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs for seven (7) years after production of the product is discontinued.
Discontinuation of production shall be notified with Mitsubishi Technical Bulletins, etc.
(2) Product supply (including repair parts) is not available after production is discontinued.

3. Overseas service
Overseas, repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi's local overseas FA Center. Note that the repair conditions at each FA
Center may differ.

4. Exclusion of loss in opportunity and secondary loss from warranty liability

Regardless of the gratis warranty term, Mitsubishi shall not be liable for compensation of damages caused by any cause
found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi, loss in opportunity, lost profits incurred to the user by Failures of Mitsubishi
products, special damages and secondary damages whether foreseeable or not , compensation for accidents, and
compensation for damages to products other than Mitsubishi products, replacement by the user, maintenance of on-site
equipment, start-up test run and other tasks.

5. Changes in product specifications

The specifications given in the catalogs, manuals or technical documents are subject to change without prior notice.

6. Product application
(1) In using the Mitsubishi MELSEC programmable controller, the usage conditions shall be that the application will not
lead to a major accident even if any problem or fault should occur in the programmable controller device, and that
backup and fail-safe functions are systematically provided outside of the device for any problem or fault.
(2) The Mitsubishi programmable controller has been designed and manufactured for applications in general industries,
etc. Thus, applications in which the public could be affected such as in nuclear power plants and other power plants
operated by respective power companies, and applications in which a special quality assurance system is required,
such as for Railway companies or Public service purposes shall be excluded from the programmable controller
applications.
In addition, applications in which human life or property that could be greatly affected, such as in aircraft, medical
applications, incineration and fuel devices, manned transportation, equipment for recreation and amusement, and
safety devices, shall also be excluded from the programmable controller range of applications.
However, in certain cases, some applications may be possible, providing the user consults their local Mitsubishi
representative outlining the special requirements of the project, and providing that all parties concerned agree to the
special circumstances, solely at the users discretion.
SH(NA)-4007-W